7 day trip

Summer Flash Sale 2 Days Only! Get 10% off!

AMALFI COAST & PUGLIA

BARCELONA & SOUTH OF FRANCE

BUDAPEST VIENNA & PRAGUE

CRETE, GREECE

GREEK ISLANDS

ICELAND SU MMER

ICELAND WINTER

IRELAND & SCOTLAND

SCANDINAVIA

TUSCANY & ROME

SOUTH AFRICA

TRENDING DESTINATION

MEXICO CITY

PUERTO RICO

BY CATEGORY

QUICK GETAWAYS

PHONE-FREE TRIPS

Not sure where you want to go first? Click here to fill out your travel profile, and we’ll help you find your perfect trip!

OUR COMPANY

We're a modern group travel company for solo travelers in their 20s and 30s.

We believe in responsible travel, openness to new people, and supporting local communities.

We're a travel-obsessed group dedicated to taking you on the most amazing trips possible.

The amazing people you meet on an FTLO trip are often the best part.

See what past travelers say about their FTLO trips.

Want to know more about a specific aspect of FTLO? Check out our FAQ section.

JOIN THE COMMUNITY

Fill out your travel profile so we can get to know you a bit! From there we can help you find your perfect trip.

GET IN TOUCH

Questions? Comments? Just want to say hi? Head to our Contact Page.

Need some travel inspiration? Head to our blog to read recent articles from the FTLO Team.

WORK WITH US

We're always looking for great people to join our team! Head to our Careers Page to see open positions.

FTLO Merch 

FTLO in the news.

• FTLO Travel
• Jul 22, 2019

The best 7 day vacation ideas around the world

Some ideas are just a tad more brilliant than others when it comes to 7-day vacation planning.

These tend to be destinations that offer a good mix of activities, food, and fun, and places that have lots of good day trip options so that you’re not confined to one city.

Luckily, FTLO is in the business of searching far and wide so that travelers like you can make the most of your PTO and fill up your week-long itinerary with lots of memorable activities.

Read on to find out which travel destinations make for the best one week vacations (or join the FTLO Community   for even more inside info) .

The Best One Week Vacation Ideas in the World

Florence, italy, barcelona, spain, the basque country, crete, greece, cartagena, colombia, mexico city, mexico, hanoi, vietnam.

The best One Week vacations in Europe

A magical city to visit, Florence (Firenze) is an absolute dream for those who love art, history, and Italian cuisine. Wander the charming cobblestone streets of this city alongside vespas that zoom up and down. Make your way to some of the most renowned historical structures and artistic masterpieces in the world, and along the way, stumble into lovely boutiques and leather shops, run by the artists themselves. Get your city fix, with a side of charm. Day trips are available to the beautiful countryside and wine center.

Browse the itinerary and check upcoming trip dates to Tuscany & Rome .

Barcelona is arguably one of the best cities to visit in Spain if you’re looking for a fun, dynamic vacation spot. Foodies, art lovers and beach babes alike will love visiting, getting their fix of tapas and local drinks, architecture and history, and of course, beach picnics, all day every day. From day time to night time, Barcelona is alive and vibrant with young travelers from all over the world who are ready to have a good time. Take day trips to less populated beaches and towns, or catch a short flight to the very South of France.

Browse the itinerary and check upcoming trip dates to Barcelona & South of France .

The Basque country is a spectacular region for a week-long trip. It's home to amazing coastal vistas, mouth watering cuisine, and lively culture. Oh yeah, did we mention it's also got the most Michelin-starred restaurants per capita. That means any traveler hitting up this region (which consists of parts of Spain and France) will be chowing down on world-famous dishes right off the bat. Discover absurdly tasty pintxos, swim it up in San Sebastian, and fall in love with this less visited and it's friendly culture.

Home to everything from Bronze Age Minoan ruins to delicious wine and sun-kissed beaches, this Greek island offers up the total travel experience. With a vast landscape made up of mountains and miles of coast, it's also home to some of Europe's true beauty. And with homemade goat cheese and olive oils, it's a foodie destination in its own right. After the FTLO Crete t rip you’ll be sure to leave in awe and planning your next visit back.

The best One Week Vacations in Latin America

Here's a vacation idea: A beautiful colonial town located on the Caribbean coast of Colombia, colorful buildings, incredible churches, local markets, and perfect weather. Not bed, eh? Cartagena is not only an ideal vacation destination for those who only have a few days to spare, it's one of our picks for best places to travel anywhere. The town itself is breathtaking, and there’s loads to see and do. Stroll the streets and try delicious Colombian foods, and admire the beautiful architecture and culture. Take a day trip to the gorgeous remote Rosario Islands, stay in adorable colorful cabins if you wish, try amazing seafood, and snorkel in turquoise waters to view the amazing coral reef.

Browse past itineraries and stay tuned for upcoming trips to Colombia .

A significant and fascinating cultural center, Mexico City is definitely a must-visit for anyone who loves art, history, and amazing Mexican cuisine. FTLO in, fact, hosts a trip to Mexico City for anyone who considers themselves a foodie because street tacos and mezcal are definitely worth their own trip! From locally grown food to imported ingredients from all around the world, Mexico’s unique cuisine integrates creative and delicious ingredients in masterful dishes. Of course, there’s lots of beautiful art, culture, and concerts to enjoy during your visit, and a one-week vaca will leave you wanting more.

Browse the itinerary and check upcoming trip dates to Mexico City .

The best One Week Vacations in Asia

Hanoi, the capital of Vietnam, is an ancient city home to temples, art, and a delicious fusion cuisine. This is certainly one our best 7 day vacation ideas. Captivating for its artisans, fascinating for its culture, and exciting for its buzzy local scene, Hanoi is a must-see for anyone traveling through Vietnam. There are a number of easy day trips from Hanoi to the countryside or to Ha Long Bay for some mesmerizing views.

Browse the itinerary and check upcoming trip dates to Vietnam .

Didn't quite find what you're looking for? Check out our upcoming trips to Scandinavia, Morocco, South Africa and more for some of the best 7 day vacation ideas or   join our community by filling out a profile,  and one of our Community Managers will help find the best destinations for you!

• Destination Guides

Recent Posts

The 6 Best Quick Vacation Ideas: Unleash Your Wanderlust

The Best Places to Travel: 2024 Edition

6 Reasons to Visit Vietnam: An Insider's Guide

Comentarios

Travel, Hiking, Food

One Week (7 Day) New York Itinerary by a Local: What to Do in 7 Days in NYC

Have one week in New York City and wondering what to do and eat? Follow my 7 day NYC itinerary to find out the best things to see and places to eat in New York City from a local! I will also give you super useful travel tips for NYC in this itinerary so stay tuned !

New York City is an amazing city to visit no matter how long you decide to spend here. With 1 week in NYC, you can see all the famous attractions and lesser known things in the city, watch different shows and try the best food and bars.

As a New York City local, I get super jealous when someone visits the city for the first time. Having lived here for almost a decade, I still find new things to do and new cafes and restaurants to try every week. In fact, there are more cafes and restaurants that open up than I can visit.

New York City is not just Manhattan !! New York City has 5 boroughs and while Manhattan is the most popular and well known, there are many other cool neighborhoods to check out in New York City (like Brooklyn and Queens). This is what I’ll aim to show you in this 7 day New York City itinerary, so you can go back knowing that you saw both the touristy New York City and the real New York City.

My one week New York itinerary covers a lot of attractions so if you plan to visit multiple attractions, it may be best to consider purchasing a New York City Travel Pass to save money while following this essential New York itinerary.

Planning a New York City vacation?

As a New York City local, I explore the city every week to provide the most updated information and recommendations for visitors like you.

From  New York City itineraries  to  things to do and places to eat (don’t forget  cute flower cafes ), I have written all sorts of topics.

Whether you are visiting NYC in the winter , summer , spring or fall , you will find a ton of recommendations from me and never get bored!

This blog contains occasional affiliate links, where I receive a small commission on sales of the products/hotels that are linked at no additional cost to you. In addition, as an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases .

Is 7 Days Too Much for New York City?

Your first question is probably if one wee is too much for NYC. I don’t blame you, 7 days seems a lot for a city! In my opinion, 7 days is the perfect amount of time to thoroughly explore New York City, not just Manhattan, but also other boroughs in the city.

You can spend 4 days exploring Manhattan, with the rest of the time going to Brooklyn and Queens. If you are lucky, you may also be able to catch a baseball, a basketball or a tennis game. There are a ton of seasonal activities in New York City all year round, so you will never run out of things to do and see!

One week (7 days) in New York City: Itinerary Overview With Maps

I like to plan my itineraries by geographic locations to avoid commuting back and forth and wasting time. So this itinerary is grouped by neighborhoods for practical purposes. Feel free to move things around or skip things since I like to recommend a lot of things to do in NYC.

Day 1 : Uptown Manhattan (Maroon Pins) Day 2 : Lower Manhattan (Orange Pins) Day 3 : Downtown & Midtown (Purple Pins) Day 4 : West Side of NYC (Black Pins) Day 5 : Downtown & Brooklyn (Light Green Pins) Day 6 : Brooklyn (Yellow Pins) Day 7 : Queens (Dark Green Pins)

Check out my 100 best things to do NYC guide and add it to your 7 day New York City itinerary.

Things To Know Before You Visit New York City

• You will be walking A LOT, so be sure to wear comfortable walking shoes. Even when I just walk around shopping in Manhattan I clock 15K steps a day, so if you are sightseeing all day, it will be at least 15,000 to 20,000 steps! I also only wear walking shoes, no heels or anything that’s even the slightest uncomfortable.
• You should never drive to Manhattan, you will be frustrated by the traffic (and pedestrians) and you either won’t find parking, or you will be spending a fortune on parking garages. I only take the subway to Manhattan since driving in Manhattan really gives me a headache.
• Locals take the subway, bus and sometimes taxi/ Uber/ Lyft around New York City, and that’s what you will most likely do as well.
• Buying a New York City pass is the best way to save money on attractions
• 18% (minimum) tip is expected at restaurants. It’s best to tip with cash, but you can always use credit card (you just add it to your bill and sign).
• If you are from outside of the US, it’s best to get a eSim before arriving in NYC. There is now a free public internet service called LinkNYC in New York City, but it can be slow and unreliable.
• Best Apps to Use in NYC: Uber & Lyft for car share services, Curb for taxi, CityMapper & Google Maps for subway and walking directions, Yelp for restaurant reviews, Bounce for luggage storage, Flush for finding bathrooms
• Best Hotels to Stay in NYC for first timers: Pod Times Square , Riu Plaza , Radio City Apartments

How to get around New York City

There are 5 boroughs in NYC : Manhattan, Brooklyn, Queens, Bronx, and Staten Island. This one week NYC itinerary covers 3 out of the 5 boroughs.

Manhattan is on a grid system , that means the streets (runs east to west) intersect with the avenues (North to South) in a grid for the most part. This grid system makes navigating Manhattan relatively easy and straightforward.

• Getting around NYC by subway or MTA bus : This is the easiest and most popular way to get around the city. You can use CityMapper app to get directions and exact train arrival time. Tickets costs $2.9 one way regardless of distance. You DO NOT need a 7 day MetroCard , simply tap and pay at the OMNY reader at the turnstile (anyone who tells you you need a 7 day MetroCard do not live in NYC as if you use the same credit card 12 times in a week, the rest of the rides are free). Read my complete guide on how to take the subway in New York City for details.
• Get Around NYC By Foot : most touristy places are within walking distance to each other so walking is the most convenient (and cheapest). You also get to find cute little streets you normally wouldn’t find if you take the cab or subway.
• Get Around NYC By Bike : There are bike sharing services in New York City also called Citi Bike. You can purchase a day pass if you plan to use it just for one or two days. Check out the official Citi Bike website for more information.
• Taxi, Uber, Lyft : You can wave down yellow cabs or use the Curb app (official taxis do not require you to have a car seat if you are traveling with children); Uber and Lyft are also popular for ride share.
• Get Around NYC by Hop-on Hop-off Bus : These buses will take you to all the major attractions. This is worth it especially if you purchase one of the New York Pass or Sightseeing Day Pass since it is covered in those passes. The best hop on hop off buses in New York is the Big Bus Tour .
• Take the NYC Ferry : If you are planning to travel between Brooklyn or Queens to Manhattan there are ferry services you can take. There are 6 ferry routes in New York City and you can see the routes on the official website .

Read Next : Best way to travel between Times Square and JFK Airport

One Week (7 Day) New York City Itinerary in Detail

Day 1 in nyc: uptown manhattan.

Highlight of Day 1 (Maroon Pins):

Central Park

• Museums (Guggenheim, the Met, or American Museum of Natural History)
• 5th Avenue & surrounding attractions
• Top of the Rock
• Times Square
• Broadway Show

Start your first day in Manhattan with the most famous attractions in Uptown Manhattan, this means streets above 59th but below 96th street.

Take a morning stroll in Central Park, the most iconic park in New York City. Many locals go to Central Park to walk their dog or jog in the morning, especially in the summer and on the weekend. If you think about it, Central Park really is amazing since it occupies such a large area in an expensive city like New York City. Once you step into Central Park, you really feel like you’ve been transported to a different world, away from the hustling and bustling of the city.

Being a world class park means Central Park has a lot to offer, including:

• A number of playgrounds
• Central Park Zoo
• Outdoor rink (which is transformed to a pickle ball field now)
• A beautiful castle
• Photogenic bridges
• A variety of flowers and trees (I mean Central Park is known for its cherry blossoms after all)
• A beautiful carousel (which costs $4 a ride a person)
• Boats for rent
• Running and walking paths

Many people come to Central Park for photoshoots in the morning, and some of the best photo spots in Central Park include:

• Bethesda Terrace & Fountain
• The Boat House
• Belvedere Castle
• The Wollman Rink

If you want a photo shoot in Central Park for your Instagram then be sure to go really early (7am or earlier) to avoid people. Most wedding photographers go to Central Park early in the morning around 7am for this purpose.

Pedicab Tour & Biking Tour in Central Park Pedicab tour is probably one of the best things you can do in Central Park as a first time visitor. Your guide will show you around the park and tell you about the history, apartments owned by famous people, film locations and other interesting facts and landmarks in the surrounding area. We did it when I first moved to NYC and it was definitely a highlight! Book your pedicab tour here as they are quite popular. If you are not a fan of pedicab tour, the Central Park biking tour is also a great option to learn more about the park. You get to bike around Central Park yourself following a licensed tour guide and learn about hidden gems and famous monuments in Central Park. Book your Central Park biking tour here .

Best Time to Visit Central Park

Central Park is pretty any season of the year and you will see why.

• In the  spring  go to Central Park to check out the amazing cherry blossom and Magnolias
• In the  summer  there are free concerts and Shakespeare in the Park performance. Line up early in the morning (7am) to get tickets for an evening show
• In the  fall  foliage is simply beautiful, especially at The Mall.
• In the winter Central Park is beautiful after it snows. Right after it snows Central Park transforms into a winter wonderland.

Read next : how to survive winter in New York City .

Visit Museums in Uptown Manhattan

There are a number of famous museums housed on both sides of Central Park.  Metropolitan Museum  and Guggenheim Museum are on the east side of Central Park whereas The American Museum of Natural History is on the west side of Central Park.

If you are an art lover then go to the MET or Guggenheim, and if you have kids or just like Natural History then consider heading west to the Natural History Museum. Check the museums’ website for ticket information. Some museums have “free” days/hours or pay what you want.

I highly recommend buying your tickets online ahead of time. I just recently went to the American Museum of Natural History with my parents who were visiting from out of town, and we waited 20 minutes to get in, and another 20 minutes to buy tickets.

One thing to mention is that there are way more museums in NYC than what I just mentioned. If you are looking for specialty museums then just simply do a Google search. Most of the museums would require at least a few hours of your day so plan your days accordingly.

Pro Tip : Many people don’t know this but the MET has a nice rooftop bar that’s open during the summer. Remember to look for it if you are visiting the MET in the summer.

Pro Tip 2 : The American Museum of Natural History has a few really cool paid exhibits, such as the Invisible World and the Butterfly exhibit. I think they are totally worth paying for.

Tickets to most of NYC museums are covered by the New York Pass and New York Sightseeing Pass .

Walk Down 5th Avenue

Central Park spans from 5th Avenue to 8th Avenue so if you are on the west side you will end up on 8th Avenue otherwise known as Central Park West.

If you are on the East side of Central Park for museums, you can proceed to walk down the famous 5th Avenue, lined by fancy department stores, luxury hotels, designers shops, regular chain retailers, etc on both sides of the street.

Places worth stopping by on 5th Avenue in Manhattan:

• Apple Store : the flagship store in Manhattan. The entire store is underground with the iconic glass entrance. This store opens 24 hours. Not sure why but I guess if you really need an iphone at 4am in the morning then you know where to go…
• St. Patrick’s Cathedral : a beautiful and famous Roman Catholic Cathedral. You can book an audio tour to learn more about St. Patrick’s Cathedral. A tour is also part of the New York City Sightseeing Pass .
• Saks Fifth Avenue : iconic department store in NYC. Famous for the brand as well as Christmas window displays
• Rockefeller Center : right across from Saks, most famous for its observation deck ( Top of the Rock ), giant Christmas tree, ice skating rink in the winter and NBC studio. More on Top of the Rock below.

• New York Public Library : Largest and most beautiful library in New York City. It was featured in the movie The Day After Tomorrow. The Rose Reading Room is the most beautiful room in the library but you need a free tour to visit unless you are planning to study in the room. You can also see the OG Winnie the Pooh collection at the library.
• Bryant Park : one of my favorite parks in NYC. There are free concerts in the summer and a free ice skating rink and holiday market in the winter.

Stop by Top of the Rock

Top of the Rock is an observation deck on top of Rockefeller Center. It’s one of the most instagrammable spots in New York for good reason: it’s right in the middle of Manhattan.

You get the unobstructed view of Empire State Building and downtown Manhattan on one side of the observation deck and a view over Central Park on the other side. For this reason I always recommend people to visit this observation deck, especially during sunset .

However if you want to avoid the crowd, you have to go 9am in the morning (line up before 9am).

If you want to have a drink while having the amazing view, then instead of going to the observation deck, check out Bar SixtyFive aka the Rainbow Room at Rockefeller Center.

The bar opens around 5pm and closes at midnight. It’s 2 floors below Top of the Rock so you essentially get the same view but without the crazy crowd. There is also a terrace you can go to for the same view. Drinks are of course expensive at Bar SixtyFive but you are really there for the view and not the drinks.

In addition, there is a new attraction at the Top of the Rock, the Beam . The Beam costs extra but it allows you and your group of friends to recreate the iconic photo of people sitting on a beam high above the New York City skyline.

Top of the Rock tickets is covered in the New York Pass and New York Sightseeing Pass .

Times Square at Night

Times Square is the most (in)famous square in Manhattan. Everyone knows Times Square, the flashiest place in Manhattan! Locals actively avoid going to Times Square because it’s so crowded and full of tourists and scam artists. You, however, should definitely stop by Times Square and see for yourself.

Most of Times Square is between 42nd street and 49th street on 7th Avenue. There are a ton of shops here, but seriously, DO NOT EAT at Times Square , as it’s all touristy traps and chain restaurants (except maybe Los Tacos No.1).

There are also many scams and street artists at Times Square that want your money. If you see naked ladies with body paint, avoid taking photos or they will come at you asking for tips. If you see Mikey Mouse or Batman inviting you for a photo, avoid, because they will make you tip them.

See crazy people yelling at anyone and everyone? Avoid! See Chinese monks trying to give you a blessed “gold” piece of whatever? Avoid! All scams as real monks will never do that and it’s sketchy if they target anyone that’s not Asian.

Where to Eat Near Times Square: Hell’s Kitchen

Hell’s Kitchen has some of the best food in New York City in my opinion. Although historically a poor and high crime rate gangster neighborhood, Hell’s Kitchen has now transformed into a safe and popular neighborhood due to waves of gentrification.

• Pio Pio  (604 10th Ave, New York, NY 10036): A great Peruvian restaurant that’s very popular among locals. Order their chicken with the green sauce, Lomo Saltado and ceviche.
• Pure Thai Cookhouse  (766 9th Ave #2): Unlike regular Thai places, Pure Thai Cookhouse is very authentic (verified by my Thai friends) and offer unique menus. They are known for their noodles (not Pad Thai but other noodles that are actually authentic) so I recommend you try a few different dishes. Go early because the place is small and it’s usually an 1+ hour wait.
• Totto Ramen  (464 W 51st St or 366 W 52nd St): one of the best ramen places in New York City. There are two Totto Ramen locations in Hell’s Kitchen. Cash only.
• Taboon  (773 10th Ave, New York, NY 10019): a great Mediterranean spot in the heart of Hell’s Kitchen.
• Ellen’s Stardust Diner (1650 Broadway, New York, NY 10019): I’ve never been here and I probably will never go, but I know this is SUPER popular with tourists, especially British tourists. It is expensive and food is not great based on what I hear, but people are definitely entertained by the singing and dancing.

Watch a Broadway Show

Depending on when dinner is (or you can always eat dinner after the show), a Broadway Show is a must for anyone visiting NYC. The only exception is that if you are from London, then I don’t think it’s worth it for you, as ticket prices are most expensive than the theatre shows at West End.

You can get discounted Broadway Show ticket at TKS booth at Times Square or you can also try to enter the lottery for some of the shows at https://lottery.broadwaydirect.com/ .

If you don’t want to watch a Broadway Show, there are a ton of other off Broadway and off off Broadway shows in New York.

These are less famous and much cheaper but a good time regardless. One show called Drunk Shakespeare was recommended to me and it’s supposed to be really funny. You can check that out too if you have time.

Day 2 in NYC: Lower Manhattan

Highlights of Day 2 (Orange Pins)

• Wall Street
• New York Stock Exchange
• 911 Memorial & Museum
• Statue of Liberty (Tour or Free Staten Island Ferry)
• Washington Square Park
• Greenwich Village for dinner

You will be exploring downtown Manhattan on your second day in New York City.

Where is downtown Manhattan you ask. Generally areas south of 14th Street is considered Lower Manhattan. Downtown may also mean the Financial District otherwise known as Fidi by locals.

Financial District

Start your day exploring the Financial District of Manhattan, famous for Wall Street and the New York Stock Exchange . This area used to have a lot of banks and financial institutions but many have moved to midtown or Hudson Yards in recent years.

Instead a lot of residential apartments are being converted from offices in Fidi and rent is a bit cheaper than midtown Manhattan since it’s further away and there aren’t not as many restaurants or bars in Fidi.

Visiting Wall Street in the morning will give you a sense of what it’s like to live and work in New York. There are also many tours on Wall Street early in the morning so it’s very lively.

The Wall Street Charging Bull is a symbol of Walk Street except it’s not actually on Wall Street. See above for the map of the Wall Street Bull. Just be warned that unless you go super early in the morning, the Charging Bull is probably going to be super packed (like the photo below).

Wall Street Tour In my experience, it may be worth it to take a Wall Street tour to understand why certain buildings are significant. Just by looking at the buildings from the outside you really don’t get too much out of it without understanding why these buildings are important and the various stories behind each building and statue. Book your Wall Street Tour here .

911 Memorial & Museum and One World Trade Center

After you finish checking out Wall Street, head north west (10 min walk) to 911 Memorial & Museum , the most sobering place in Manhattan.

The Memorial was built on where the Twin Towers used to be before they collapsed during the 911 Terrorist Attack. Every Sep 11 two tribute lights go up symbolizing the fallen towers.

If you want to learn more about the history of the 9/11 attacks, you can visit the Museum . There are photos and recordings from the day of the terrorist attack. Most people spend at least 1-2 hours at the museum and it really is an amazing museum to check out.

Now there is a new building called One World Trade Center , the tallest building in North America. There is an observation deck in One World that you can check out and has an amazing view of Manhattan and New Jersey across the Hudson River. You can read my complete review of the One World Observatory .

One World Observation Deck and 911 Memorial Museum are covered in the New York Pass .

Gawk at the Beautiful Oculus

The Oculus is a new transportation Hub and shopping center designed by the Spanish Designer Santiago Calatrava . It costed about 4 billion dollars to build and now it’s one of the premier shopping centers and a subway station.

The Oculus is right next to World Trade Center so you don’t need to walk far and you will recognize its white exterior pretty easily. If you are coming from One World Observatory, you will be able to access the Oculus inside.

The Oculus is one of the very few subway stations that actually has AC (yes AC is rare in subway stations so good luck if you are visiting in the summer. During the summer it was 90F outside and 105F in the subway station).

Many people come to the Oculus also to take Instagram photos since the building is completely white and the design is very unique.

Mercer Labs

A new interactive art experience opened up in 2024 right across from the Oculus called Mercer Labs. I thought it’s actually one of the best interactive digital art experiences in the city. There are several rooms that you can visit, and you will be engaged with all your senses.

While this is not typically on a first time visitor’s radar, I think it is something you should definitely consider if you have time.

Statue of Liberty

If you are already in downtown Manhattan, you may be interested in a tour of Statue of Liberty , one of the symbols of New York City.

There are different types of ticket to see the Statue of Liberty ranging from grounds only to the crown. See more details from the official cruise company I linked above.

Do book your Statue of Liberty tickets way in advance if you want to go up the statue because they tend to sell out months in advance.

Statue of Liberty (Ground tour) is also covered as part of the New York Explorer Pass .

Be aware of unauthorized tour operators. One of my friends were approached by these “illegal” operators offering a tour to the Statue of Liberty for cheaper. Only after purchasing tickets did they realize the “tour” was driving them to New Jersey to get on a sketchy boat, and they lost a few hours in total.

If you just want to see the Statue of Liberty instead of doing a whole tour then either take the free Staten Island Ferry (will pass by the statue) or go to Governor’s Island (summer only) and you will be able to see the Statue of Liberty from the island.

Check Out Washington Square Park & Greenwich Village

After spending half a day in the Financial District, it’s time to move north west (subway or bus) to visit the trendy Greenwich Village. Greenwich Village , otherwise known as “the village” by New Yorkers, is one of the most sought-after neighborhoods in Manhattan.

New York University and the New School both have campus buildings in the Village so there are a lot of young people in this area.

One of the most famous attraction in Greenwich Village is Washington Square Park . If you go there later during the day or all day on the weekend the park becomes very lively with street performance and students walking around and chilling. It’s a prime spot for people watching and I’ve seen protests during the day and people proposing there at night.

What to do and eat in Greenwich Village

There are a ton of restaurants in Greenwich Village, some of my favorite include Saigon Shack , Minetta Tavern , The Boil , Alta , etc. If you can’t decide just take a stroll on MacDougal Street and pick. Or you can hop over west to West Village to eat.

Many people go to the Comedy Cellar to catch a comedy show. There are other comedy clubs in Greenwich Village such as the Greenwich Village Comedy Club .

Read Next : Best Places to See Cherry Blossoms in New York City

Day 3 in NYC: Downtown & Midtown Manhattan

Highlights of Day 3 (Purple Pins)

Brunch and shopping in Soho

• Museum of Ice Cream or Inter_IAM
• Flatiron Building + Eataly

Empire State Building

• Herald Square (& Macy’s)
• Korea Town for Dinner

Getting brunch is like the most New York thing you can do, especially on the weekend. Soho happens to be one of the best places to get brunch, shop and feel trendy.

Some of my favorite brunch spots in Soho include Balthazar , Jane , Jack’s Wife Freda and Shuka . You can also just get a bagel and coffee in Soho since there are so many coffee shops.

Check out my guide on NYC Brunch and the prettiest floral coffee shops in NYC .

Besides getting brunch you should also spend a couple of hours to walk around Soho. There are both chain retailers and designer boutiques in Soho. Broadway is where you will find all the chain retail stores like Uniqlo, Aritzia, etc.

But venture off to the side streets and West Broadway for designer boutiques and cute shops. Many instagrammers come to Soho to take their fashion shoots since the buildings are nice together with the cobble stoned streets.

Some of the cutest streets in Soho include :

• Sullivan St
• Mott St. and Mulberry St. can be cute north of Prince St (if you go south, it’s Chinatown, and it’s a completely different vibe)

If you are craving sweets then walk west to find Dominique Ansel ’s bakery, famous for its Cronut even though I like their Cookie Shot much more. If you want some macaron then you absolutely have to stop by Laduree, especially during cherry blossom season as they have a backyard that is filled with the pink cherry blossom trees (usually blooming the third week of April).

Other super cute spots you need to check out in Soho include:

• Bibliotheque : It is a cafe (with books) during the day and a bar at night
• Feste : The store front is super cute and festive, but the inside has interesting goods as well. It is also attached to a restaurant
• McNally Jackson Books : I love books and this bookstore is one of my favorites in the city
• Sweet Rehab : This is another really cute French dessert spot in the area
• Cafe Lyria : This trendy cafe is known for its interior design as well as its Tiktok Viral coffee

Immersive (and Fun) Art Experiences in Soho

Soho has no shortage of fun interactive art exhibits, from ice creams to colors to digital displays.

The three most popular “art” experiences in Soho include:

• Museum of Ice Cream : A museum dedicated to ice creams. As you go through several colorful rooms, you will also get a chance to eat free ice cream. This place is also full of photo opportunities, and includes a ball pit and even swings.
• Color Factory : Another colorful art museum dedicated to colors. Again, this place is more set up for instagram with cute photo opportunities and a ball pit as well.
• Inter_IAM : This digital art museum uses the latest technology to create an out of this world experience. This museum includes a series of experiences that are good for both adults and kids.

After you are done with Soho, take the W or R train uptown to 23rd street to the Flatiron District.

Once you get out of the subway station you will find the iconic Flatiron Building , Eataly (famous Italian themed market and restaurants), and the original Shake Shack in Madison Square Park.

I do suggest you check out Eataly (the most famous Italian market and food hall) just to have a feel or have a late lunch there. However if you are going to Eataly on the weekend then expect crowds and a wait.

Besides Eataly, you will find a Lego store as well as Harry Potter store at Flatiron. Personally I would recommend visiting the larger Lego Store near Rockefeller Center, but the Harry Potter store is quite impressive and cool. This multi-story store sells anything Harry Potter related, from wands to books to the food mentioned in the books!

You can either take the R or W train up to 34th Street Herald Square or walk up Broadway to 34th street for the Empire State Building.

Empire State Building observation deck is the OG observation deck in New York. The observation deck covers a few different floors, with the outdoor observatory on the 86th floor and an optional (extra charge) indoor observatory on the 102nd floor.

Besides views, you will also learn a lot about the Empire State Building and the history behind it from the interactive display throughout your visit. There are also a lot of photo opportunities at the Empire State Building.

Check out my detailed guide to the Empire State Building Observatory to see what you can see and experience there.

Going up the Empire State is almost a must for anyone visiting New York for the first time.

Empire State Building ticket is also covered by the New York Sightseeing Pass .

Besides the Empire State Building, there is also a Harry Potter experience called The Exhibition. This is different from the Harry Potter store in Flatiron, as this is more experience based and you can pretend you are in the movie somewhat.

If you do feel like shopping then the good news is 34th Street has a ton of shops like Zara, Forever 21, H&M among others. The iconic Macy’s flagship store is also at Herald Square.

During the holiday season Macy’s has a giant “Believe” sign on its building and a very festive Christmas themed windows display. There is also the annual tradition of Santaland that starts on Black Friday (after Thanksgiving) and goes through Christmas Eve. Families can visit the magical Santaland and take photos with Santa at the end of the visit.

Read my complete guide to how to visit Santaland at Macy’s .

There is also a Toys R Us store on the 7th floor of Macy’s with interactive play areas, making Macy’s the perfect stop for families with kids.

Manhattan’s Korea Town is also near Empire State Building. The main K-town area is concentrated on 32nd street between Broadway and 5th Avenue. There you will fine a ton of Korean restaurants, Karaoke bars, pool, beer pong, etc.

Where to Eat in K-Town

You will have dinner in K Town since I think it has some of the best food in Manhattan. Places I would recommend include:

• Jongro : one of the most popular Korean BBQ in Manhattan
• Woorijip : a quick grab and go Korean fast meal, with a large variety of food
• Her Name is Han : Untraditional Korean place in the sense that it has some of its own unique dishes not seen in other places. You can also find dishes that you are familiar with
• BCD Tofu House : Everyone in NYC knows BCD Tofu House, as it is a stable in K Town. Their tofu soup is delicious but I also love the small dishes (and fried fish) they give you
• Pocha 32 : This is more of a drinking spot than a restaurant, but you can also get Korean food along with their famous watermelon soju
• Nana’s Green Tea : Known for their matcha soft serve and matcha parfait. I really love their parfait, as it reminds me of the ones I got in Japan

Honestly there are so many great restaurants and new ones keep opening up it’s hard for me to keep track!

Day 4 in NYC: Lower Manhattan & Mid Town Manhattan

Highlights of Day 4 (Black Pins)

West Village

Whitney museum, chelsea market, little island & pier 57, the gransevoort beach.

• Hudson Yards
• Grand Central

Start your day 4 in New York with a nice brunch in West Village . There are a few cute places I mentioned in my NYC Brunch blog.

West Village is a very nice neighborhood and one of the areas I wish I could afford to live in! It actually reminds me a lot about Europe with the cute cafes and restaurants with outdoor seating in the summer. There are a few nice ice cream places too as mentioned on my NYC ice cream blog .

If you are a fan of Sex and the City or Friends then you would love West Village. Both apartments are located in the West Village.

There are also a ton of cute restaurants, brunch spots, and coffee shops in the West Village that you can check out, namely:

• Postcard : This Japanese cafe is known for its strawberry cream sandwiches and strawberry matcha latte
• Rosecrans Florist & Cafe : This is one of my favorite flower cafes in New York City . You can’t use a laptop inside but it’s so nice to grab a cup of coffee and sit among flowers.
• Do Not Feed Alligators : This coffee shop is pretty trendy and it has a little courtyard in the back, which is rare for Manhattan
• Magnolia Bakery : You gotta get the banana pudding, that’s it.

If you are interested in contemporary American art then stop by the Whitney Museum . It has a great collection of paintings, photography, drawing, sculpture, etc. There is also a nice rooftop restaurant at the Whitney Museum with a nice view of the High Line and downtown Manhattan.

Whitney Museum is also part of New York Sightseeing Pass .

Chelsea Market is not too far from the Whitney Museum on the west side of Manhattan and is one of the best food markets in New York City.

Although touristy, there are some good places in Chelsea Market. One of the best places to eat in Chelsea Market is Los Tacos No.1 (the same one at Times Square). There is usually a long (but fast moving) line at Los Tacos No.1 but it’s seriously so good. Get the beef taco or pork taco!

There are plenty of other vendors at Chelsea Market, another popular place is the Sea food market known for their lobster tail and oysters. There are also shops and pop up stores at Chelsea Market. Plan at least 1-1.5 hours there.

Little Island and Pier 57 are one of the newest attractions on the west side of Manhattan.

Located only a couple of blocks away from Chelsea Market, Little Island is a popular public park and event space. It is free to visit and many families and photographers love visiting Little Island for photos and free events.

Pier 57 is the newest food hall that opened in New York City, about a block away from Little Island. There are 16 food vendors in Pier 57 market and there is a 2 acre 2 level rooftop at Pier 57 that is also free to visit.

If you have time or you still want more food, it’s worth it to stop by Little Island and Pier 57.

You can check out my complete guide to Pier 57 .

Did you know that Manhattan has a beach?? In October 2023 Manhattan opened its first public beach. It is located right next to Little Island, across from the Whitney Museum.

You cannot swim in the water but there are sand, lounge chairs and a beautiful view of downtown Manhattan and New Jersey.

High Line Park

After visiting Little Island and Pier 57, continue on to the High Line . Used to be a railway, the High Line now is a park and tourist attraction. It’s nice to walk on it on a nice day but expect crowds on the weekend.

The entire High Line is actually quite long, up to 30th something street. You don’t need to walk the entire High Line to enjoy it, even walking up 10-15 blocks is a good amount.

There are also plenty of places to sit and relax at the High Line. Many people love taking photos of the streets from the High Line.

You can actually walk all the way down the High Line to reach Hudson Yards, one of the hottest places to visit in Manhattan now.

Now that the High Line is completed, at the Genesis store near Hudson Yards, there are always some type of free exhibit or light show/ flower show. If you are planning to walk on the Highline to Hudson Yards, then be sure to stop by.

Hudson Yards & Edge

Hudson Yards is one of the trendiest place for shopping and dining in NYC due to its development in the recent few days. A lot of companies also moved to Hudson Yards so the real estate price in Hudson Yards have skyrocketed in recent years.

One of the most famous structures at Hudson Yards is the Vessel . You used to be able to visit the Vessel at Hudson Yards. Unfortunately due to a series of suicide events at the Vessel, visitors are no longer allowed to go up the Vessel, but it’s still pretty to look at from afar.

If you are visiting Manhattan in the winter, Hudson Yards has millions of lights for the holiday decorations. I highly suggest you stop by for a visit.

The famous Little Spain Mercado (food hall with Spanish food) is downstairs from the mall. Food there should satisfy your Spanish food craving!

In the recent year or two, there are a ton of new observation decks that opened up. One of the most popular observation deck is the Edge at Hudson Yards.

I personally visited the Edge and it had an amazing view of New York City and New Jersey.

You will need to book tickets ahead of time online (sunset time is $10 more). You will have to choose a time slot although I don’t think they really enforced the ending time that much (we did not get kicked out).

The Edge can get very crowded, especially on the weekends and during sunset hours.

The Edge is also covered as part of the New York Sightseeing Pass .

Bryant Park & Grand Central Station

If you didn’t already visit Bryant Park on Day 1 then you should today. You can take the 7 train directly from Hudson Yards to Bryant Park (the stop is 5th Avenue).

During the winter Bryant Park has a large Holiday market and a free ice skating rink (you need to pay for rentals). There are also a lot of food stalls and shops at Bryant Park in the winter.

In the summer there are outdoor concerts and yoga in the park. Bryant Park is a really nice place to just sit around, chill and people watch.

Read my Complete Guide on Bryant Park Winter Village .

Once you are on 42nd Street, you can either take the train or walk East to Grand Central , the most famous and photographed train station in New York. Many people come here for their engagement shoot but be warned it’s very busy and crowded especially on the weekend.

The architecture at Grand Central is very pretty though and worth stopping for a quick photo.

There are some shops at Grand Central and the most noteworthy one is Magnolia Bakery (made famous by Sex and the City but get the Banana Pudding instead of the cupcakes) and Apple Store . There is also a “hidden” bar in Grand Central Station.

SUMMIT One Vanderbilt

SUMMIT One opened at the end of October 2021 and it is the newest observation deck in New York City.

Before SUMMIT One opened, I thought it was probably going to just be like the other observatories in New York City but I was wrong. SUMMIT One is completely different, it is innovative and it is beautiful.

Most of the rooms at SUMMIT One are made with glass, and there is also a room full of balloons. Even though most of SUMMIT One is indoors, there is also an outdoor deck allowing you to get amazing view of the entire Manhattan as well as some parts of Queens, Brooklyn and New Jersey. I absolutely love SUMMIT One and that’s why I went back twice.

Read my complete guide on SUMMIT One Vanderbilt .

After Summit One, you can either eat at the food court near Grand Central, or find a nice restaurant nearby (just don’t go to Times Square to eat).

Day 5 in NYC: Brooklyn Bridge & Lower Manhattan

Highlights of Day 5 (Light Green Pins):

• Brooklyn Bridge
• Chinatown & Little Italy
• Lower East Side
• East Village

Brooklyn Bridge & DUMBO

Start your day in Brooklyn to see the famous Brooklyn Bridge (and Manhattan Bridge).

Even though you can technically go to the Manhattan side of Brooklyn Bridge, but I honestly recommend walking TOWARDS Manhattan from Brooklyn so you can get the nice downtown Manhattan skyline view the entire walk.

Before you start your walk, grab coffee first from % Arabica , a trendy coffee shop with the view of Brooklyn Bridge. After which, you can walk towards Jane’s Carousel, a beautiful indoor carousel with the view of the bridge and the skyline.

If you are adventurous, you can walk west toward Brooklyn Bridge Park, which gives you an even closer view of downtown Manhattan. You can also see Statue of Liberty from Brooklyn Bridge Park. However, I generally stay around the carousel area east of the park since it leads to another photo spot…..The Manhattan Bridge!

You can search “Dumbo – Manhattan Bridge View” on Google Maps and you can find it. This street is literally full of people taking the Instagram photo of Manhattan Bridge, but it is also on the way to Stairs to the Brooklyn Bridge .

Once you are on the stairs, it takes about 45 minutes to walk across Brooklyn Bridge , baking in some photo time.

Don’t feel comfortable exploring on your own? Check out this Brooklyn Bridge and Dumbo Guided Walking Tour to explore this trendy neighborhood.

NYC Chinatown & Little Italy

After you get off Brooklyn Bridge on the Manhattan side, you can either walk or take the subway to Chinatown.

Manhattan Chinatown is one of the tourist attractions where locals actually shop and eat at. There is really no street food in Chinatown but some of the most popular places to eat in Chinatown include Jing Fong (dim sum), Joe’s Shanghai , and Canal Street Market .

Unfortunately during the pandemic a number of famous and historical restaurants have closed down (but there are new ones popping up as well).

They are starting to have many cute cafes in Chinatown like Keki Modern Cake and Sweet Moments so use Yelp to find the ones that interest you. I recently ate at Round K by Sol, a Korean fusion brunch place which was really good. They are known for their fried chicken sandwich, K Party Toast and their coffee drinks.

If you love Italian food and bakeries, then you should also check out Little Italy , which is just north of China Town. You can find shops that sell Cannolis and other Italian sweets and of course pizza and pasta!

Best Tours to Take in China Town and Little Italy If you are a foodie and want to find the best places to eat, then you would love this Chinatown and Little Italy Food Tour. During the tour you will get the chance to try some of the most iconic food in these two neighborhoods. Book your food tour here . Don’t want food? No worries. This 2 hour tour of Chinatown, Little Italy and Soho will some of the most iconic places in these 3 neighborhoods and the history behind them. Book your walking tour here .

Explore Lower East Side

Slightly east of Chinatown is an area called Lower East Side. To be honest this is not my favorite area if it’s not for the food. Actually the only reason I go to the LES is to get food.

Some of the most famous New York City eateries are actually located in the Lower East Side, such as Katz’s Delicatessen and Russ & Daughters a block over. Are these overhyped? I don’t think so. As a local I actually enjoy the locks from Russ & Daughters and the pastrami sandwiches from Katz’s. One word of caution though, these sandwiches are HUGE, two people can just share one!

There are a few other spots I really like in LES:

• Supermoon Bakehouse : super trendy and innovative bakery!
• Davelle : a cute Japanese cafe known for their toasts
• Beauty & Essex : one of the most popular brunch spots in NYC with a cool atmosphere. People also like to go there for dinner

Food is not on your mind? It’s ok, I get it, especially if you just did a food tour in Chinatown/ Little Italy. If you are into photos, then I’m going to give you a really cool spot to check out that most tourists do not know about: Pier 35 .

Pier 35 is a new recreational area along the East River with a nice view of Manhattan Bridge and Brooklyn. What’s special about this spot is that they installed several swings facing the view. People love coming here to chill, read a book or just enjoy the view.

Dinner in the East Village

Hopefully all that walking works up your appetite because you will be having dinner in the East Village. Again, East Village is not really a touristy area but it is one of my favorite areas to eat. You will see a ton of college students here since the NYU dorm is only a couple of blocks away. I also used to live around the East Village so I know that area super well.

IF you want, you can find pizza and burgers and hotdogs there, but if you are open to trying some authentic Asian food, then you are in luck. East Village has a ton of authentic Japanese, Chinese and Vietnamese restaurants and cafes.

Some of my personal favorites in the East Village include:

• Mountain House: authentic spicy Chinese food
• Che Li Manhattan: authentic Shanghai style Chinese food
• Kenka: chill Japanese izakaya restaurant
• Hanoi House: my favorite Vietnamese pho spot in Manhattan
• Apollo Bagel: not really a restaurant for dinner but if you happen to visit during the day, line up for their crispy bagel, super yummy
• Cha-An: authentic Japanese dessert spot and tea house
• Lady Wong: trendy Southeast Asian dessert shop

Day 6 in NYC: Explore Brooklyn

Places to Explore in Brooklyn (Yellow Pins) :

Williamsburg

Green point.

• Dyker Heights (holiday nights only)
• Brooklyn Botanical Garden (best during cherry blossoms at the end of April)

New York City is not just Manhattan and to fully experience NYC you should explore some of the other boroughs.

Brooklyn is one of the most trendy and gentrified areas in New York City. It used to be much cheaper to live in Brooklyn but now rent prices have gone up significantly in parts of Brooklyn and some people even moved back to Manhattan. I’ll list below a few areas you can visit in Brooklyn but you probably won’t have time to do it all.

Williamsburg is perhaps one of the most popular areas in Brooklyn for young and artsy people.

There used to be a lot of artists that moved to this area but now it’s become prime real estate since it has a beautiful view of Manhattan and is only one stop on the L Train from Manhattan.

In the summer time there is an outdoor food market called Smorgasburg by the waterfront in Williamsburg where you can get different food from over 30 vendors (like BBQ, ice cream, drinks, Asian street food, sandwiches, etc).

You can also visit a couple of rooftop bars in Williamsburg such as West Light and Wythe hotel , Donuts shops like Du’s Donuts & Coffee , Burger joints like Mister Dips , cute cafes and shops. It’s really nice to just walk around Williamsburg and the waterfront.

Other noteworthy restaurants and cafes in Williamsburg include Nippon Cha (if you want Japanese matcha drinks and desserts), Rule of Thirds for Japanese fusion cuisine and a ton of floral cafes that are good for the eye and soul.

Located just north of Williamsburg and right across the bridge from Long Island City, Green Point is another trendy Brooklyn neighborhood that 20s and 30s year olds flock to.

There are a number of really cute (and popular) cafes and brunch spots, with Bakeri and Cafe Alula as an example.

Another trendy area in Brooklyn is Bushwick, known for its murals collection. There is also a famous pizzeria in Bushwick called Roberta’s .

If you are limited on time, I wouldn’t go to Bushwick as it’s a bit of a hike to get there. If you do have time then it’s worth checking it out and eat some good Pizza. In case you haven’t noticed, Brooklyn has a lot of good pizza!

Dyker Heights (Night Time During the Holidays Only)

If you are visiting New York City during the holidays , one area you must see in Brooklyn is Dyker Heights.

Traditionally an Italian neighborhood, Dyker Heights is famous for its crazy Christmas decorations on million dollar mansions. You will be dazzled by all the lights and think you are in a Christmas movie. Go at night obviously when the lights are on, expect crowds on the weekend.

Dyker Heights is a bit of a hike to get to from Manhattan. There is an express bus you can take from 5th Avenue but in my opinion it’s best to visit in a Uber or a car or with a tour. There is also no bathrooms around so be prepared!

If you don’t have a car, a tour to Dyker Heights is also covered by the New York Sightseeing Pass .

Brooklyn Botanic Garden For Cherry Blossom

Every year in late April there is a cherry blossom festival in the Brooklyn Botanic Garden (BBG).

BBG has a promenade lined by cherry blossom trees so it really is amazing to visit during that time of the year. Check the official website for the bloom update.

I highly recommend that you go really early (when they first open) or go one hour before sunset during the weekday. During peak cherry blossom season (mid to late April), Brooklyn Botanic Garden opens till 8pm at night.

It gets REALLY crowded on the weekends during the cherry blossom season. So if you want good photos then you really should not go on the weekend. The photos above were taken on a Wednesday evening at 7pm.

What To Eat in Brooklyn

There are a lot of good restaurants in Brooklyn, here are some of my favorite: Di Fara : Amazing pizza deep in Brooklyn. Get the square pie and go early (we went before they opened and ended up waiting an hour for the pie). Unfortunately the famous owner passed away.

Roberta’s : Famous pizza in Bushwick. Very casual place, has a lot of seating

Smorgasburg : food market, lots of variety, check website for hours and location since it changed depends on the season

St. Anselm : good but cheap steakhouse. Usually long wait but there is a bar next door

Win Son : trendy Taiwanese restaurant

Lilia : great Italian spot in Williamsburg

Peter Luger : perhaps the most famous steakhouse in NYC, reservation required especially for dinner and weekends. Cash only .

Day 7 in NYC: See Queens or Explore More of Manhattan

Places to Explore in Queens (Dark Green Pins)

• Roosevelt Island (technically still Manhattan)

Gantry Plaza Park

Jackson heights.

• US Open in Queens

You can either spend the last day of your 7 day New York Itinerary in Manhattan to see things you haven’t seen or explore Queens, one of the largest boroughs in New York City.

Queens is known for diverse immigrant neighborhoods and great international food.

Roosevelt Island

Technically in Manhattan, Roosevelt Island is a small island off Manhattan that offers great views of the Manhattan skyline.

You can either take the F train or a Tram there. The tram is actually an experience itself since you will be crossing the East River from above.

Local’s Pro Tip : The Tram from Manhattan to Roosevelt Island can be really crowded especially during cherry blossom season and spring break. It’s better to take the tram from Roosevelt Island to Manhattan if you just want the experience.

During the spring months there is usually a lot of cherry blossom on Roosevelt Island. It’s also one of photographers’ favorite spots to get sunset and night shots of Manhattan.

There are 3 different types of cherry blossoms, the white ones bloom during early to mid April and the dark pink ones bloom during mid to late April.

Local’s Pro Tip : Visit early morning during the week to avoid crowds during cherry blossom season.

The photos above were taken at 8am on a Monday morning.

If you want another great spot for the Manhattan view as well as the iconic Pepsi sign, then Gantry Plaza Park in Long Island City is for you. There are a lot of restaurants and shops near Gantry Plaza Park (after you get off the subway). The park itself is located in a rather residential area.

During cherry blossom season in early to mid April, the park near Gantry Plaza called Hunter’s Point South Park is known for its beautiful cherry blossoms. So if you are here during that time, be sure to stop by!

Other Areas of Queens and What They Are Known For

Astoria is an area in Queens by the water not too far from Long Island City. Known for its Greek influence, you can find some is the best Greek food in Astoria. My favorite restaurant is Taverna Kyclades . There is an East Village location also) but even at 5pm there is a long wait already.

A transportation hub, Jackson Heights is a multi-cultural neighborhood in Queens. Most famous for South American, Indian, Nepali and Tibetan restaurants. A couple of my favorite restaurants in Jackson Heights include Lhasa Fast Food , Himalaya Yuk and 969 Cafe (Japanese Cafe). Did I mention that food is generally cheaper in Queens?

Flushing is pretty much the Chinatown and Korean Town of Queens.

Conveniently located off the 7 Train, you can find the most authentic Chinese food in Flushing (Especially Sichuan and Northern Chinese food).

There are so many food courts in Flushing that you can literally eat a meal for less than $10 – $15 (depends on what you get).

If you want fancier restaurants in Flushing, head to Tangram , one of the newest shopping and dining center in Flushing. There are bubble team, food court, hot pot and other nice restaurants in the mall.

Watch a Baseball Game in Queens

If you are a baseball fan then come to City Fields for a Mets baseball game in Flushing.

Watch the US Open in Queens

If you are a tennis fan then you can potentially watch the US Open in the stadium in Flushing early September (assuming you can get tickets). From what I remember tickets are not very expensive for first rounds and it is quite fun to walk around from court to court.

Read My Other New York City Blogs

If you want to check out other cool things to do and see in NYC here are some other articles that may interest you!

New York City Itineraries & Things to Do

• 100+ best things to do in New York City
• 4 Day NYC itinerary
• New York City Itinerary 2 Days
• SUMMIT One Vanderbilt Guide
• Pier 57 Market & Rooftop Park Guide
• Visiting New York City in March
• Empire State Building Complete Guide
• One World Observatory Complete Guide

Christmas and Holiday Season in New York City

• Most Instagrammable Places in NYC during the holidays
• Most Festive Pop Up Bars and Restaurants in NYC during the holidays
• Best Holiday Markets in NYC
• Things to do with kids in NYC during the holidays
• What to do and eat at Bryant Park Winter Village
• Complete Union Square Holiday Market Guide
• How to Visit Macy’s Santaland
• Complete Guide on Dyker Heights Holiday Lights Without a Tour

New York City Seasonal Articles

• Why You should visit NYC in the fall
• Best Fall Hikes in NYC
• Where to see Cherry Blossoms in NYC
• Apple Picking in NYC
• Best Sunflower Fields in NYC
• Where to Pick Strawberries near NYC
• Best Pumpkin Farms on Long Island
• NYC Winter Survival Guide

How to Save Money Traveling to NYC

• Best New York City Travel Pass
• New York Pass Review: Is New York Pass Worth it?

New York City Food Guide

• Best Ice Cream Shops in Lower Manhattan
• Best Brunch Spots in New York City
• Honest Review of the Plaza Hotel Afternoon Tea
• Cutest Plants and Floral Cafes in New York City
• Tim Ho Wan Restaurant Review

Other New York City Guides

• Coolest Airbnbs in New York State
• How to Ride the Subway in New York City
• Best New York Themed Gifts
• Unique Brooklyn Themed Gifts
• Cold Spring Day Trip from NYC
• NJ Construction Themed Amusement Park: Diggerland Complete Guide

Like this NYC itinerary? Save this One Week NYC Itinerary to Pinterest!

Read my privacy policy .

• Kale by LyraThemes.com.

7 Days Costa Rica Itinerary: Top Sights for First Timers

Posted on Published: June 30, 2023  - Last updated: January 5, 2024

Abundant in nature and adventure, Costa Rica is one of the most incredible countries in the world and spending a week here is a dream! But how do you even choose where to go and how long to stay in each spot? From the beach to a cloud forest and even a dormant volcano, this 7 days Costa Rica itinerary has the exact details you need to plan an amazing week!

This post may contain affiliate links. For more info, see my  disclosures .

Costa Rica is a country you could spend a month – or more – exploring. What it lacks in size it makes up in adventure! This 7 days Costa Rica itinerary will take you through 3 regions of the country, plus give you some alternatives. After all, it’s nice to have options, right?

From the lush rainforests to stunning beaches of Manuel Antonio and a whole lot more, this small Central American country has so much to offer visitors.

Fill your days with amazing (and natural) wildlife encounters, thrilling ziplines, crazy night tours, waterfall hikes and more. This Costa Rica 1 week itinerary has a bit of everything, no matter what your vacation style.

Before diving into what to do on each day of your vacation, let’s go over some details that will help you plan your trip.

How many days in Costa Rica?

To make the most of your trip, you’ll want at least a week in this beautiful country. A full 7 days in Costa Rica is just the right amount of adventure and relaxation.

You could do a 5 day itinerary Costa Rica and just omit one of the 3 regions below. But honestly, a week gives you a good taste for the nature and culture that Costa Rica is famous for.

And if you have longer – even better! Spend 10 days, 2 weeks or a month exploring this gorgeous country. With more than a week, you can see more regions, like Costa Rica’s Caribbean Coast or take part in slow travel , exploring restaurants, getting to know the locals, soaking in Pure Vida and so much more!

Best time to visit Costa Rica

If you’re wondering when the best time to visit Costa Rica is, the answer completely depends on what matters most to you!

May through November is typically the rainy season in Costa Rica, so you could generally avoid that timeframe. However, if you want to find cheap prices, this is the timeframe you’d find the best deals!

December through April is the best time to visit Costa Rica. With amazing weather, abundant wildlife and tourist operations fully open, you’ll have a really comfortable trip with many conveniences this time of year.

You could also try the shoulder season to see if you can score a great deal for pricing. Try early to mid-November and mid-late April to try your luck.

Of course, peak travel season is January – March, so keep this in mind for pricing and crowds.

Save money on travel with points: Check out the best credit card offers to save big money by using rewards points for flights and hotels. They’re so good; I regularly have 2-3 in my wallet and book most of my travel with points!

7 days Costa Rica itinerary: map

This is a map of the itinerary in this guide. The orange icons are the recommended areas for your Costa Rica 1 week itinerary. The yellow icons are alternative options if you’re looking to switch things up. Black icons are the most popular airports for international travel.

As you can see, this Costa Rica itinerary will cover the areas of:

• Manuel Antonio
• Drive between Monteverde and Manuel Antonio
• Isla Tortuga (optional)
• Tamarindo (optional)

Get the perfect packing list for your next beach vacay!

I won’t send you spam. I hate spam. Unsubscribe at anytime.

How to get around Costa Rica

So at this point you might be thinking: how do you get around Costa Rica? Well good news: there’s plenty of options!

Rental car for your 7 days in Costa Rica

This is the most flexible option for your trip to Costa Rica. You’ll be able to go when you want and where you want. If you’re a US citizen, you can use your US drivers license.

Just keep in mind most vehicles are manual transmissions, and there’s typically an upcharge for automatic (if it’s available).

I recommend using Discover Cars for car rentals in Costa Rica . It’s a free service that searches the major rental companies and provides the best rate. I typically save 10-30% using Discover Cars .

Shuttle service

This is a popular option, especially if you’re looking to relax and keep a slower pace while you’re at each destination on this Costa Rica travel itinerary.

Taking a shuttle service is also great for large groups, or if you simply don’t want to drive the roads in Costa Rica.

You’ll find routes between most popular cities and tourist destinations. The pricing depends on the route and size of the shuttle. For this, I recommend using 12Go . They have a variety of options for transportation, and a ton of routes in Costa Rica, including between the destinations on this travel itinerary!

This is the most budget-friendly option for transportation in Costa Rica. However, the bus lines take a long time and won’t really help you stay on schedule for this Costa Rica itinerary 7 days – it would be more like 12 days based on all the time you’ll spend on the bus!

But, public transportation is the cheapest way to get around Costa Rica , and most other countries for that matter. I recently took a bus like this across the Peloponnese during my 2 weeks Greece itinerary, and it worked out smoothly.

Taxi or Uber in Costa Rica

I really only recommend using a taxi service or Uber once you’re in a town – the cost is price prohibitive to take a private transfer like this from region to region.

Uber works in most major areas of Costa Rica, and is quite convenient too. If your hotel to and from the airport in San Jose or Liberia doesn’t have a free shuttle, Uber or taxi is the way to go.

What to pack for your 7 days in Costa Rica

Let’s go over the items you’ll want to make your trip comfortable! You’ll be visiting a volcano, cloud forest and beaches for this itinerary, so you’ll definitely want a variety of items for Costa Rica!

• Water shoes. So many waterfalls, hot springs and beaches in this epic Costa Rica 1 week itinerary! You’ll want a great pair of water shoes, ones sturdy enough to hike to the spot you’re going to need them. These are my favorite water shoes that travel with me everywhere – from the best beaches in Thailand to the Black Sand Beach in Vieques, Puerto Rico and yes, even Costa Rica!
• Mineral sunscreen. Protect your skin while protecting the Earth’s waterways and marine life with mineral sunscreen. The chemicals in traditional sunblock kills marine life so please only wear mineral sunblock in the ocean in Costa Rica (and everywhere else).
• Grippy shoes for hiking. If you’re planning to go for an actual hike, like in Arenal Volcano National Park or the Cloud Forest in Monteverde, you’ll want shoes that can handle the mud and give you extra stability. These are my favorite hiking shoes that come with me to hiking destinations.
• Bug spray. You’ll definitely want bug spray! This is my favorite natural bug repellent I used in Costa Rica to ward off those pesky insects and it worked really well.
• Dry bag. From beaches to waterfalls, this is a damp environment even when it’s not raining! Keep your valuables in a dry bag to protect your items from getting wet. I love the dry bags with a shoulder strap – so handy for short hikes!
• Lots of layers. This Costa Rica itinerary will cover 3 regions from the mountains to the beach. You’ll want comfortable, moisture-wicking clothes for the humidity and layers for higher elevation. My favorite are  merino wool  – breathable and they travel great!
• Rain poncho/ umbrella. Even in the dry season, it still rains in Costa Rica. Pack a poncho and/or umbrella for your week in Costa Rica.
• GoPro. Whether you want to take snorkeling photos, smooth videos while ziplining or road tripping, a GoPro works wonders while in Costa Rica – or on any vacation!
• Travel insurance. Last but not least, when you’re traveling quite literally anything can happen. Grab travel insurance before you leave home just in case!

Here’s a complete beach packing list if you’re looking for more details.

How to use this Costa Rica itinerary

Geesh are we ready to get to it?! Some important details are covered already in this guide, and it’s just about time to start planning a trip to Costa Rica!

Not-so-fun-fact : the travel times between destinations in Costa Rica will take way longer than Google Maps shows. So for planning purposes, you’ll want to prepare extra time than what GPS is telling you.

So, to use this itinerary, it will assume you’ve arrived in San Jose or Liberia the night before day 1 and that you’re flying out after day 7. However, if you are truly only in the country for 7 days, you can condense this itinerary down to fit your flight schedule.

7 days Costa Rica itinerary

Are you ready for it? This adventure of a lifetime is *almost* too good to be true. Enjoy this fabulous week in Costa Rica. You’re gonna love it!

Fun fact:  6.5% of the worlds biodiversity is in the tiny country of Costa Rica. So you’ll have plenty of options for experiencing amazing vegetation and wildlife during your time in this stunning country!

La Fortuna (days 1-2 on this Costa Rica 1 week itinerary)

🚗 Waking up in San Jose or Liberia (or flying in early in the day), you’ll make your way to La Fortuna. It’s about a 3 hour drive almost straight north of San Jose and slightly less than that from Liberia.

La Fortuna is one of the most beautiful places in Costa Rica. It’s at the doorstep to Arenal Volcano, and is a nature-lover’s oasis!

Day 1 on this Costa Rica travel itinerary: La Fortuna

A dormant volcano, rainforest, waterfalls and abundant nature is what you’ll find in La Fortuna! After your drive from the airport city, you can grab lunch and explore downtown a bit. Try the budget-friendly Soda La Hormiga or try the traditional Costa Rican food at La Cascada.

La Fortuna Waterfall

One of your first activities on this Costa Rica itinerary is to visit this fabulous waterfall in La Fortuna . This stunning waterfall in the rainforest is quite the welcome to this beautiful country, and a preview of the adventures to come!

There’s an entrance fee at La Fortuna Waterfall to access the waterfall, in which the funds go directly into maintaining and preserving the property.

You’ll walk down about 500 steps to get to the base of the waterfall. Stop at one of the many viewpoints along the way for beautiful photos of the falls from a different angle.

At the base of the falls, you can swim in the gorgeous Jade colored water. You’ll want your water shoes for climbing over the boulders along the way as the rocks are very slippery.

Note: the current is really strong so inexperienced swimmers should stay near the rocky edges and not get too close to the waterfall.

La Fortuna Hot Springs (one of the best things to do on this 7 days in Costa Rica itinerary)

Well-known in this area are the naturally occurring thermal hot springs. Unfortunately (or fortunately?) most of the land surrounding the hot springs have been purchased by hotels and resorts, which means you’ll either need to pay to spend the night there or pay for a day pass.

So let’s first talk about the one free hot springs in La Fortuna . It’s just down the road from the popular Tabacon resort. There’s a small parking area near the entrance, and a walking path that leads down to the river.

Like most places in Costa Rica, there’s an unofficial parking lot attendant who ‘watches over your car’ while you’re enjoying the hot springs. You’ll just pay him a few bucks to keep it safe – or risk what may happen otherwise (I don’t actually know – I’ve just always paid it)!

There are a few other places you can find day passes to enjoy the hot springs in La Fortuna. Some of them can be pricey, and often have an option to include a meal with it, which can be worth the cost.

Some of the mosts popular day pass options are at Tabacon , The Springs Resort & Spa and Baldi.

Day 2: La Fortuna (one of the best days on this 7 days Costa Rica itinerary)

Let’s amp up the adventure and views on your 2nd full day in La Fortuna!

Arenal Volcano

This is what’s drawn visitors to La Fortuna for decades. And it’s beautiful to see in real life!

The best places to experience it are the Arenal Volcano National Park and Arenal 1968 Reserve. The national park is government funded and the reserve is private property.

Both have great hiking trails with classic shots of the volcano. Arenal 1968 Reserve is less crowded and you’ll get equally as beautiful of views.

Taking a guided hike at Arenal Volcano National Park will help you learn the history of the volcano and region as you climb for impressive views of the lake and park. Just remember to wear good shoes for hiking (sandals definitely not recommended here).

You’ll want to spend at least 1/2 day in the park or reserve hiking and soaking up this incredible natural experience! After all, it’s one of the very best things to do in Arenal , Costa Rica!

More things to do in La Fortuna

For your last afternoon, you have options to explore La Fortuna how you prefer. If you’re staying at a hot springs resort, relaxing is a great way to soak in the latter part of this day. Especially if your morning hike was intense!

Otherwise, booking a tour or visiting another local attraction is a great way to spend the afternoon. Here are some other ideas:

• White water rafting on the Balsa River
• Rio Celeste waterfall (1.5 hour drive and requires 3.5 mile hike but it’s stunning!)
• Kayaking or paddleboarding on Lake Arenal
• Ziplining in La Fortuna

Best places to stay in La Fortuna

Here are some fun places to stay in La Fortuna. Remember, you can always opt for a vacation rental property on VRBO if you’re looking for more space or a kitchen to make your own food and save some money.

• Tabacón Thermal Resort & Spa. Get instant access to one of the best hot springs in the area by staying on property.
• Hotel Boutique Casa Del Rio. River views, multiple pools and ultimate relaxation in La Fortuna.
• Noah’s Forest Hotel. Choose this spot for seclusion, romance and stunning gardens with on-location wildlife.

Monteverde (days 3-4 of this 7 days Costa Rica itinerary)

🚗Waking up in La Fortuna, hit the road to Monteverde. You’ll curve around Lake Arenal and then south to Monteverde, over 3 hours drive.

Monteverde is home to the Cloud Forest Biological Reserve . It’s a big deal and so much fun to experience in real life! And remember that biodiversity we chatted about earlier? Yep, it’s big here, too!

Day 3: Monteverde (one of the best places to go in Costa Rica)

After traveling to Monteverde, you’ll arrive in the main town of Santa Elena. Grab food in downtown for a quick lunch before heading out to your next adventure!

That afternoon, you’ll want to take some time to experience the the best things to do in Monteverde .

Monteverde Cloud Forest

One of the top tourist destinations in the country – and certainly the Puntarenas province, visiting the Monteverde Cloud Forest is a must-do on this Costa Rica itinerary!

Note: you’ll definitely want to buy tickets in advance or go with a group tour .

If you arrive by 1:00 – 2:00pm, that will give you some time to hit the trails and see some spectacular fauna and hopefully wildlife!

One of the best hikes in the Monteverde Cloud Forest is the Sendero Bosque Nuboso – La Ventana trail. It’s a 3.6 mile loop, and takes you over the continental divide. Watch for the mysterious Resplendent Queztal bird – the notoriously elusive bird which makes it’s home in the Cloud Forest.

Along the hike, you’ll pass overlooks, which are great on a clear day (a rarity). Expect clouds because you’re quite literally in a cloud forest!

A guided tour will help fill you in on the cloud forest’s nature, including spotting certain wildlife. Expect all kinds of amphibians, mammals, birds, insects and so much more!

Remember your grippy shoes and poncho . You’re in the clouds so expect some moisture!

Treetop dining experience (one of the most unique things to do on this 7 days Costa Rica itinerary)

If you want a truly authentic and totally unique experience, enjoy a fine dinner amongst the trees! This dinner will get you feeling all the feels in Monteverde!

I recommend make reservations at  San Lucas Treetop Dining Experience . If you can, go at sunset as it’s simply magical.

Note: you’ll need an advance reservation for this dinner. Select a time that works with your time exploring the Cloud Forest, getting cleaned up and driving from your accommodations.

Day 4 of 7 days Costa Rica itinerary: Monteverde

This full day in Monteverde will have you pinching yourself and asking “is this place even real??”

Grab breakfast in Santa Elena to fuel up for your adventures. I recommend the incredible food (and my husband said the Costa Rican coffee was amazing) at Choco Cafe .

Hanging bridges and zipline in Monteverde

If you’re up for a thrill, you’re going to love this day! Definitely make a reservation in advance to experience one of Monteverde’s top attractions! There are several places where you can experience ziplining over the cloud forest and walking through it via picturesque hanging bridges.

The locals we talked to all  recommended Selvatura Park , so that’s the option in the photos and videos within this guide. But, if you can’t get a reservation there, try Sky Adventures or 100% Adventure Park.

Fly through the air on one of the world’s longest ziplines! It’s truly breathtaking and a travel bucket list check, for sure!

Note: there’s some walking between ziplines so wear comfortable shoes and layers for various weather conditions.

The hanging bridges are an experience in their own! Walk through trails that take you over as many as 8 suspension bridges, deep in the Costa Rican rainforest.🌿

Most of the walking paths are relatively easy. Depending on which route you choose, you may encounter some incline or some mud based on recent rainfall.

A tour like this in Monteverde will take about 4 hours. What a fun adventure!!

Sloth Sanctuary, Coffee Tour or Monteverde Waterfall

For the afternoon on day 4 of this Costa Rica 1 week itinerary, it’s up to you what you want to do to fill your time. There’s so many activities – you could literally spend a week in Monteverde, exploring and relaxing.

But since you only have an afternoon before continuing on with the trip, here are a few options:

• Sloth Sanctuary. Located at Selvatura and hosted by the Caribbean Sloth Sanctuary, you can see sloths that can no longer survive in the wild.
• Coffee tour. Learn what it takes to process the perfect cup of coffee, from farm to table!
• Monteverde Waterfall. This road-side surprise will have you hiking down to a picturesque setting in the heart of the Cloud Forest.
• Horseback riding. Get away from the crowds and see beautiful views, unlike most others will experience on horseback!
• Downtown Santa Elena. This cute downtown is a fun place to walk around. Admire artwork, go shopping or leisurely dine until your heart’s content.

Where to stay in Monteverde

Whether you want to stay in the clouds of the Cloud Forest or near the action, here are a few recommendations for where to stay in Monteverde.

• Chira Glamping Monteverde. This unique experience will take your Monteverde adventures over the top!
• Koora Hotel-a Cloud Forest Resort. Perfect for groups or families, with stunning views.
• Hotel Heliconia. Enjoy the hot tub and spa oasis on property.

Monteverde to Manuel Antonio (day 5 of this best Costa Rica itinerary)

🚗This is a fun travel day across Costa Rica! The trip is nearly 5 hours in a car including traffic, so this is an opportunity to…

• Have a slow morning and sightsee along the way.
• Hustle to take an extra day trip to a dreamy island.

Let’s dive into the details!

Monteverde to Manuel Antonio drive – stops along the way

The scenery is spectacular as you head out of the mountains near Monteverde and start your descent to sea level in Manuel Antonio. The curvy roads are fun to drive on – but just remember there’s a lot of switchbacks and potholes to be cautious of!

Along the route from Monteverde to Manuel Antonio, you’ll have plenty of opportunities to stretch your legs and explore a bit. And when you see a scenic overlook – stop! You’ll (likely) only be here once in your life. Soak in the views and grab those photos.❤️

El Roble Costa Rica

By the time you get to El Roble, you’ll likely have been driving around 2 hours. El Roble is a great spot to stretch your legs, grab something to eat or even hit the beach!

Pro tip: pick up pizza and watch the surfers at Boca Barranca. It’s a famous surfing spot where surfers can often ride a wave almost 1km before it breaks!

Tarcoles Bridge (AKA Crocodile bridge, a must-see on this Costa Rica itinerary 7 days)

It’s a crazy phenomenon in southwestern Costa Rica, and one that you should definitely stop and see if you’re driving from Monteverde to Manuel Antonio. Less than an hour down the road from El Roble is the Tarcoles Bridge.

This is a cool stop on the basis that you can see dozens – potentially hundreds – of crocodiles in the river below. The Tarcoles River is home to over 2,000 American Crocodiles . They seem to congregate in the area below the bridge, making it a safe place to view these wild animals in their natural habitat.

Because it’s drawn the interest of tourists, there’s also a few shops, vendors selling artisan crafts and a restaurant nearby. Oh, and a restroom stop as well.

Just don’t drop anything into the water below. You won’t be getting it back!

This is a fun activity, and maybe one of the most expected adventures on this 7 days Costa Rica itinerary.

One of the best stops on this Costa Rica 1 week itinerary is in Jaco. It would honestly be a great place to stay for a few days, if you have more than a week in this country.

But since you’re on your way from Monteverde to Manuel Antonio, you could stop here for a bit. Grab some lunch and hit the beach!

One of the top things to do in the area – and one that’s relatively unknown to most tourists is to stop by the Jaco sign and see the macaws. The sign is located on Highway 34 south as you’re leaving town. It’s on the edge of the coast, and just beyond that are a group of trees home to macaws.

Park near the Jaco sign and witness beautiful macaws in their natural environment. Look up into the tall trees, or watch them flying above! Macaws mate for life, so you’ll likely see them in pairs. So fun!

Alternative day 5: Isla Tortuga Tour

Okay so if you’re the kind of person who likes to see alllll the things while on vacation, then this day is for you. It’s action-packed and a long day, but it can be done if you’re determined enough!

Visiting Isla Tortuga is a dream! This beautiful, uninhabited island is a fun day just off the southeastern coast of the Nicoya Peninsula. Take a catamaran tour for snorkeling, beaching and exploring this beautiful island.

Note: you’ll need to book this tour in advance to make it all work!

Starting your day really early in Monteverde, you’ll drive nearly 3 hours to Jaco to make the early morning departure to the marina. (Remember to allow extra time for curvy roads and traffic.) From there, hop on the catamaran and sail about an hour and a half to the island.

Isla Tortuga was once a popular snorkeling destination, and snorkeling is definitely still an option today. However, the reef isn’t as vibrant as it once was, so it’s more of an island destination now. (Remember to always wear mineral sunblock ; chemicals in traditional sunblocks kill our reefs!)

While at Isla Tortuga, you’ll get lunch (as part of your tour), can rent kayaks, go on a nature hike and more.

Returning back to Jaco in the afternoon, check out the macaws and Jaco sign as you make your way down to Manuel Antonio.

Manuel Antonio (days 6-7 of this Costa Rica itinerary)

Known for its incredible beaches and wildlife, Manuel Antonio is the perfect mix of adventure and relaxation. This Costa Rica itinerary has you spending 2 days here and driving back to the airport (in San Jose) at the end of your 2nd day.

Note: if you’re flying back to your home from the airport in Liberia, then you may want to consider the alternative region on this itinerary, Tamarindo, which is detailed below. Otherwise, plan 5-6 hours to drive from Manuel Antonio to Liberia.

Day 6 of this Costa Rica itinerary: Manuel Antonio

Manuel Antonio is known for its incredible national park, beaches and coastal views. This area is a big attraction and for good reason. Nature, wildlife and good food are the themes in this Costa Rican destination.

There’s so many things to do in Manuel Antonio , you could spend an entire week here and not experience it all. But since you only have 2 days here on this Costa Rica itinerary, these are the highlights.

Manuel Antonio National Park (must-see on this best Costa Rica itinerary)

This is the day to fully explore one of the best places to go in Costa Rica! The Manuel Antonio National Park is a stunning landscape, perfect for the beach lover and nature lover.

First, let’s talk about the amazing beaches within the park. Playa Manuel Antonio is the main beach in the park. It’s great for swimming and sunbathing. It’s also the busiest, so if you want a spot in the shade under a coveted palm tree, get there early!

I also loved Playa Espadilla Sur. This wide open beach had plenty of room to stretch out. The waves are typically a bit bigger here, but still a great spot to lay out a towel and soak in the views.

And if you’re going for a more secluded vibe, head to Playa Gemelas, just a short walk from Manuel Antonio Beach.

Beyond the beaches, wildlife is abundant in the park. These are the types of animals you might see in Manuel Antonio National Park:

• 2 Toed Sloth
• 3 Toed Sloth
• Howler Monkey
• White Faced Monkey
• Squirrel Monkey
• Variety of reptiles
• Many species of birds

To see wildlife in the park, it’s best to take a guided tour . The experts know when and where to look for wildlife, increasing your chances exponentially!

This is a must-do on this 7 days Costa Rica itinerary!

Book a photo shoot: The best souvenir, booking a photo shoot while traveling preserves memories of your vacation! I love Flytographer because the photo sessions are fun, easy and affordable. you can get $25 off if you book through this link .

Night tour in Manuel Antonio

One of the most wild experiences you can have in Costa Rica that aren’t available in most places are night tours in the rainforests. There are many tourist destinations across the country that offer night tours, and one of the best is in Manuel Antonio.

You’ll want to book this tour in advance as it definitely sells out. But on a night tour you’ll get a chance to see the nocturnal creatures in their natural element.

It’s common to see frogs, snakes, tarantulas, sloths, kinkajous and more on a Manuel Antonio night tour.

If you have a fear of anything creepy or crawly – you’ll probably want to skip this. Otherwise, it’s a great opportunity to experience the biodiversity within Costa Rica.

7 days in Costa Rica itinerary: day 7

This is the last day of your Costa Rica 1 week itinerary , so you can truly craft it how you choose! Want to lay on the beach all day? Perfect. Ready for an epic waterfall hike? It’s here. Looking for more thrill on an ATV? Also a good idea.

So, here are the things I’d recommend, but know that you have many more options in this fun coastal town.

🚗 Just remember that if you’re only spending 7 days in Costa Rica, you’ll need to make your way back to San Jose for the airport. Plan your afternoon accordingly, as it takes over 3.5 hours to make the journey from Manuel Antonio to San Jose.

Beach hopping in Manuel Antonio

This is such a beach destination and offers so many water activities. You can spend the entire day on the beach if you’d like!

One of the best beaches in Manuel Antonio is Playa Biesanz. A fun spot for pretty much any type of beaching you like, Playa Biesanz is away from the main town and national park, and is a bit of adventure to get to.

It’s about a 10 minute walk to get down to the beach from the parking area. Wear your water shoes , which will double as good walking shoes down the varied terrain on the way.

At the beach, you’ll find food and drink for purchase, bathrooms and even kayak, beach chair and umbrella rentals. Oh, and watch for sloths on the trees by the beach – it’s a common sighting here!

Costa Rica itinerary: more things to do in Manuel Antonio

Depending on how much time you have after beach hopping and before driving, you can hang out in town or book a tour. Here’s what I’d recommend if you have the time!

• Ziplining. How does 11 ziplines sound? Catch beautiful views of the area as you soar though the air on a Manuel Antonio zipline !
• Nauyaca Waterfall. This fun adventure is a 1/2 day trip from Quepos (just north of Manuel Antonio). If you’re into waterfalls, this is definitely a tour you’ll want to take!
• Day trip to Damas Island. Another island adventure on this list? Yes, please! This day trip to Damas Island leaves in the morning, and then you can go beaching in the afternoon.
• ATV tour. Add more thrill to the last day of your trip with this ATV tour in Manuel Antonio . Such a fun way to spend a few hours!

Any combination of activities you choose on your last day in Costa Rica will be perfect!

Best places to stay in Manuel Antonio

Alright, to end this amazing 7 days in Costa Rica, I highly recommend a stay at this bucket-list property. The Hotel Costa Verde has traditional style hotel rooms and also offers old airplanes converted to hotel rooms.🤯

And speaking of amazing and unique stays, you’ll love these cave hotels in Cappadocia ! so fun!

Anyway, here are my recommendations for places in Manuel Antonio:

• Hotel Costa Verde. Choose the ‘sky loft’ for room style to stay in an airplane.
• Hotel Playa Espadilla & Gardens. Stay close to the beach and near the town action.
• Hotel Villas Nicolas. This adults-only hotel will provide peace and tranquility while on your Costa Rican vacation.

Alternative Costa Rica itinerary destination: Tamarindo

If you’re looking for the laid-back beachy vibes in Costa Rica and don’t want to make your way as far south as Maneul Antonio, Tamarindo might be a better alternative for your 7 days in Costa Rica.

Also, if your flights are from Liberia, I might suggest you choose Tamarindo instead of Manuel Antonio. The drive from Tamarindo to Liberia is much, much closer than Manuel Antonio and it will give you more freedom to explore and relax.

🚗From Monteverde to Tamarindo is about a 4 hour drive west. If you’re swapping Tamarindo for Manuel Antonio, you can add another day in Monteverde or Tamarindo based on your interests.

What to do in Tamarindo Costa Rica

Located in the Guanacaste Region, Tamarindo is known for its surfing and beaches . It’s also a popular tourist destination if you simply want to hang out at a resort and relax!

Spending 2 days of your 7 days in Costa Rica will be really easy here. Choose between a mix of adventure and relaxation to soak in all the Pure Vida in Tamarindo!

• Tamarindo Beach. This long stretch of beach has a place for your beach chair or towel, just calling your name! It’s a great way to spend the afternoon soaking up the sun and views of the coast.
• ATV tour. For adventure and thrill, take an ATV tour ! Anytime you combine an ATV ride on the beach, it’s a win in my book!
• Learn to surf. One of the best surfing destinations in Costa Rica, Tamarindo is great for beginner surfers. Take a lesson or rent a board to enhance your skills!
• Volcano Brewing Company. Their tropical beers set the scene for a brewing company in Costa Rica. Relax over a fun meal while enjoying some brews.
• Kayak the mangroves in Las Baulas National Marine Park. This is such a fun experience! It reminds me of kayaking the mangroves near Anna Maria Island, Florida . So fun!

Of course, you can hang on the beach and find other water sport rentals like kayaks, boogie boards, paddle boarding and more.

Tamarindo is a great place to spend a few days of your 7 days Costa Rica itinerary! Just remember to leave extra time to drive from Tamarindo to Liberia for your flight (or overnight the day before).

Best places to stay in Tamarindo

Whether you prefer staying close to the beach or in a more secluded area, check out these properties in Tamarindo!

• Ocho Artisan Bungalows. These beach-front bungalows are perfect for ocean views, couples or large groups.
• Tamarindo Bay Boutique Hotel. With walking distance to the beach, this adults-only hotel is the perfect vibe for Pura Vida.
• Tamarindo Garden Boutique Homes. Off-the-beaten-path, this property includes plenty of peace and quiet in Tamarindo.

7 days Costa Rica itinerary – that’s a wrap!

Can you believe all the adventure, sightseeing and epic experiences you can see in just a week’s time? From amazing beaches to incredible nature, Costa Rica is a destination with a variety of experiences for every travel style.

Pick and choose which activities are suited to your tastes within this guide. Swap out some of these activities for alternatives, or spend more time at the attractions that really interest you!

Hope you have a great time on your 7 days in Costa Rica!

Related content to read next: 26 Fun and Unique Things to Do in Monteverde Costa Rica You Can’t Miss 26 Incredibly Fun Things to Do in Manuel Antonio Costa Rica You Gotta See to Believe 6 Most Breathtaking Beaches in Manuel Antonio You’ll Love

Find this post helpful? Save it for later or share it on social media!

Wednesday 31st of January 2024

How is the drive from Tamarindo to San Jose airport. We leave Saturday at 7:30 pm and thinking of leaving Saturday morning. Is that doable. thank you

Thursday 1st of February 2024

You should be fine if you leave in the morning. Just add an hour or two for extra drive time. In my experience, if GPS showed a certain amount of time, it takes at least 25% more time (even up to 50% more time) to account for traffic. Slow vehicles are inevitable and most roads aren't built for traffic. Have fun!!

Thursday 19th of October 2023

I've been to Costa Rica several times and love it! The environment and the people are amazing. My favorite places in Costa Rica are Santa Teresa and Nosara, but I haven't made it to Manuel Antonio yet.

Sunday 22nd of October 2023

Oh fun Michelle! I'll trade ya and have to head to Santa Teresa my next visit ;)

I lived in Costa Rica for a while as a child and reading this brought back all the nostalgia. I’m glad you had such a lovely trip, it’s a beautiful place and it looks like you made the most of it!

Oh yay Rose! What a wonderful childhood. 🌿I'm glad this brought back fun memories for you!

simplyjolayne

We visited Costa Rica earlier this year and LOVED it. I would definitely go back.

Oh yay Jolayne! I'd go back in a heartbeat too. Such an amazing destination.

Wednesday 18th of October 2023

A very detailed and helpful guide for first time visitors to Costa Rica. Such diversity and choice of locations and experiences across the island. I particularly would like to experience the cloud forest.

So glad you found this helpful, Marilyn! It's such a fun country with soooo much to do!

7 Days in Italy: 12 Amazing One Week Itineraries for Italy

Need some destination inspiration for a trip to Italy? Here’s my guide to spending one week in Italy, with 12 sample itineraries.

One week in Italy might not seem like much time. But, with some advance planning and ambition, you can definitely have a bucket list adventure.

There’s nowhere more romantic (or popular) than Italy. The word “Italy” conjures visions of crumbling Roman ruins, rolling cypress-studded landscapes, and secret canals.

Italy is rich in history, culture, and food. Italy’s beautiful towns boast some of the world’s best churches , palaces, museums, and historic landmarks .

I’ve been to Italy many times. Italy always blows my socks off (except maybe in the uber crowded high season). I love it and am already making a return trip next month.

There’s so many things to do and see in Italy and so little time, at least for most of us. How to choose between the myriad options?

To help you get started prioritizing and give you some destination inspiration, I’ve picked my top 11 itineraries for spending one perfect week in Italy.

Some of these itineraries include Italy’s most popular cities and sites. Others give you more off the beaten path options and hidden gems in Italy.

You can pick a sample itinerary to match your own interests — whether you want a glamorous city, historical and cultural options, outdoor scenery, or beaches.

You can also combine itineraries for a 2 week (or longer) stay in Italy. And I suggest possible combinations.

Of course, you can always adjust and tweak these itineraries to suit your needs. When you’ve settled on an itinerary (or two), be sure to read my must know tips for visiting Italy .

12 Ways To Spend 1 Week in Italy

I’m a rather obsessed itinerary planner and I can personally vouch for these particular one week in Italy itineraries.

For each 1 week in Italy itinerary, I also give you options for extending your trip, if you want to expand a 7 day itinerary into a 10 day itinerary for Italy or combine these sample open week itineraries.

There are essentially two ways to structure a 1 week in Italy trip.

You can move around 2-3 times for a fast paced trip that checks off Italy bucket list items. Or, you choose a single base or region for a week and take day trips from there.

These sample 7 day Italy itineraries offer both options. I’d be excited to take any of these trips again.

I’ve written more than 100 blog posts about Italy. I’ve linked some of them to the relevant Italy itinerary to help you along.

Here are my picks for the best ways to spend one week in Italy:

• 1 Week Italian Renaissance Tour
• 1 Week in Tuscany
• 1 Week in Italy’s Major Cities
• 1 Week in Rome + Day Trips
• 1 Week in Venice + Day Trips
• 1 Week in the Italian Lake District Itinerary
• 1 Week Dolomites Itinerary
• 1 Week in Rome + Amalfi Coast
• 1 Week in Northern Italy Venice to Milan
• 1 Week in Rome + Umbria
• 1 Week Milan to Rome
• 1 Week in Sicily

1. One Week Italian Renaissance Tour: Florence, Tuscany, and Venice

Tuscany has some of the world’s best cathedrals, art galleries, museums. It’s celebrated for its Medieval and Renaissance art.

Tuscany is even regarded as the birthplace of one of mankind’s greatest adventures, the Italian Renaissance.

Florence is an overwhelmingly beautiful city, the “Cradle of the Renaissance.” With the best Medieval and Renaissance art in Europe, Florence is a veritable art lovers paradise.

Florence has some of Europe’s best museums — the Uffizi Gallery , the Bargello Museum , and the Galleria dell’Accademia . And some of Italy’s most opulent palaces — the Pitti Palace and Palazzo Vecchio .

If you want to see these lovelies, you need to book them in advance. Here’s my guide to what attractions you need to pre-book in Florence .

READ : Florence Art Bucket List

Venice had its own Renaissance, distinct from Renaissance hotspots like Florence. Venice’s artists produced images that were less religious, more libertine, and more creative.

Venetian artists painted female nudes and erotic scenes, without the censure other artists like Michelangelo received.

READ : A Nutshell History of Venice

Siena is one of the best cities to visit in Tuscany for its rustic beauty, tasty food, and luscious chianti. Siena Cathedral is one of Europe’s most beautiful churches. Click here to book a ticket.

The greatest artists of the Renaissance contributed master works to the cathedral, including Donatello, Pinturicchio, Duccio, Ghiberti, Pisano, and Michelangelo .

Pisa and Lucca are also great for Renaissance art and architecture. You’ll want to discover the monuments on the magnificent UNESCO-listed Field of Miracles , which is so much more than just the famous Leaning Tower . Lucca is a town of a 100 churches.

READ : Tips for Visiting Pisa

In Arezzo, you can see Piero della Francesca’s greatest masterpiece . It’s the Legend of the Cross frescos in the Cappella Maggiore of the Church of San Francesco.

Padua is home to one of Italy’s must see wonders, the Scrovegni Chapel in Padua. Wallpapered with exquisite frescos by Giotto, the chapel is one of the world’s greatest art works.

It’s currently a candidate for the UNESCO list of world heritage sites.

Here’s how to spend one week in Italy immersing yourself in the Italian Renaissance:

• Day 1 : Arrive in and explore Florence
• Day 2 : Explore Florence
• Day 3 : Day trip to Siena
• Day 4 : Day trip to Pisa and Lucca or to Arrezo
• Day 5 : Drive to and explore Venice
• Day 6 : Explore Venice
• Day 7 : Day trip to Padua

For this itinerary, you’ll only have two bases: Florence (4 nights) and Venice (3 nights).

If you have more time in Italy, itinerary # 9 has the perfect one week itinerary for taking a road trip from Venice to Milan . If you want a nature break, you could head to the Dolomites with itinerary #7.

Need more information about this one week Italian Renaissance road trip? Check out these Tuscany and Venice travel guides for specific details.

• Best Art in Tuscany
• 10 Day Itinerary for Tuscany
• 3 day itinerary for Florence
• Best museums in Florence
• Hidden gems in Florence
• Michelangelo Trail in Florence
• Piero della Francesco Trail in Italy
• Andrea del Verrocchio’s Art in Florence
• 1 Day Itinerary for Siena
• Must See Sites in Pisa
• 2 Day Itinerary for Venice
• Guide To Padua’s Scrovegni Chapel

2. One Week in Tuscany Idyll

There’s nowhere more romantic in Italy than the stunning region of Tuscany. Tuscany is like a painting.

With its cypress-lined roads, golden wheat fields, and medieval hilltop towns, Tuscany offers the quintessential Italian village experience, complete with fine wine and delectable food.

I’ve discussed Florence and Siena above.

But this Tuscany itinerary also takes you to some of Italy’s most beautiful small towns — Arezzo, Cortona, San Gimignano, Lucca, and Pisa.

In these quaint towns, you’ll find showstopper public squares, stunning churches, and cobbled lanes.

San Gimignano is the romantic glamor girl of Tuscany. Nicknamed the “Medieval Manhattan,” San Gimignano is famous for its “Bella Torres” or “Beautiful Towers.” 

Here’s how to spend one week in Tuscany:

• Day 1 : Arrive and explore Florence
• Day 3 : Day trip to Arrezo or Cortona
• Day 4 : Drive to and explore Siena
• Day 5 : Day trip to San Gimignano
• Day 6 : Drive to Lucca and explore
• Day 7 : Day trip To Pisa from Lucca

For this 1 week in Tuscany itinerary, your overnight bases will be Florence (3 nights), Siena (2 nights), and Lucca (2 nights). If you want more details on this itinerary, check out my comprehensive one week in Tuscany itinerary .

More time in Italy? If you want to extend your Tuscany road trip and move at a more leisurely pace, check out my 10 day itinerary for Tuscany .

It covers all the destinations on this shorter 1 week Tuscany itinerary, and more, with much more detail.

Or, head south to Umbria and follow itinerary #10. If you’re ready for a city break, head to Rome and follow itinerary #4.

Need more information on Tuscany? Check out these other articles:

• Must see sites in Florence
• Best day trips from Florence
• Guide to the Medici Palaces
• Guide to the Uffizi Gallery
• Best things to do in San Gimignano

3. One Week in Italy’s Major Cities | Greatest Hits

Are you a city person? If you want to explore Italy’s greatest hits, this fun one week itinerary takes you to the “big three” — Rome, Florence, and Venice.

Endlessly inspiring and ethereal, Rome is the magical mecca of carbs and ancient architecture. It’s a grand showcase of Western civilization, full of Imperial pomp and circumstance.

Rome has spent centuries accumulating layers of beauty, history, and romance — just waiting for its admirers to arrive.

READ : History of Ancient Rome

Begin with the Imperial tour of Rome, which includes the iconic Colosseum , Palatine Hill , and the Roman Forum . Be sure to book skip the line tickets in advance!

Then, take a stroll through the historic center of Rome . There, you’ll find the stunning Piazza Navona the Pantheon , beautiful churches, and the Trevi Fountain.

Next, move on to visiting the Vatican Museums , the unparalleled world class museums in Rome , and Rome’s opulent palaces .

To see the Vatican you MUST book a skip the line ticket or wait hours in line. You can check out my guide to Vatican tours to see which appeal.

I’ve already discussed Florence above. Your last major city stop, Venice, is the most unique city in the world. I’ve written a one day in Venice itinerary that you can follow.

It’s an almost physical and mystical experience when you see Venice for the first time. The glimmering watery streets are right is front of you.

Venice defies logic; it’s a city that almost shouldn’t exist. Venice is a mind boggling maze of canals, lacy palaces, and artistic treasures.

READ: Must see sites along Venice’s Grand Canal

Here’s how to spend one week in Italy’s major cities:

• Day 1 : Arrive and explore Rome
• Day 2 : Explore Rome
• Day 3 : Drive or high speed train to Florence
• Day 4 : Explore Florence
• Day 5 : Day trip to Siena or to Pisa & Lucca
• Day 6 : Drive or high speed train To Venice
• Day 7 : Explore Venice

More time in Italy?

From Venice you can follow itinerary #9 and road trip from Venice to Milan. Alternatively, you can head to the Italian Lake District (itinerary #6) or the Dolomites (itinerary #7).

Need more information about this one week city-based Italy itinerary?

Check out these city travel guides:

• 3 day itinerary for Rome
• Hidden gems in Rome
• Best museums in Rome
• Archaeological sites in Rome
• Guide to the Borghese Gallery
• Masterpieces of the Vatican
• Rome’s secret palace museums
• 2 day itinerary for Venice

4. One Week Rome City Break + Day Trips

One of my favorite vacations in Italy was just spending 8 days in Rome. I didn’t move my base from the beautiful Trastevere neighborhood.

I just explored Rome at slower pace and took plenty of easy day trips. You don’t need a car. You can book a day tour or just hop on the train.

I’ve discussed Rome above. But on this Rome itinerary , you’ll also visit some of beautiful towns near Rome.

Tivoli is a charming small town just a half hour from Rome. It’s home to two amazing UNESCO sites: Hadrian’s Villa (Roman ruins) and Ville d’Este (a Renaissance mansion with incredible gardens and fountains).

You should definitely book a day trip tour to see them.

Pompeii is Italy’s most famous archaeological site, a living museum. In 79 A.D., Mount Vesuvius erupted and buried the city in 60 feet of ash. The city was entombed and preserved for many centuries.

Beginning in 1748, archaeologists began painstakingly excavating the ruins. The ruins are a remarkable evocation of everyday Roman life, which you can see on a guided tour from Rome to get all the history.

Charming Orvieto, the capitol of Umbria, is an easy day trip from Rome. It’s set high above a volcanic outcropping and chock full of medieval buildings.

Nothing much has changed in this rustic fairytale town in 500 years. Orvieto’s piece de resistance is its magnificent cathedral.

Here’s how to spend 1 week in Rome:

• Day 1 : Explore Rome
• Day 3 : Explore Rome and Vatican City
• Day 4 : Day Trip To Tivoli
• Day 5 : Day Trip to Pompeii
• Day 6 : Day Trip to Orvieto
• Day 7 : Explore more of Rome and/or half day trip to Ostia Antica

Want more information about this trip? Here are some of my other articles:

• 3 Day Rome Itinerary
• Hidden Gems in Rome
• Guide to the Vatican Pinacoteca
• Guide to Rome’s Palace Museums
• Historic Landmarks in Italy

5. One Week in Venice + Day Trips

Another one week itinerary where you don’t have to move bases is just to stay in Venice. You can enjoy the city at your leisure and take day trips from there by car, train, or ferry.

You could also base yourself in Verona the entire time and day trip to Venice and other destinations. Verona is less crowded and less expensive than Venice.

Venice is one of the world’s most beautiful and captivating cities, a natural movie set. No other place looks quite like it. Venice is a medieval city built on water that shouldn’t exist in real life. It’s a mind boggling maze of architectural and artistic treasures.

There are so many thing to do and see in Venice. You can take a gondola rid e , ogle the opulent palaces , take in some world class museums, or stroll the stunning floating city .

From Venice, you have so many day trip options. You can tour the Venetian lagoon islands of Murano, Burano, and Torcello .

You can day trip to Padua to admire Giotto’s groundbreaking frescos at the Scrovegni Chapel. If you want less crowded canals, head to nearby Treviso. Treviso is an elegant little canal town, only a 30 minute train ride from Venice.

Fair Verona is for romantics and medievalists. It’s a pretty Italian town full of red and peach colored medieval buildings and Roman ruins.

Verona was made famous by Shakespeare’s play Romeo and Juliet . Once you’ve made the obligatory pilgrimmage to Juliet’s Balcony, you’ll also want to tour the doughty Roman Arena in the Piazza Bra.

Ravenna was once the epicenter of the Western World, when the Byzantine Empire made Ravenna its capitol.

The Byzantine rulers blanketed Ravenna’s churches with gorgeous mosaics. This artistic legacy rivals Venice or Istanbul, making Ravenna a UNESCO site worth visiting .

Here’s how to spend one week in Venice:

• Day 1 : Explore Venice
• Day 2 : Explore Venice
• Day 3 : Day trip to Venetian lagoon islands
• Day 4 : Day trip to Padua
• Day 5 : Day trip to Verona
• Day 6 : Day Trip to Ravenna
• Day 7 : Day Trip to Bologna or another day in Venice

More time in Italy? Head to the Dolomites with itinerary #6 or road trip to Milan with itinerary #9.

Need more information about this area of Italy?

Check out these Venice travel guides and resources:

• 1 day itinerary for Venice
• Top Attractions in Ve nice
• History of Venice in a nutshell
• Guide to the Peggy Guggenheim Museum
• Guide to the Galleria Accademia
• Guide to the Scrovegni Chapel
• 7 day itinerary Venice to Milan
• Guide to the mosaics of Ravenna

6. One Week Italian Lake District Itinerary

Northern Italy is home to the seductively beautiful Lake District, set in the shadow of the Alps. Though just an hour north of Milan, this area feels a world away from the hustle and bustle of Italy’s second city.

In this romantic region, 19th century villas are covered in vines and set amid stunted palm trees. It’s a bliss-y area made for nature lovers.

You have several lakes to choose from and they all have their charms —Lake Como, Lake Garda, and Lake Maggiore.

Lake Como offering a heady mix of scenery, opulent palazzi, and relaxing vistas. Lake Maggiore doesn’t have quite the panache of Lake Como, but still has a faded elegance.

Lake Orta is smaller and less developed, a hidden gem of quietude without the crowds. It’s a favorite escape of the Milanese, who’ve nicknamed it Cinderella.

Here’s a breakdown of how to spend one week in the Italian Lake District:

• Day 1 : Arrive in and explore Milan
• Day 2 : Explore Lake Como, base in Varenna
• Day 3 : Explore Lake Como, ferry to Bellagio
• Day 4 : Explore Lake Maggiore, base in Stresa
• Day 5 : Explore Lake Maggiore
• Day 6 : Explore Lake Orta, stay in Villa Crespi
• Day 7. Explore Lake Orta

From the Lake District, head east to Venice. Here’s my two day itinerary for Venice .

Alternatively, head back to Milan and follow itinerary #11, which takes you on an amazing road trip from Milan to Rome.

Want more information about this itinerary? Check out these Milan travel guides:

• 1 day itinerary for Milan
• Top attractions in Milan
• Leonardo da Vinci trail in Milan
• Guide to the Brera Museum
• How to see Leonardo’s Last Supper Fresco
• Top art to see in Milan

7. One Week Dolomites Itinerary

Italy’s dramatic rocky rooftop is the Dolomites. This region of Italy offers some of the best mountain thrills in Europe.

The Dolomites feature flower speckled meadows, turquoise lakes, jagged gray cliffs, and spectacular driving routes.

Here, the region doesn’t even seem like Italy. It’s more Austrian and German in a felt-hat-with-feathers way. You can tour by car or go on a hiking tour .

The city of Bolzano is the gateway to the Dolomites. There’s yogurt and yodeling for breakfast. The Dolomites are especially beautiful in the fall.

And more hiking than you can imagine. Probably the most stunning hike is Tre Cime di Lavaredo Hike.

• Day 1 : Arrive and explore Trento
• Day 2 : Day trip to Rovereto and Lago di Tenno
• Day 3 : Drive to Bressanone, stop at Lago di Carezzo en route
• Day 4 : Day trip to Secede
• Day 5 : Drive to Lago di Braies, overnight in Misurina
• Day 6 : Explore Lake Misurina
• Day 7 : Tre Cime di Lavaredo Hike

This Dolomites itinerary has three bases: Trento (2 nights), Bressanone (2 nights), and Misurina (3 nights).

The nearest airport is Venice Treviso and Venice Marco Polo.

If you want to visit Venice before the Dolomites, here’s my two day itinerary for Venice . After leaving Venice, you’ll head to Trento, a very underrated city in Italy. Trento is frescoed and surrounded by mountains.

More time in Italy? Head to the Italian Lake District. Lake Garda is about 3 hours away. See itinerary #6.

8. One Week in Rome (or Naples) and the Amalfi Coast

This 1 week in Italy itinerary begins in Rome. From Rome, it’s over 3 hours to the drool-worthy Amalfi Coast. If you’ve been to Rome and would rather skip the drive or train ride, you can spend you first two days in Naples instead.

Like Rome, Naples is a big city that can be chaotic. But Naples’ historic center is rich and will give you a taste of the quintessentially Neapolitan lifestyle.

Naples’ finest attractions are its treasure chest Archaeological Museum and the Capodimonte Museum .

With its stunning scenery, hill towns, and historic ruins, the Amalfi Coast is one of the world’s most scenic rides.

From Sorrento to Salerno, the vistas will leave your mouth gaping and your camera’s memory card full. Villas cling to cliffs and sandy coves beckon below.

Over the centuries, the spectacular scenery has been a siren call for the rich and famous, luring Roman emperor Tiberius, Richard Wagner, Sophia Loren, Gore Vidal, and others to the Amalfi Coast’s special brand of la dolce vita .

Wedged on a ledge over the sea, the serene cliff top town of Sorrento makes a perfect springboard for visiting the Amalfi Coast.

From Sorrento, you can book day trips to Pompeii , Positano , Capri , and even Naples.

There’s a saying that Positano “bites deep,” it’s so dreamy. Positano is the star of the Amalfi Coast. Strolling the town comes complete with sherbet colored cliffside homes, stunning beaches, and tiny cobbled lanes.

Rugged mountainous Capri is one of the world’s most glamorous island. Capri was made famous as the vacation hideaway of Roman Emperors Augustus and Tiberius.

Today, it’s crowded. But even with the crowds, it’s drop dead gorgeous, set on a glittering blue sea and you should definitely book a guided boat tour to see it .

Pompeii is an ancient Roman town, which was stopped in its tracks by the eruption of Mount Vesuvius in AD 79. Once buried under ash, the well preserved ruins of Pompeii offer you the best look anywhere at what life in Rome was like 2,000 years ago.

Here’s how to spend one week in Rome and the Amalfi Coast:

• Day 3 : Explore Rome
• Day 4 : Day Trip to Tivoli (Hadian’s Villa & Villa d’Este)
• Day 5 : Train or drive to Sorrento, explore Sorento
• Day 6 : Day Trip to Positano
• Day 7 : Day Trip to Pompeii or Capri

Need more information for this one week Italy itinerary?

Check out these guides:

• 5 day itinerary for Rome
• Guide to Palatine Hill
• Guide to the Roman Forum
• Guide to the Colosseum
• Guide to Hadrian’s Villa
• Guide to Villa d’Este
• Guide to the Amalfi Coast

9. One Week in Northern Italy: Venice to Milan

This one week road trip from Venice to Milan in northern Italy is a popular tourist route.

It’s only a 3 hour drive from Venice to Milan.

But this route is dense with amazing must see medieval villages, ornate palazzos, Roman ruins, and secret hidden gems of the Renaissance. There’s plenty of great destinations to explore along the way.

This northern Italy road trip begins in Venice, the starting point for your road trip.

It assumes you’ve explored the heady attractions of the world’s most romantic floating city, and are embarking to explore more of Italy.

From Venice, you can explore Verona , a town for romantics, and visit Mantua , a town for Renaissance lovers. You’ll also stop in Brescia and Bergamo before landing in Milan.

Here’s how to spend one week on a road trip from Venice to Milan:

• Day 1 : Leave Venice, stop in Padua and Vicenza, overnight in Verona
• Day 2 : Explore Verona, overnight in Verona
• Day 3 : From Verona, day trip to Mantua
• Day 4 : Drive to Brescia, stopping in Sirmione on the way, overnight in Brescia
• Day 5 : Explore Brescia, overnight in Brescia
• Day 6 : Drive to Bergamo, explore Bergamo, overnight in Milan
• Day 7 : Explore Milan

Need more information for this one week Italy itinerary? Check out these guides:

• Guide To the Must See Sites of Mantua
• Guide To Mantua’s Te Palace
• Most Beautiful Towns in Italy
• 1 Day itinerary for Milan
• Best Art in Milan

10. One Week in Rome + Umbria

I’ve covered Rome above and you’ll be there two days on this particular one week Italy itinerary.

Beautiful Umbria is quite similar To Tuscany. It’s just as sublimely picturesque, but less crowded. You can enjoy Italy’s scenic medieval hill towns and countryside.

Charming Orvieto is one of Italy’s most striking hill towns. Less than 90 minutes from Rome, Orvieto sits majestically atop a big chunk of volcanic stone amid cypress-dotted plains.

As I mentioned above, Orvieto’s walking highlights are its colorful-inside-and-out cathedral and pretty cobbled old town.

The stunning hill town of Assisi is a destination for art lovers. Because Assisi was the home and final resting place of St. Francis, it’s also a pilgrimage destination that you’ll want to tour . In fact, the 13th century Basilica of St. Francis of Assisi is one of Italy’s best known churches.

The tiny towns of Umbria — Spello, Spoleto, Perugia, and Gubbio — are utterly charming. This is where you’ll really get a taste of real Umbrian culture.

Here’s how to spend one week exploring Rome and Umbria:

• Day 3 : Drive to Orvieto, stop en route in Civita di Bagnoregio
• Day 4 : Explore Orvieto
• Day 5 : Drive to Assisi and explore, overnight in Assisi
• Day 6 : Day trip to Spello and Spoleto
• Day 7 : Day trip to Perugia and/or Gubbio

In this one week Italy route, you’ll start in Rome. For a base, you’ll be in Rome (2 nights) Orvieto (2 nights), and Assisi (3 nights). For more details, check out my comprehensive one week in Umbria itinerary .

More time? Head north to Tuscany with itinerary #2.

11. One Week Milan to Rome Itinerary

The journey from Milan to Rome is a popular tourist route. It’s only a 6 hour drive from Milan to Rome.

But this well-traveled road trip route is dense with amazing must see medieval villages, ornate palazzos, Roman ruins, and sublime treasures of the Renaissance.

You start with Italy’s exciting northern capital of Milan and end in Rome, Italy’s ancient southern capital of Rome. Along the way, you’ll visit some of Italy’s most beautiful towns in northern Italy. You’ll experience a near overdose of art, from Ancient Rome to treasures of the Renaissance in Florence.

With this itinerary, you’ll get to visit Bologna. Nicknamed La Grassa , or the Big Fat, for its delicious food, Bologna just oozes medieval charm. And you should definitely take a food tour in Bologna .

Bologna is a bit of a hidden gem in Italy. But it shouldn’t be. Bologna is a historic city filled with striking architecture, beautiful piazzas, a swathe of palaces and towers, and gourmet restaurants. Eat, eat, and eat more!

Situated atop three hills, Siena is Italy’s ultimate rustic hill town.

Its thriving historic center , with movie set lanes cascading every which way, offers Italy’s best medieval city experience.

Here’s how you can spend one week on a road trip from Milan to Rome .

• Day 1 : Explore Milan
• Day 2 : Pick up car drive to Bologna and explore
• Day 3 : Drive to Florence and explore
• Day 4 : Explore Florence and optional half day trip to Pisa
• Day 5 : Stop in Siena en route Rome
• Day 6 : Explore Rome
• Day 7 : Explore Rome

In this busy 7 day Milan to Rome travel itinerary, you’ll have three bases: Milan (1 night), Bologna (1 night), Florence (2 nights), and Rome (3 nights).

More time in Italy? Spend more time in Bologna, one of Italy’s most underrated cities.

Or, head to the Amalfi Coast with itinerary #8.

Need more information for this Milan to Rome road trip? Check out these travel guides and resources:

• 1 day in Siena itinerary

12. One Week In Sicily Itinerary

Want to head to the beautiful island of Sicily? I was just there for 2 weeks and it’s divine.

Sicily is rich in history, culture, and food. It’s one of Italy’s most exotic regions, pure passion set amid wild beauty. You can enjoy diverse landscapes — rocky volcanic coastlines, pristine beaches, and clifftop villages.

Sicily will also dazzle you with ancient ruins, UNESCO sites, artistic treasures, Baroque architecture, and Italy’s most exotic street markets. 

One week in Sicily isn’t enough time to experience the island fully. Given the distances to be traveled, imperfect roads, and plethora of attractions, you should probably stick to one part of the island.

I’ve written 5 sample itineraries for spending 1 week in Sicily by geography or theme:

• Eastern Sicily Itinerary
• Western Sicily Itinerary
• Northern Sicily Itinerary
• Sampler Sicily Itinerary
• Archaeological Sicily Itinerary

These one week Italy itineraries take you to Sicily’s premiere destinations — the exciting capital of Palermo, the mosaicked churches of Monreale and Cefalu, the clifftop town of Taormina, the sensation old world town of Syracuse, and the late Baroque towns of the Val di Noto.

For details and destination inspiration, check out my 1 week in Sicily itineraries . Or, check out some of my detailed travel guides covering the must visit sites and towns in Sicily:

• 2 days in Palermo itinerary
• 2 days in Syracuse itinerary
• 2 days in Trapani itinerary
• 1 day in Catania itinerary
• 1 day in Taormina itinerary
• Guide to the Valley of the Temples
• Guide to Villa Romana del Casale
• Guide to Monreale Cathedral
• Guide to the Norman Palace and Palatine Chapel

I hope you’ve enjoyed my one week Italy itineraries. If so, pin it for later.

4 thoughts on “7 Days in Italy: 12 Amazing One Week Itineraries for Italy”

I loved the itineraries…now I’m even more overwhelmed! My daughter and I want to spend 30 days in Italy (including Sicily). Any info on where to stay (location/safety)?

I feel like Italy is pretty safe, if you take the usual precautions of staying in good neighborhoods and not being out late at night. 30 days in Italy? That’s amazing. Sicily is definitely on my bucket list.

Thank you so much these are great ideas for first time travellers!

We fly into rome and leave rome after a week what would you suggest for one week, would love to see venace Florence or Milan!

I really wanted to see the different towns through Italy without having it to rushed happy to use the trains but accomodation wise I would have no idea where to book each night!

Thank you so much these ar very helpful!!

You’re welcome! You could actually use Rome as your home base for the entire week and day trip to other places either by high speed train or guided tour. Here’s my guide to the best day trips from Rome: https://www.thegeographicalcure.com/post/day-trips-from-rome . Or you could split your time between Rome and Florence. Florence is much closer than Milan or Venice. I have lots of articles on all those cities.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Last Updated on April 14, 2023 by Leslie Livingston

7 Day Thailand Tours & Trips

• Choose from 200+ Thailand tours
• 400+ verified reviews from TourRadar travelers
• 24/7 customer support

10 best Thailand 7 day tour packages

Compiled by

Nadine Thailand travel expert at TourRadar

Bangkok and Golden Triangle, Small Group Tour

Sailing thailand - phuket to phuket, bangkok to chiang mai express, essential thailand: bangkok and phuket adventure in 7 days - private tour, wonders of thailand: bangkok, chiang mai and chiang rai tour 7-day, northern thailand discovery 7 days, bangkok basics & phuket beach break, small group tour, phuket sailing adventure, classical thailand - 7 days, bangkok & northern thailand - 7 days.

• In-depth Cultural
• Discover Chiang Mai's ancient temples
• Experience Maeklong Railway and floating markets
• Explore bustling Bangkok and its rooftop bars

“You can't check in until 3pm and the tour doesn't begin again until 1.30pm so you just have to wait in the lobby for 3 hours.”

• Christmas & New Year
• Sail to Northern Phuket Islands
• Enjoy nightlife in Ko Phi Phi
• Snorkel in Ko Ha Yai's clear waters

“The area was extremely knowledgeable, and everyone had a relaxing and fun holiday.”

• Meet your group and CEO upon arrival
• Explore Erawan Falls and the River Kwai Bridge
• Discover Chiang Mai and the Doi Suthep Temple

“This trip gives a well paced overview of central North Thailand. G Adventure organized the trip well.”

• Visit Maeklong Railway Market and Damnoen Saduak
• Enjoy a boat trip in Klong Klone mangrove forest
• Shop for souvenirs before your departure from Phuket

“Their meticulous attention to every aspect, profound expertise, and utmost professionalism all combined to ensure a smooth and rewarding travel adventure.”

• Visit Chiang Mai's sacred Wat Phra That Doi Suthep
• Bathe elephants and raft in Mae Tang River
• Explore Bangkok's iconic temples and palaces

“Bangkok was great and I got time to explore by myself as well. Ko Samui is beautiful beyond words.”

• Raft through Lod cave's natural stream
• Explore Doi Suthep temple and its golden parasol
• Trek through Doi Inthanon, Thailand's highest peak

“Great communication and organization with excellent guides and travel program.”

• Enjoy leisure time in vibrant Phuket
• Relax with a Thai massage on your first night
• Explore Bangkok's top three Buddhist temples

“Gute Vorbereitung, gute Ausflugsziele, kompetente Skouts und Mitarbeiter vor Ort. Für uns gab es nichts zu bemängeln.”

• Relax on a private beach
• Savour a night beach BBQ
• Enjoy unforgettable sunsets

“Amazing! Would do again.”

• Make paper from elephant waste in Chiang Mai
• Craft Thai dolls at Ban Bang Sadet
• Visit the largest sitting Buddha at Wat Muang

“We had a wonderful time fulfilling the trip of a lifetime.”

• Chiang Mai - Immerse yourself in the local culture at bustling night markets, visit historic temples such as Wat Phra That Doi Suthep, and indulge in delicious northern Thai cuisine
• Bangkok - Explore Thailand's bustling capital city, home to lively street markets and exciting cultural landmarks
• Chiang Rai - Discover the unique architecture of Wat Rong Khun (White Temple) and Wat Rong Suea Ten (Blue Temple), and explore the cultural richness of this northern city

Regions in Thailand

Discover TourRadar

• Miranda do Douro
• Viana do Castelo
• Corvo, The Crow Island of the Azores
• Faial, The Blue Island of Azores
• Flores, The Yellow Island of Azores
• Graciosa, The White Island of the Azores
• Pico, The Black Island of Azores
• Santa Maria, The Sunshine Island of the Azores
• São Jorge, The Brown Island of Azores
• São Miguel, The Green Island of Azores
• Terceira Island, The Festive Island of Azores
• Central Portugal
• Lisbon and Tagus Valley
• Porto & Northern Portugal
• Portugal Survival Guide
• Entering Portugal
• Guide to Learning Portuguese
• Portugal Holidays
• Average Temperatures in Portugal
• Weather in Portugal
• Portugal Visa Guide
• Golden Visa Portugal
• Portugal Digital Nomad Visa 2023
• D7 Visa Guide
• D2 Visa Guide
• Food & Drink
• History and Culture

Where to Eat the Best Bifanas in Porto

Here’s the scoop on the 10 best ice cream shops in lisbon, beyond the pastel de nata: 9 best portuguese foods that are still under the radar, portugal’s best food festivals in august, the 8 best cocktail bars in porto, 5 best street artists in portugal, the history of calçada portuguesa, celebrating august 15th in portugal, portuguese citizens and residents can now visit museums for free for 52 days a year, celtic portugal, 1-week portugal itinerary: where to spend 7 days in portugal.

Millions of tourists travel to Portugal every year, but it can be hard to figure out where to go. Luckily, this 1-Week Portugal Itinerary guides you on where to spend 7 days in Portugal. 

The itinerary starts in the Portuguese capital of Lisbon and then heads south. You can enjoy the journey fully through public transport, but when leaving Lisbon to head to the Algarve, we do recommend renting a car.

When renting your vehicle, you can select to pick up the car at Lisbon airport and return it at the end of your trip at Faro airport, where this itinerary ends.

While both Central Portugal and the north have a lot to offer, this 7-day itinerary is perfect for a first-timer who hasn’t yet visited the country. 

For everything you need to know before traveling to Portugal, check out our  Portugal Survival Guide.

Day 1: Arrive in  Lisbon

This 1-Week Itinerary in Portugal starts in the capital of Lisbon. Many cities around the world fly directly to Lisbon. You can fly directly to Lisbon from many US airports, including Miami, Boston, Washington, San Francisco, and New York. 

One of the oldest cities in western Europe, Lisbon has seen a boom in tourism due to its unique beauty, historical attractions, and affordability.

The birthplace of Amália Rodrigues, the iconic  Fado  singer, Lisbon is rich in culture, history, and striking views. 

Guide to Lisbon

For your visit day in Lisbon, start your day off in Alfama. The oldest neighborhood in Lisbon and the home of fado. Explore the neighborhood and look out for Fado spots, as well as historical monuments such as the Lisbon Cathedral, the Convent of the Grace, and more.

For lunch, take a look at our  favorite restaurants in Lisbon. 

For a traditional Portuguese meal, we recommend Alfaia, one of the oldest restaurants in Lisbon that opened in 1880.

If you are vegan but still want to try Portuguese food, we definitely recommend Ao 26 Vegan Food Project.

For the best pizzas in Lisbon, head to Casanova in Santa Apolonia to take some pizzas cooked in a large wood-burning stove and enjoy views of the Tagus river. 

Then head to Miradouro da Graca, one of the most iconic viewpoints in Lisbon. At the top of the seven hills of the city, you get to see historic neighborhoods and take photographs of the surroundings. 

Then take the iconic 28 tram from Miradouro da Graca that passed by Praca do Comercio and other locations. Hop off in Chiado.

Chiado is well known for being home to the best stores a nd luxurious cafes, located in the heart of the city. The 1700s Bertrand book store is located here, as well as the emblematic cafe A Brasileira. 

Take a 15-minute walk to Praca do Comercio, the city’s central waterpoint front. The large square used to be the site of the former royal palace that was destroyed in the Great Lisbon Earthquake in 1755. 

There are multiple shops and restaurants in the square. You can also climb the Rua Augusta Arch for 360 views of the city and the square. 

For dinner, head to 1 de Maio in Bairro Alto for an affordable Portuguese meal. This hidden restaurant offers delicious fresh seafood that you can see from the window and a variety of meats like lamb. 

After dinner, head to Pink Street in Cais do Sodre. The street features pink pavement and was once Lisbon’s Red Light District. Today, it is a nightlife hotspot.

Many bars today still reflect the Red Light District such as the iconic bar Pensao Amor which has memorabilia from the time. Walk around to experience the nightlife which often fills the street, locals bringing their drinks outside. 

Best Hotels in Lisbon

• Inspira Liberdade Boutique Hotel:  Awarded the Best Luxury Green Hotel in 2019, Inspira Liberdade provides a relaxing Feng-Shui vibe for its guests. The hotel has a SPA, fitness room, bar, and a restaurant with Portuguese food called Pen Brasserie Mediterrânica.
• Selena Secret Garden :  The hostel also has a rooftop deck, CoWork space for professionals, and a movie room. In the heart of Cais do Sodre, you are close to contemporary art galleries, bars with riverfront views, and within walking distance to Chiado.
• Bairro Alto Hotel:  This hotel is situated in the best location in Lisbon, between Bairro Alto and Chiado in an 18th-century building in central Lisbon. The hotel features a restaurant with award-winning Chef Nuno Mendes and Executive Chef Bruno Rocha.

Day 2: Lisbon

For your second day in Lisbon, we recommend exploring Belem. Belem lies along the Tejo Estuary and is home to two UNESCO sites, Torre de Belem and Mosteiro dos Jeronimos. 

Mosteiro dos Jerónimos is a former monastery in Belém constructed in Portuguese Late Gothic Manueline style and you can visit the church for free. 

Torre de Belem is a 16th-century fortification that once served as an embarkation spot for Portugal explorers. It features a Manueline style and has been a World Heritage Site since 1983.

A 2-minute walk from the monastery, head to Pasteis de Belem where the traditional Portuguese custard tart was first invented.

In the afternoon, we recommend booking a sightseeing tour. Since you only have 2 days in Lisbon, this is a great way to see as much of the city as possible. Here are our favorite guided tours of Lisbon:

• Lisbon 3-Hour Sightseeing Tour by Tuk Tuk : This tuk-tuk tour rides up and down the hills of Lisbon, going through the city’s oldest neighborhoods and main attractions.
• Lisbon Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour:  Book a 24-hour ticket which includes an audio guide. This affordable ticket allows you to visit different routes and hop in as you would like. 
• Lisbon 3-Hour Tour by E-Bike:  This tour allows you to cycle through Lisbon on comfortable e-bikes with a guided tour. You will get to visit different viewpoints and historical attractions.

At night, walk to Bairro Alto, the most popular area for drinking outdoors. Tons of locals and tourists line the streets of Bairro Alto with a beer in hand. We recommend Ze dos Bois Gallery, a musical center that has live music and serves tasty drinks. 

Best Restaurants in Lisbon

• Ze dos Cornos: For a Portuguese person, this place is like arriving at your Avó’s (grandma´s) house for dinner. Everything off the menu hits the spot, but try their codfish with potatoes or their rabbit. You can have a large full meal here with wine for under €15. 
• The Green Affair: Open since 2018, the Green Affair serves Portuguese and international dishes. The restaurant offers lunch menus for less than €11 including a starter, main, and drink. For dinner, you’ll pay around  €30 for two people. 
• Alma: Henrique Sá Pessoa’s, Alma also has two Michelin stars. The menu includes Portuguese dishes with influences from his worldwide travels. The menus start at €145 per person and do not include drinks. The wine tasting menu costs €80 per person. 

Day 3: Day Trip to Cascais & Sintra from Lisbon

Book Sintra & Cascais Tour

The great thing about Lisbon is its proximity to quaint coastal towns. Our favorites: Sintra and Cascais. We recommend either driving to these locations (both around 30 minutes from Lisbon), booking a guided tour , or taking a 30-minute train to each town. 

In Sintra, we recommend heading to Piriquita for the staple deserted called a “travesseiro”. After this energy boost, head to the Castle of the Moors. This is a medieval castle that sits on a hilltop and was built by the Moors in the 8th century.

Then, head to Pena Palace, one of the most iconic palaces in all of Portugal. The palace has a Disney-like feel, painted in beautiful colors in a romanticist style. You can also wander around the castle and see the beautiful green area that surrounds it. Tickets cost around €15.

Guide to Sintra

We recommend having lunch at a seafood restaurant in Cascais. Our favorites are Furnas do Guincho and Baia do Peixe, the latter being a more affordable alternative.

Then it’s time to explore Cascais, the richest municipality in the country! Head to “Praia da Rainha”, a secluded  beach  with a wonderful view, perfect for a family photograph.

Find Frederico Arouca street, a high street with major stores selling Portuguese souvenirs. Then walk to the City Hall in Praca 5 de Outubro, a beautiful building surrounded by cobblestoned streets.

To wrap up your day, head to Guincho beach,  a 10-minute drive from the center of Cascais, to watch the sunset. If the weather is nice, take a dip! But be careful with the waves as they can get quite high. 

Guide to Cascais

Day 4 & 5: Tavira

A 3-hour drive from Lisbon, drive south to Tavira, in the beautiful region of the Algarve. Alternatively, you can catch a train to Faro or a bus directly to Tavira. 

Tavira was built alongside River Gilão and features some of the best beaches in the Algarve, as well as picturesque narrow streets with traditional houses. Along with the stunning beaches, the town has multiple attractions such as shops and historical buildings.

Your two days will be more slow-paced than the past days in Lisbon. You will be spending most of your time at the beach.

Our favorite beach is Praia do Barril. The beach features a wooden path over golden sand which provides a gorgeous contrast with the dark blue waters. Due to the large size of the beach, you will rarely feel like it’s too busy, despite its popularity.

Praia de Tavira and Praia da Terra Estreita are also great alternatives in Tavira. If you want to discover multiple beaches this affordable  4-hour boat tour  takes you on an octopus tour and stops at multiple beaches.

In between resting at the beach, we recommend exploring Tavira. Take a walk through the city and explore the Chapel of Sao Bras, castle, and convent. Book this 100% electric 1-hour tuk-tuk tour  if you want a guided tour of the city from a local’s perspective. 

Tours in Tavira

Best Hotels in Tavira

• São Paulo Boutique Hotel:   São Paulo Boutique Hotel is located less than 5 kilometers from the beach and features an outdoor swimming pool, bar, shared lounge, and large garden for guests to enjoy. 
• OZADI Tavira Hotel:  A 4-star hotel AZADI Tavira Hotel is 3 kilometers away from the beach and features a large outdoor pool, a fitness center, and two restaurants. 
• Quinta Dos Perfumes:  An 8-minute walk from the beach, Quinta dos Perfumes is an 88-acre farmhouse that features beautiful orange groves and a salt-water outdoor pool.

Guide to Tavira

Day 6: Day trip to Benagil Caves

Benagil is a fishing village known for its stunning beaches and sea caves. The Benagil caves are a must-see if you head to the Algarve. We recommend booking a guided tour, many of which start in Albufeira. Here are the best day tours to Benagil Caves.

• Dolphins and Benagil Caves from Albufeira : This boat tour allows you to discover dolphins, marine life, and Benagil caves in an inflatable boat. A stop for a swim is included!
• Caves and Coastline Cruise from Albufeira to Benagil : This catamaran cruise takes you on a scenic route between Albufeira to Benagil. You will get to explore the sea caves and go for a swim. 
• Boat Tour to Benagil Caves from Armacao de Pera : A boat cruise from Armacao de Pera that takes you to see the Benagil Caves with a crew that will tell you about the region.

Benagil Tours

Day 7: Morning at the beach and travel home

Enjoy your last day at your favorite beach in Tavira. Again, we recommend Praia do Barril. Then travel back home from Faro Airport, only a 30-minute drive away from Tavira.

Receive the latest news, travel information, stories, offers and more!

Join our FB group  Portugal Travel & Living  for all things Portugal and news updates

Related articles, how to prepare for an earthquake in portugal, government reduces taxes for portugal golden visa, guide to renting in portugal, leave a reply cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Most Popular

Latest articles, hidden gems: 17 must-see villages and small towns in portugal, earthquake of 5.3 magnitude occurred at 5:11 am off the coast of portugal.

Portugal.com is an independently owned and operated tourism portal about Portugal. All information should be considered informational and for entertainment purposes. Some content may be promotional and/or have affiliate relationships where Portugal.com earns revenue promoting the content.

Want to advertise on Portugal.com? Would you like to write for us? Something else? Please feel free to Contact Us!

© Portugal.com

• Privacy Policy

Subscribe to our newsletter below to get the latest news, reviews, info and more!

Thanks, I’m not interested

7 days in Iceland: Amazing Itinerary, Map & Tips for a Self-Drive Trip

By Author Jurga

Posted on Last updated: August 9, 2024

Thinking of spending a week in Iceland and wondering how to plan your time and what’s the best 7 days Iceland itinerary ? We have been to Iceland six times, in different seasons, and I can tell you that there is no one ‘best’ itinerary that covers all the nicest places in Iceland in 7 days. For that, a week is simply not enough.

That being said, with seven days in Iceland, you can see some of the most stunning scenery and have some of the most unforgettable experiences that will make you fall in love with this unique country. In this article, we’ll show you one of the best ways to do that.

In this guide, you can find a detailed 7-day Iceland itinerary that brings you to some of the best places in Iceland in one week. At the bottom of this article, you can find the map of this itinerary – it indicates all the places mentioned in this guide.

Good to know: This self-drive Iceland tour starts and ends in Keflavik airport (near Reykjavik) and can best be done between May and September. It includes all the musts as well as some lesser-visited places that will make your trip more special. We also share lots of practical tips and some alternative suggestions, plus, we made a detailed map to help you plan your trip. Find out!

!!! Visiting Iceland in summer or in winter is like traveling to two different countries. So you can’t just rely on a summer itinerary if traveling during the winter months… If you are visiting Iceland between October and April, please see our detailed Iceland winter itinerary for one week – it covers all the best places in one week, taking into account shorter days, (even more) unpredictable weather, and winter-specific activities.

Below, is an overview of our suggested 7-day Iceland itinerary and you can find all the details per day if you scroll further down. As you can see, this itinerary covers all the best places in the southwest of the country but doesn’t go all around the island. In my opinion, you need at least 9-10 days to actually enjoy the entire Ring Road, so with just 7 days, I recommend driving less and exploring more without trying to see ‘everything’.

Still, this itinerary covers a lot of ground and so your days will be quite packed. At the same time, this is a trip that gives you enough time to actually explore the main attractions and not just take a picture and move on to the next place. We also included some additional suggestions such as a glacier hike or a whale-watching tour. If you do one or two of these activities, it will make your Iceland trip even more special.

TIP: If you absolutely want to drive the entire Ring Road of Iceland in a week , we have also included a suggested alternative itinerary at the end of this article. Driving the whole Ring Road in such a short time will be very rushed and you risk getting overwhelmed with the planning and too tired from all the driving to still be able to enjoy it. We recommend at least 10 days for a self-drive trip around the entire country – see Iceland Ring Road itinerary for more details.

Good to know: You’ll need a car for this trip! We recommend renting a car at Keflavik airport for the entire duration of your trip. We personally use and recommend this website for your car hire. It allows you to easily compare several suppliers and find the best deal for your trip. In addition, they offer excellent insurance coverage that is much cheaper than what you pay when booking with local companies directly. Check it out!

And no, you don’t need a 4×4 for this itinerary (and if visiting in summer), but it’s always nice to have an SUV or a 4WD in Iceland.

Iceland 7 Days Itinerary:

• DAY 1: Arrival & Blue Lagoon

DAY 2: Snaefellsnes Peninsula

Day 3: golden circle, day 4: heimaey island or icelandic highlands, day 5: south coast to jokulsarlon glacier lagoon.

• DAY 6: Icebergs & Glaciers
• DAY 7: Reykjavik + whales/puffins or Reykjanes Peninsula
• Alternative itinerary – Ring Road in 7 days

Good to know: There are many ways to plan a 7-day trip in Iceland and driving times and distances will highly depend on what you choose to do and where you stay each day.

In this itinerary, we include some of the best places that we think are worth your time the most, without having to cover huge distances each day. For every day, we include several suggestions on where to stay, explaining the benefits and disadvantages of each choice.

Without further ado, this is our suggested 7-day Iceland itinerary:

DAY 1: Arrival, Blue Lagoon & drive to Snaefellsnes Peninsula

Driving distance/time depends a bit on where exactly you choose to stay. It’s about 220 km/ 3 hours drive from Keflavik airport to Snaefellsnes Peninsula or 115 km/ 1h15 to Borgarnes (more info below).

Blue Lagoon is a famous geothermal pool near Reykjavik and one of the most popular tourist attractions in Iceland. Since it’s located close to Keflavik airport (20 min drive), many people choose to visit the Blue Lagoon right upon arrival in Iceland and before continuing their trip or heading to Reykjavik city which is about 45 minutes drive from the airport.

Indeed, it might be a nice way to relax after a flight, especially if you arrive in Iceland early in the morning on a red-eye flight from the US. Going to your hotel in Reykjavik isn’t a good option anyway as most hotels don’t allow early check-in, so Blue Lagoon can be a nice place to visit on your first day in Iceland.

Good to know: Blue Lagoon is extremely popular and you really have to book your tickets in advance . Count 2-3 hours for a visit, but you can easily spend more time, especially if you decide to have lunch at their restaurant as well.

Update: Due to recent volcanic activity on Reykjanes Peninsula, Blue Lagoon is sometimes forced to close without much prior notice. Sky Lagoon in Reykjavik is a wonderful alternative and many people actually prefer the latter. Just be sure to book it well in advance because it usually sells out for weeks, especially in the high season!

After visiting the Blue Lagoon or the Sky Lagoon, you could head to Reykjavik and explore the city a bit. However, I only recommend this If your flight arrives late. If your flight arrives early in the morning or during the day and you want to make the most of this trip, just skip Reykjavik altogether and drive straight to Snaefellsnes Peninsula on the first day already .

It’s about 1h 45 – 2 hours drive from Reykjavik city and so easily doable on the first day. We once did this even though our flight only arrived at 7 PM (but I’d only risk this in summer and wouldn’t stop for a swim first, of course)…

Driving straight to Snaefellsnes Peninsula from Keflavik Airport will give you a head start for the next day allowing more time to explore this beautiful part of Iceland. And you can visit Reykjavik at the end of the trip. It’s better to end your trip in Reykjavik than to start it there anyway.

Where to stay: If you don’t mind switching hotels every night, you could stay anywhere on Snaefellsnes Peninsula on this day. If you like to be in nature and immediately see some stunning scenery upon arrival, we recommend staying in either Hotel Budir or Hotel Arnarstapi .

Snaefellsnes Peninsula is a beautiful place to start your Icelandic trip! Both these hotels have very good restaurants, so no need to worry about food on your first day (although you may want to ask them to reserve a table for dinner in advance). Alternatively, see this guide for more suggestions on where to stay in Snaefellsnes Peninsula .

Alternative option: If you rather have the same accommodation for this and the next night or if you want to be in a bigger town, consider staying in Borgarnes for two nights. It’s located along the Ring Road, just before Snaefellsnes Peninsula.

Staying here would mean that you have less driving on day 1 and you can still easily explore Snaefellsnes from here on day 2. Accommodations in this town are also cheaper than in Snaefellsnes, there are supermarkets and restaurants, and also a nice public pool with hot tubs where you could relax after a day of sightseeing. This pool could be a nice alternative to the Blue Lagoon, not to mention that it’s much cheaper.

Good to know: In Iceland, almost every bigger town has a swimming pool with geothermal water. Most pools are really nice, usually very quiet, and they also have hot tubs and saunas. Furthermore, they cost a fraction of what the famous tourist-oriented geothermal baths cost. It’s usually not more than 10 USD per person, kids are often free of charge or pay just a minimal fee. Also, most of these pools are open late in the evening, but it’s always good to check opening times online in advance.

TIP: Be sure to pack a quick-drying towel and swimwear for your trip to Iceland! More info and tips on what to pack for Iceland in summer and what to pack for Iceland in winter .

Driving time/distance depends on where you stay. If you start and end in Borgarnes, the whole tour of Snaefellsnes Peninsula and back will be about 300 km. If you start in Budir and end in Akranes (Hotel Laxarbakki), you’ll cover about 225 km. As for how long it takes, be sure to start early and plan the whole day to explore all the amazing places in Snaefellsnes.

Snaefellsnes Peninsula is a wonderful place that has so much to offer – amazing scenery, beautiful coastlines with several lighthouses, stunning waterfalls, picturesque churches, and endless lava fields. You couldn’t choose a better place to start your road trip in Iceland!

Most of the main sights are located at the far end of the Peninsula, are quite close to each other, and can be visited by driving the circular loop. It doesn’t matter that much in which direction you drive, but most day tourists arriving from Reykjavik start in Budir and continue clockwise. So if you go in the other direction, you could avoid the biggest crowds in some areas. Either way, if you want to see all the main sights in a day, be sure to start early. You’ll want to stay longer everywhere!

Must-see places are: Kirkjufell and Kirkjufellsfoss, Saxholar Crater, Djúpalónssandur, Londrangar View Point, Arnarstapi Cliffs, Rauðfeldsgjá Gorge, Búðakirkja, and Bjarnarfoss. But there’s so much more than that!

TIP: For more information on what to see and where to go, please see our guide to the best places to see in Snaefellsnes Peninsula . For practical tips and a suggested one-day itinerary, please see our guide below.

LEARN MORE: Complete Guide to Visiting Snaefellsnes Peninsula

Where to stay: If you stayed in Borgarnes on day 1 of this itinerary, you could stay at the same hotel on day 2 as well.

If, however, you stayed in Arnarstapi or any other place on Snaefellsnes Peninsula, you may want to continue your trip a bit more in the direction of the Golden Circle. That way, you don’t have to drive too far the next day. In that case, you could either stay in Borgarnes (see suggestions above) or choose a hotel a bit closer to the Golden Circle already.

One of the best-rated hotels in this area is Hotel Laxarbakki . They have apartments for all group sizes and they also have a restaurant where you can have dinner and breakfast. The location of this hotel would fit this itinerary quite well.

In fact, it could be good accommodation for day 1 as well – everything really depends on how much you want to drive on which day and how many different hotels you want to stay in. This hotel is about a 1-hour drive from Snaefellsnes Peninsula and about 45 minutes drive from your first stop on day 3 of this itinerary.

Driving time/distance is about 250 km, 3h of driving time not including any stops. Count an entire day for this area.

Golden Circle is the most popular destination in Iceland, after the Blue Lagoon. This is one of those places that every tourist visiting Iceland will include in their itinerary. The reason is quite simple – there are lots of really nice natural landmarks here and it’s close to Reykjavik. Some people find it too touristy and too crowded, but if this is your first time in Iceland, you’ll definitely want to see this area as well.

The three main places that you have to see along the Golden Circle are Thingvellir National Park , Gullfoss Waterfall , and Geysir geothermal area with the active Strokkur Geyser that erupts at regular intervals every 5-7 minutes.

Other nice places include Öxarárfoss waterfall and Kerid Crater . If you are looking for a special place to eat, Fridheimar Tomato Farm and Restaurant is a very popular choice. If you are looking for a unique activity, you may want to consider Silfra Snorkeling in Thingvellir National Park.

There are also a few geothermal baths in this area – Secret Lagoon and Laugarvatn Fontana. It could be a nice way to end your day, but you can also just opt for a hotel with a hot tub or go to the public swimming pool in Hella town where I recommend staying on this day.

Your itinerary for this day could look like this: visit Thingvellir National Park (+ Silfra snorkeling if that’s your thing), don’t miss Öxarárfoss at Thingvellir, Geysir area , Gullfoss waterfall , late lunch at Fridheimar Tomato Farm , (maybe Secret Lagoon), Kerid Crater . Drive to Hella and visit a local pool in the evening instead of going to Secret Lagoon – see below.

If you are looking for even more details about visiting this area, please check out day 1 in our 4-day Iceland itinerary .

Where to stay: There are many accommodations in the Golden Circle area, but probably the best location for this itinerary would be staying in Hella town along the south coast. It’s close to the Golden Circle and in the direction of the places that you’ll be visiting next.

There are quite some accommodations and good facilities in and near Hella and also a nice public swimming pool . This is also a great place to stay if you want to take a day trip to the Icelandic highlands the next day – see below. So you could stay in Hella for two nights and not have to change hotels every night.

TIP: The nicest luxury hotel in this area is Hotel Ranga . On a mid-range budget, check out Stracta Hotel Hella (some rooms here have private hot tubs!) or Hotel Kanslarinn Hella (one of the top picks in the area). Here you can find the best deals for all Hella accommodation .

Driving time/distance depends on where you choose to visit. If you go to the highlands, go with a tour and they’ll do all the driving. In that case, your day trip will probably take about 10 hours in total. If you go to Heimaey Island, it’s about 45 km/ 30 minutes drive to the ferry from Hella, so 90km/ 1 hour of total driving time on this day.

On day 4 of your Iceland trip, I recommend that you get a bit off the beaten path and do something special by either taking a day trip to the Icelandic highlands or visiting Heimaey Island just off the south coast. I have to be honest with you – most first-time visitors do not include any of these two places in their Iceland itinerary. But I think that visiting one of these places will make your entire trip so much more special. If you have 8 days in Iceland, consider visiting both of these!

Good to know: As already mentioned, this 7-day road trip is recommended in summer (+- from May to September), and that’s also a great season to visit both – the highlands and Heimaye Island.

However, the highlands are usually not accessible before mid-June, so if you are planning a trip in May or early June, visit Heimaey Island instead. It’s also an excellent time to see puffins there (they are usually around between May and August). If you are visiting later in the summer, you’ll have to choose just one of these places as they both require an entire day. Or, plan 8 days in Iceland and do both.

The Highlands or…

If you decide to go to the Icelandic highlands , we recommend that you visit Landmannalaugar . It’s one of the most beautiful relatively easily accessible places in the highlands and it fits this itinerary very well. The scenery is absolutely breathtaking and it’s like no other place you’ll see during this week in Iceland. It’s well worth it!

The best way to do this is by joining this popular tour to Landmannalaugar that can pick you up from Hella. Upon booking, choose the Reykjavik pickup option and afterwards send them a message to say that you’ll actually be in Hella. By starting here, you save about 2 hours drive each way (so 4 hours in total), so your day isn’t nearly as tiring as doing this tour from Reykjavik.

Good to know: You could also visit this part of the highlands on your own, but driving here requires a good 4×4 and insurance coverage that allows you to drive on the F roads. So because you don’t really need an expensive 4×4 for the rest of this itinerary, we recommend renting a cheaper car and visiting the highlands with a tour. Plus, these days, you have to make a reservation in order to book a parking spot at Landmannalaugar (more info here ).

TIP: If you have a higher budget, you could also opt for a private day tour instead . In that case, also contact the tour company to arrange to pick you up at your accommodation in Hella and not in Reykjavik.

Alternative option is to visit the Thorsmork area – it’s also in the highlands, but very different than Landmannalaugar. It’s located close to the Ring Road and can be visited in the colder season as well (so not only in the summer ). But since you have to cross a very unpredictable river, you definitely need to go by a super jeep. You can find lots of tour options . For example, this highly-rated tour starts very close to Seljalandsfoss Waterfall so it’s very easy to add it to this itinerary.

… or Heimaey Island

Heimaey Island is the only inhabited island of the Westman Islands archipelago, just off the south coast of Iceland. To get here, you’ll need to take a ferry from Landeyjahöfn, about a 30-40 minutes drive from Hella. The ferry ride also takes about 40 minutes and you need to get there about half an hour in advance as well.

Here you can find ferry schedules and prices . If you want to be sure that you can visit the island on the day and on the ferry that you want, it’s best to reserve in advance!

Once on the island, there are quite some interesting places to see – Eldheimar Museum and Sea Life Trust Beluga Whale Sanctuary are a must. You can also go hiking on Mount Eldfell , take a boat tour around the island, explore the village , or go looking for puffins .

Please note that you don’t need to bring your car to the island if you are just planning to stay close to town. So you can leave your car at the ferry terminal in Landeyjahöfn.

However, if you want to see puffins, the best location is about 5-6 km away from town. You can either walk (count more than an hour one way), rent a bike, bring your own car on the ferry (which is more expensive and spaces are limited), or go on a local tour. I recommend that you join this great 2-hour tour from Heimaey Harbor that not only brings you to the puffins but also gives you a great overview of what life is like on Heimaey Island.

TIP: In the article linked below, you can find all the details and practical information on how to visit Heimaey Island and what to see and do there.

LEARN MORE: Complete Guide to Visiting Heimaey Island

Where to stay: In the late afternoon or in the evening, take the ferry back to the mainland and drive back to your accommodation in Hella where you stayed last night. Alternatively, you could also choose to stay on the island (not really a must and you’d lose some time the next day) or choose a place close to Seljalandsfoss waterfall .

But the driving distances aren’t big and I think you’ll have a more relaxing trip if you just stay at the same hotel as the previous night.

TIP: If you visited Heimaey Island on this day, be sure to stop at Seljalandsfoss waterfall on your way back to the hotel (see more info about it on day 5 below). It’s just on your way and it’s likely to be much less busy here in the evening than the next morning.

Driving time/distance between Hella and Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon is about 300 km/ 3.5 hours driving time, not including sightseeing.

Iceland’s South Coast is another extremely popular region that is included in most Iceland itineraries and is also one of the most popular tours from Reykjavik .

The way this 7-day Iceland itinerary is designed, you will be driving the south coast twice – first to get to Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon and then back in the direction of Reykjavik. So there are many possibilities on how you spend days 5 and 6 of this itinerary, depending on your interests, where you decide to stay, and the activities you choose. The itinerary suggested below is just an example, so use it just as an indication of what’s possible and adjust it if needed.

The main places you have to see along the South Coast are Seljalandsfoss and Skogafoss waterfalls, the black sand beach in Vik – Reynisfjara, Fjaðrárgljúfur Canyon, Skaftafell National Park, and Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon and the famous Diamond Beach next to it.

Also nice to see is the scenery at Stokksnes, Hofskirkja church, Skogar Museum, Dyrhólaey lighthouse, Eldhraun Lava Fields, and Fjallsarlon glacier lagoon. In addition, there are some nice activities like glacier hiking or ice caves that you can visit here as well. In this itinerary, we split all these areas and activities over two days.

READ ALSO: Best Things to Do on the South Coast of Iceland

So on day 5 of this itinerary, I suggest that you visit the south coast and drive all the way to Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon . You could also visit Stokksnes on this day (the furthest point of this itinerary).

It might look like a lot to do in just a day, but most of these places are located right next to Ring Road and don’t require that much time to visit. And if you find that it’s too much for one day, you can also visit a few of these places on the way back in the direction of Reykjavik the next day.

Seljalandsfoss is one of the most famous waterfalls in Iceland, best known as a waterfall where you can walk behind the falling water. It’s a very popular place along the South Coast, so if you haven’t visited it on the previous day, get here as early as you can.

Just a 5-minutes walk to the left from this waterfall, you can find a real hidden gem – Gljúfrabúi waterfall . It’s indeed hidden inside the gorge, so many people miss it. Be sure to check it out!

After that, stop at Skogafoss Waterfall (also try to beat the crowds by getting there early). While it’s not a must, I highly recommend that you also pay a visit to Skogar Museum , just a 5-minute drive from the waterfall parking. It’s an open-air museum where you can see Icelandic turf houses – well worth a visit (opening times and more info here ).

Continue along the south coast to Vik and visit the famous black-sand beach Reynisfjara . Also the nearby Dyrhólaey Lighthouse and Kirkjufjara Beach are worth a short visit.

Another nice stop along the Ring Road in the direction of Jokulsarlon is Fjaðrárgljúfur Canyon . Also, if you are interested in visiting Stokksnes , you probably want to go there first before coming back to the Jokulsarlon area where I recommend staying for the night.

If you can time to be at Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon around sunset, that would be amazing. The Diamond Beach across the road from the glacier lagoon is usually wonderful when icebergs are lit by the evening sun.

During the day, you can also take boat tours on the glacier lagoon (the last ones run around 6-6.30 PM). So if you want to do that, be sure to book the last tour in advance and plan your day in such a way that you can get there on time. Alternatively, you can take the very first tour the next morning. Or simply walk around and enjoy the ever-changing scenery of the glacial lagoon from the shore.

Where to stay: I recommend spending a night close to Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon. By staying nearby, you can visit this incredible place late in the evening or early in the morning when there are no day tourists around. It’s also amazing being able to see the glacier lagoon and the icebergs at sunset!

The nicest and best-located hotels in this area are Fosshotel Glacier Lagoon and Hali Country Hotel . Here you can find more suggestions on where to stay near Jokulsarlon .

Alternative – if you prefer fewer hotels on this road trip – you could stay in the area around Kirkjubæjarklaustur for two nights and visit the places mentioned for this and the next day in a somewhat different order. Just take a look at the map, places you want to visit, and activities you want to do, and see what makes the most sense for you. Kirkjubæjarklaustur is located about halfway between Vik and Jokulsarlon and is a good base for this area.

Good to know: There are very few accommodations in this area and they tend to sell out fast. If you are traveling in the high season, booking long in advance is essential! To give you an idea, in some years, all the hotels in this area for the summer months are fully booked by February – March. So if you find something that suits your travel dates, reserve asap!

DAY 6: Skaftafell, Glaciers, Vik

Driving time/distance between Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon and Vik is about 190 km/ 2.5 hours driving time, not including sightseeing.

Today, you can visit Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon (if not done yet) and then continue back along the South Coast in the direction of Vik. If there were any places that you skipped the previous day, you could stop there on your way back. In addition, you can go hiking, book a glacier hike, or go on an ice cave tour.

This is what your day could look like: visit Jokulsarlon , stop at Hofskirkja , do a short hike at Skaftafell – Vatnajökull National Park , book a glacier hike near Skaftafell OR an ice cave tour from Vik . If none of this interests you, check out Icelandic Lava Show in Vik instead.

In the morning, head to Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon and explore Diamond Beach if you didn’t see it the night before. Even if you did, it’s a really special place that you’ll likely be glad to return to again, also because the scenery here changes all the time.

You can also take a boat tour on the lagoon (if not done the day before), just be sure to go on the very first tour in the morning so that you have plenty of time for other activities afterwards. The earliest tours usually start at around 9-9.30 AM and some of them only take half an hour, so you can easily do that if you want to.

TIP: You can also visit a smaller glacier lagoon nearby, Fjallsarlon . It’s just a few minutes drive from Jokulsarlon, but it’s less known and there are usually hardly any people there. Also, Hofskirkja turf church is a nice short stop along the Ring Road.

Next, I recommend that you choose to either visit Skaftafell, aka Vatnajökull National Park (there are many hikes in Skaftafell), go on a glacier hike, or visit an ice cave .

If you plan well – and depending on tour times and availability – you could book an ice cave tour near Jokulsarlon , visit Skaftafell, and then drive to Vik. Alternatively, do a glacier hike and afterwards decide if you also want to hike at Skaftafell NP before driving to Vik. Or start with Skaftafell, then drive to Vik, and do an ice cave tour starting from there. There are many ways to plan this day, depending on which glacier/ice cave tour you decide to do (if any).

Skaftafell – Vatnajökull National Park is about 60 km/ 45 minutes drive from Jokulsarlon, back in the direction of Reykjavik. There are many hiking trails here, of various lengths and difficulties (pop in at the visitor center and ask for suggestions).

If you are short on time, I recommend either an easy hike to Skaftafellsjökull for a nice view on the glacier (count 1-1.5 hours) or a moderate hike to Svartifoss (the Black Waterfall). This is the most popular hike, it’s about 3 km (2 miles) in total, goes uphill (and downhill on the way back), and takes about 1.5-2 hrs in total.

There is also a popular glacier hiking tour that starts at Skaftafell. This tour takes about 3 hours and it runs (almost) daily. Usually, there’s at least one departure in the morning and one in the afternoon. If you decide to go in the afternoon, you can easily do a short hike in Skaftafell before that.

If you rather go in the morning, then be sure to plan your Jokulsarlon visit very early (and skip the boat) so that you can get here in time. For more information and practical tips, please check our detailed guide via the link below.

LEARN MORE: Glacier Hiking in Iceland

Alternatively, instead of glacier hiking, you can also opt for an ice cave tour . You also get to walk on a glacier, but it’s a different experience than a glacier hike.

While the majority of natural ice caves in Iceland can only be visited in winter, there are a few that are accessible the whole year (still, remember that it’s a natural phenomenon and so the situation can change at any time).

Good to know: You can only visit ice caves with guided tours! The recently discovered ice caves near Jokulsarlon are now accessible in the summer as well – see here for more info . Alternatively, you can visit Katla Ice Cave near Vik .

Depending on the season, these tours have several departure times every day and they take just 3 hours.

If you do a tour near Jokulsarlon, book the earliest available time slot! It would be very easy to fit it in this itinerary. And – at least at the moment of the last update – the ice caves here are more impressive.

If you do a tour near Vik, you should be able to catch the late afternoon tour even if you go hiking in Skaftafell first (Vik is about 1.5 hours drive from Skaftafell NP). If you aren’t interested in hiking, you could even drive to Vik for an earlier tour or simply do the drive in a more relaxed way, stopping at some other attractions that we mentioned on day 6 of this itinerary.

On the way to Vik, stop at Eldhraun lava field . It’s a nice photo stop and a good place to stretch your legs a bit. Just be respectful of nature and stay on walking paths.

TIP: If none of the glacier tours interest you and you have some time to spare on this day, you can visit Icelandic Lava Show in Vik . It’s open until 8 PM and is great for the whole family. The Katla ice cave tour starts and ends here as well, so you could definitely combine the two.

Where to stay: In theory, you could just drive straight to Reykjavik in the evening (about 2.5 hours drive from Vik). However, if you do one of the glacier tours mentioned above, you’ll likely be quite tired. So we suggest that you stay in Vik for a night. You can easily drive to Reykjavik the next morning and still have plenty of time to explore the city.

There are quite some accommodations in Vik . Some of the nicest hotels are Hotel Kria and Hotel Katla , and there are many more places to stay for all budgets.

TIP: If you are in Vik at around sunset, I suggest that you go (back) to Reynisfjara beach which we also mentioned on day 5 of this itinerary. It’s spectacular at sunset – a great way to end your day!

DAY 7: Reykjavik or Reykjanes Peninsula

Driving distance/time from Vik to Reykjavik is about 190 km/ 2.5 hours. If you decide to drive to Reykjanes Peninsula instead, it’s pretty much the same distance. In that case, don’t drive to Reykjavik, but leave the Ring Road in Selfoss and take the road next to the coast.

On the last day of your week in Iceland, you can drive to Reykjavik and visit the city. Alternatively, if you are more interested in Iceland’s natural attractions, you can also head to Reykjanes Peninsula (where also Keflavik airport is located for your flight back home).

Reykjavik or…

If you choose to visit Reykjavik , you can easily see the main highlights of the city in one afternoon. Take a walk along the harbor and check out the Sun Voyager statue and Harpa concert hall building. Then walk in the direction of Lake Tjörnin and check out the tiny building of the Icelandic Parliament. There are also several museums in this area.

Be sure to walk through the city center (Laugavegur and Skólavörðustígur streets and the area around them). Don’t miss Hallgrimskirkja Church and take an elevator to the top of the church tower for amazing views over Reykjavik and its surroundings.

The FlyOver Iceland Experience is located quite centrally, close to the Harpa Concert Hall, and is one of the most special experiences in Reykjavik.

Another nice place to visit is Perlan – Wonders of Iceland Museum , a bit outside the city center. If you want to see it, you could drive there upon arrival in the city before going to the center.

Another possibility is booking a puffin and whale-watching tour from Reykjavik harbor. Most tours take 2-3 hours and there are multiple departures during the day. In summer, you can even go on a midnight sun whale-watching tour .

Where to stay: If you decide to stay in the city, please check our guide to where to stay in Reykjavik . It has all the information you need, including the best hotels with parking.

PRO TIP: No matter what you choose to do during the day, reserve tickets for Sky Lagoon in the evening. It’s one of the nicest (if not the best) geothermal pools in Iceland and the ocean views are stunning. Their 7-step ritual is a must. This is a great place to end your trip in Iceland!

READ ALSO: Best Things to Do in Reykjavik & Itinerary for 1 Day in Reykjavik

or… Reykjanes Peninsula

Important ! If you want to visit Reykjanes Peninsula or the Blue Lagoon, be sure to check the most up-to-date information on recent volcanic activity! Most places are not impacted at all, but the Blue Lagoon has been closed on several occasions recently.

Reykjanes Peninsula is another really nice area to see before you leave Iceland. It’s like the whole country in a nutshell. If your 7-day Iceland trip indeed ends on this day, then you could visit a few places here on your way to the airport. Alternatively, you could also come here before your flight the next day.

There’s a lot to see and do on Reykjanes Peninsula, so you can always find something interesting depending on how much time you have. Some of the main highlights include Valahnúkamöl Cliffs, Reykjanes Lighthouse, Gunnuhver, Bridge Between Continents, Seltún Geothermal Area, Krýsuvíkurberg Cliffs, Strandarkirkja, and Garður Lighthouse.

The Fagradalsfjall volcano which erupted in March 2021 and July 2023 is also located here, just like the Meradalir volcano which erupted in August 2022. There have been many more eruptions in this area in late 2023 – early 2024 so the landscape is changing all the time…

The famous Blue Lagoon is located on Reykjanes Peninsula as well. If you haven’t visited the Blue Lagoon on your first day in Iceland, you’ll probably want to do it on the last day. Count 2-3 hours for a visit. And be sure to book your timed tickets in advance !

For more information about all these places and also hotel suggestions if you decide to stay close to the airport, please check our detailed guide to this area via the link below.

LEARN MORE: Complete Guide to Reykjanes Peninsula

TIP: If you only have time for one – Reykjavik or Reykjanes Peninsula, please see our article ‘ Is Reykjavik worth it ‘. It might help you decide. In all honesty, it’s a tough choice and if this is your first trip to Iceland, you’ll likely feel like you absolutely have to see its capital city. But if you prefer nature destinations as we do, then you really can’t go wrong with Reykjanes Peninsula.

On our last 10-day trip to Iceland , we didn’t even stop in Reykjavik at all. It was a very different trip, more off the beaten path, but we also started our trip in Snaefellsnes and ended in Reykjanes (just as I suggest in this itinerary) and we all loved it. So it’s really your call.

If you have a full 7 days in Iceland and your flight departs on the 8th day, maybe you can visit both, the city and the Peninsula.

So, this is our suggested self-drive itinerary for one week in Iceland. You can quite easily adjust it depending on your flight times and your interests, and you can also flip it around if you prefer.

As you can see, there’s so much to see and do in the south and the west of Iceland that you’ll already have difficulties choosing where to go and what to skip.

7 Days in Iceland Itinerary on the Map

TIP: To make your trip planning easier, I also created this map , indicating all the places mentioned in our detailed 7-day Iceland itinerary above.

As you can see, we gave each day a different color so that you have a better idea of where everything is and how it all fits in this itinerary. Only for the last day of the trip, we split Reykjavik attractions and Reykjanes Peninsula attractions by indicating them in another color. As already mentioned, you could opt to visit both these places on different days if it better fits your flight schedule.

How to use this map:  Use your computer mouse (or fingers) to zoom in or out. Click on the icons to get more information about each place. Click the arrow on the top left corner for the index. Click the star next to the map’s title to add it to your Google Maps account. To view the saved map on your smartphone or PC, open Google Maps, click the menu and go to ‘Your Places’/’Maps’. If you want to print the map or see it in a bigger window, click on ‘View larger map’ in the top right corner.

Alternative Itinerary: Ring Road of Iceland in 7 Days

Because so many of our readers ask for an itinerary for Iceland’s Ring Road in a week, below is an overview of a suggested itinerary.

Once again, you can drive the entire Ring Road in 7 days, but I really recommend that you opt for fewer places and explore more rather than spend the majority of your time in a car.

If you absolutely want to see ‘everything’ in Iceland in one week, then you could use this alternative 7-day Iceland Ring Road itinerary :

• Day 1: Arrival, Blue Lagoon/Sky Lagoon, Reykjavik.
• Day 2: South Coast to Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon.
• Day 3: Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon and the Eastfjords.
• Day 4: Lake Myvatn area .
• Day 5: The North Coast of Iceland (don’t miss Hvitserkur ).
• Day 6: Snaefellsnes Peninsula .
• Day 7: Back in Reykjavik and departure.

If you decide to do this, keep in mind that it will be rushed and you’ll have to plan very well in order to be able to see just the main places everywhere. We recommend this 10-day Iceland Ring Road itinerary instead.

So, this is my suggested one week Iceland itinerary. These suggestions are based on our various trips to Iceland, including recommendations for all the best places in this part of Iceland. It’s not a standard copy-paste itinerary that you’ll find described anywhere else, but I have no doubt that you’ll absolutely love it!

And when you do this trip, please come back to our blog and leave a comment under this article telling us how it went – we love to hear feedback from our readers !

TIP: If you are looking for more information for your trip to Iceland, practical tips, clothing advice, etc. please check our complete travel guide to Iceland .

If you have any questions about this 7-day Iceland itinerary, feel free to leave a reply below and I’ll try to help. Alternatively, please join our Facebook group for Iceland & Scandinavia Travel – it’s a great place to meet other travelers, ask questions, and share experiences.

READ ALSO: Iceland Travel Tips

More tips for your trip to Iceland:

• What to see: Best Places to See in Iceland
• Airport transfers: How to Get to Reykjavik from Keflavik Airport
• Budget: How Expensive is Iceland (& How to Save Money)
• Accommodation: Where to Stay in Iceland & Where to Stay in Reykjavik
• Packing: What to Wear in Iceland in Winter and What to Pack for Iceland in Summer
• Tours: Best Tours and Day Trips in Iceland and Best Half Day Tours from Reykjavik
• More itinerary suggestions: Iceland Itinerary for 1 to 14 Days
• Winter trip: Iceland in Winter (travel tips and useful Info) & Best Winter Day Trips from Reykjavik
• More: Check out our Iceland travel guide for even more inspiration and tips for your trip.

If you found this post helpful, don’t forget to bookmark it and share it with your friends. Are you on Pinterest? Pin these images!

Images: personal collection and Depositphotos.com

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Thursday 8th of August 2024

We are on day six of this itinerary and it has been perfect! Thank you for all the details. It got us off the beaten path a few times and those ended up being her favorite spots, eg Snaefellsnes peninsula and Heimaey Island. FYI one of the hotels you reference in Borgarnes is now new owner and renamed Hotel Vesterlund- nice, clean and convenient to both Golden Circle and Snaefellsnes. Other lodging - we stayed at Stracta in Hella, Vik apartments and Klettasel Villa (Airbnb near glacier lagoon -a gorgeous home)

Friday 9th of August 2024

Glad to hear this, Sarah. Enjoy the rest of your trip!

Wednesday 17th of July 2024

Hello, your 7 day itinerary is very helpful, thank you. I am confused as to where to stay during the 7 days. But I see you also have some suggestions. We were thinking of a last minute trip to Iceland around August 25th. Is that a good time to go? Would a 22, 21 and 15 year old enjoy it?

Thursday 18th of July 2024

@Jurga, Thank you so much for responding!

Hi Emily, yes, late summer/early fall is a great time to visit Iceland, just book your accommodations in advance. And yes, it's a wonderful country for all ages, as long as you know what to expect (=natural attractions). You can make the trip more exciting for everyone in your group by booking some activities like glacier hiking, ice cave visits (now also available in the warm season), quad tours, etc. Good luck with the planning and have a wonderful trip!

Wednesday 26th of June 2024

Hi Jurga, If this 7 day trip is done the first week of September do you think there's a chance to see the Northern Lights or does it need to be later in the month? Also, do you think the puffins are still around the first week in September? Thank you.

@Jurga, Thank you so very much!!

Hi Lori, yes, early September is already the Northern Lights season in Iceland, but the days are still rather long, so you would likely have better chances from about mid-September. That said, you really can't predict this in advance. There were some dazzling aurora displays around 3-4 September in some years, but it's never guaranteed. You just have to go outside and wait. Install some aurora apps, keep an eye on the forecast, and you might get lucky. See our guide to Northern Lights in Iceland for more info. As for puffins, in most places, they are gone by mid-August, but a few years ago someone said they saw puffins on Heimaey Island at the beginning of September. Again, you never know, but I wouldn't count on it at that time of the year.

Thursday 13th of June 2024

Thank you for this itinerary! It is VERY helpful! We will be travelling in September for 9 full days with a 5 and 3 year old. I prefer to stay 2 nights minimum in each city so I am thankful you have given that as an option. Do you have any recommendations on what city we could add on the 2 extra nights, to slow our pace down a bit or reduce drive time, since we have young kids? Or is there another city we should stay 2 nights? If possible, any insight would be greatly appreciated:)

Hi Lauren, for starters, there is no cities in Iceland apart maybe from Reykjavik which I guess could qualify as a city ;). The rest are pretty much tiny villages and small towns. So if you expect more action and things to do, you might want to spend some extra time in Reykjavik. But if you prefer to be in nature, I would probably add an extra night in Vik and either on Snafellsnes Pensinsula or around the Golden Circle. It really depends on what exactly you want to see and do. So maybe look at that first and then decide based on that. Here are some guides to help you out a bit: Best things to do in Reykjavik. Best things to do on the South Coast. Best things to do in Snaefellsnes Peninsula.

Tuesday 19th of March 2024

Thank you for such a thorough review of touring Iceland in 7 days! It is overwhelming for sure. Can you comment on how much the current volcano activity would impact your suggested itinerary? It is hard to tell if this itinerary allows much time for hiking. What hikes are must do's for the best scenery? We are planning a trip in July and hoping we can find hotels/cottages at this point.

Wednesday 20th of March 2024

Hi Natalie, the recent volcano activity shouldn't influence most travelers visiting Iceland. It's concentrated in Reykjanes Peninsula around Grindavik, so if you follow this itinerary, you may want to skip Reykjanes Peninsula and visit Reykjavik instead (see day 7). The only major tourist attraction that you may not be able to visit is the Blue Lagoon which has been closed on quite a few occasions due to the volcanic activity recently. So to be safe, I would book Sky Lagoon instead (or book both and see how the situation is when you visit). As for hiking, so much depends on your interests and when you visit. But yes, there are some possibilities for short hikes in various places in this itinerary, especially if you are visiting in summer and don't mind staying up late (it stays light all the time in the early summer). However, if you want to do longer hikes (half a day or longer) then I recommend planning some extra time in Iceland. In this itinerary, you could do a hike between Arnarstapi and Hellnar on the Snaefellsnes Peninsula (day 2), a short hike to Öxarárfoss Waterfall on the Golden Circle (day 3), there are quite some hiking possibilities on both - Heimaey Island and Landmannalaugar (day 4 - or add another day and visit both places), you can also hike a bit along the Fjaðrárgljúfur Canyon (day 5) and there are a few nice 2-4 hour hikes to choose from at Skaftafell National Park, plus, you can do a glacier hike in this area (day 6). Hope this helps. Good luck with the planning and yes, book accommodations asap. Have a great trip!

A Perfect 7 Days In Ireland Itinerary (With Map)

By Author Keith O'Hara

Posted on Last updated: April 26, 2024

My Irish Road Trip Library has 56 different itineraries for spending 1 week in Ireland (you can pick a start point, transport type, etc.).

However, out of all of my 7 day Ireland itineraries, the route below is by far  the most popular (and it’s one I’ve followed several times).

Here’s a quick overview:

• Day 1: Arrive/start in Dublin
• Day 2: West Cork
• Day 3: Ring of Kerry
• Day 4: Dingle Peninsula
• Day 5: Clare
• Day 6: Galway City
• Day 7: Connemara or home

A tried-and-tested 7 day Ireland itinerary

Click to enlarge

Take 20 seconds to scan the map above, first, as it’ll get you up-to-speed on the lay-of-the-land,  fast !

Then take 10 seconds to scan the points below, which explain the ins-and-outs of this 1 week in Ireland itinerary.

1. Start point

This 7 day Ireland itinerary starts in Dublin City. If you’re starting your trip elsewhere, I have 7 day trips starting in  Shannon , Belfast , Cork , Wexford , Mayo and Donegal !

2. Getting around Ireland

You’ll need to either have your own car or be   renting a car in Ireland for this itinerary.

If you  don’t have a car, I have 7 day public transport road trips starting in  Dublin , Shannon , Belfast , Cork , Wexford , Mayo and Donegal .

3. This is a ‘fast-trip’

This is what I call a ‘Fast-trip’. It packs as much into your 1 week in Ireland as is  reasonably  possible.

If you want to explore at a slower pace over 7 days, I have ‘Slow-trips’ starting in Dublin , Shannon , Belfast , Cork , Wexford , Mayo and Donegal .

Day 1: Dublin

Photos via Shutterstock

The first day of this 7 day Ireland itinerary depends on your arrival time into Dublin.

Ideally , you’ll arrive early and have the day to explore the most popular things to do in Dublin .

I’ll give you a full itinerary for day 1 and you can change it if you need to. Some important points: 

Your car rental

If you’re renting a car in Ireland for this trip, the most convenient place to get it from is Dublin Airport. While you won’t need it on your initial day in the city, collecting it at the airport will save you the hassle of picking it up later on.

Where to stay in Dublin night 1

• Budget : Abigail’s Hostel (in Temple Bar) or  the Generator (outside the centre but a 25-minute walk to Trinity)
• Mid-range : Dublin Skylon (15-minute bus ride from the city), Wren Urban Nest (Temple Bar) and the Harding Hote l (very central)
• Luxury : The Merrion (St. Stephen’s Green – very central) and The Westin (just off Grafton Street)

Getting around + cash savers

• Time savers: If you want to cover a lot of ground quickly, the Hop On Hop Off Bus goes to or near all of the main sites on this itinerary
• Money saver:  If you’re visiting the ‘main’ Dublin attractions, the Dublin Pass can save you €€€

Stop 1: Trinity College

The first stop of this 1 week in Ireland itinerary is Trinity College . This is Ireland’s oldest university, having been incorporated in 1592.

One of the first things you’ll notice about the college grounds is the blend of Neoclassical and modern architecture. Keep an eye out for the Campanile, pictured on the left above.

This is a bell tower that was completed in 1853. When you’re ready, head to the starting point for the Book of Kells tour.

The Book of Kells is an illustrated manuscript dating to c. 800 AD!

This tour also gives you access to the Long Room – a beautiful library that holds 200,000 of Trinity’s oldest books.

Time-saving tip: I’d recommend booking a fast-track ticket for the Book of Kells . There’s a large queue here at peak times. This ticket also gets you into Dublin Castle!

Stop 2: The Ha’penny Bridge (via Temple Bar)

Our next stop is the Ha’penny Bridge . Take the 7-minute walk from Trinity via Temple Bar .

Now, personally, I don’t  really  see the reason for you to spend any time in Temple Bar. It is, for the most part, a tourist trap.

If, later on, you  do  want to spend time in the pubs in Temple Bar , avoid the gaudy spots and head into the victorian Palace Bar .

The Ha’penny Bridge is one of the city’s most famous landmarks. It was built in 1816 and it was the first pedestrian bridge to span the River Liffey!

Stop 3: Dublin Castle

Next up in our 1 week Ireland itinerary is Dublin Castle – a handy 10-minute saunter from the Ha’penny Bridge!

Dublin Castle boasts a rich history dating back to the 13th century when it served as the English headquarters in Dublin for over 7 centuries.

You can explore the grounds for free, but you’ll need a ticket to get inside (if you get this ticket  it’ll give you access to the Book of Kells, too!)

Stop 4: Christ Church Cathedral

Christ Church Cathedral is a 4-minute stroll from Dublin Castle, and it never fails to impress ( grab a ticket online here ).

Its origins date back to the early 11th century when it was established under the reign of Sigtrygg Silkbeard, a Norse King of Dublin.

The stone reconstruction of the building occurred in the late 12th century, primarily due to the efforts of the first Anglo-Norman archbishop, John Cumin.

Admire it from the outside and then take a look around its stunning interior.

Stop 5: Lunch in Dublin’s oldest pub

Photos via the Brazen Head on Facebook

The first of the  many  pubs I’ll be taking you to during this 7 day Ireland itinerary is the Brazen Head , a 7-minute walk from our last stop.

While there are plenty very old pubs in Dublin , the Brazen Head holds the crown as the city’s oldest, dating back to 1198.

They serve traditional Irish pub grub, from Guinness beef stew and hearty soups, all in an old-school setting.

Are you in the middle of planning a 7 day Ireland road trip? My guides to deciding the best time to visit Ireland and planning a trip to Ireland   should  come in handy!

Stop 6: St. Michan’s

Photos with thanks to Jennifer Boyer

If you’re looking for what to do in Ireland for a week that tourists tend to miss, make your way to St. Michan’s on Church Street, a 5-minute walk from the Brazen Head.  

St. Michan’s dates back to 1686 and, despite its size, boasts an abundance of history.

The tour here takes you through the 12th-century crypts (home to mummies!), into ancient vaults and to see the magnificent organ (one of the oldest still in use in Ireland).

Stop 7: The Jameson Distillery or the Guinness Storehouse

Courtesy Jameson Distillery Bow St, Dublin

The last stop on day 1 of your 7 days in Ireland provides you with a tough choice – the Jameson Distillery or the Guinness Storehouse .

The Jameson Distillery ( book tickets in advance here ) is a 5-minute walk from St. Michan’s while the Guinness Storehouse is a 20-minute walk  ( book tickets in advance here ).

I’ve been to both and, to be honest, they’re fairly even in terms of the experience they deliver.

The best way of deciding is to go with which drink you think you’re more likely to enjoy!

Stop 8: Dublin City for the evening

Different trad bars in Dublin. © Tourism Ireland

It’s time to round off the first day of this 1 week in Ireland itinerary.

If you’re still struggling to pick a place/area to stay in the city, see my guide on where to stay in Dublin !

Here are some recommendations for the evening:

• Food : There are some excellent restaurants in Dublin . SOLE and Gallaghers Boxty House are 2 I recommend over and over
• Live music : There are plenty of live music pubs in Dublin . Darkey Kellys, the Old Storehouse and the Celt rarely disappoint
• Historic pubs : From our guide to the best bars in Dublin – Kehoe’s and Neary’s are firm favourites

Day 2: Castles and Kinsale

The second day of our 7 day Ireland road trip takes you away from Dublin and down into County Cork.

You’ll visit Tipperary’s Rock of Cashel, first, before stopping off at Blarney Castle and then heading into Kinsale.

You’re going to spend night 2 in Kinsale – a colourful little seaside town.

Where to stay in Kinsale on night 2

• Budget : The Lemon Leaf (there aren’t really any budget options for Kinsale, but this place tends to be good value)
• Mid-range : The White Lady Hotel (down by the harbour)
• Luxury : Perryville House (fancy and central boutique accommodation)

Stop 1: The Rock of Cashel

The first stop on day 2 of your 7 days in Ireland is just under a 2-hour drive from Dublin.

The Rock of Cashel looms over the town from its position on top of a limestone outcrop. The site was originally the seat of the kings of Munster, but in 1101, it was granted to the church.

After this, the Rock of Cashel quickly became one of the most important ecclesiastical centres in Ireland.

The tour: There’s a 1-hour guided tour here that’ll immerse you in its history (I’d strongly recommend you book tickets in advance during peak season)

Stop 2: Blarney Castle

Next up is one of the more famous attractions in Ireland , and you’ll find it a 1-hour and 15-minute drive from Cashel.

Although the current Blarney Castle was built around 1446, there were many earlier castles on this site.

For most tourists, the biggest draw here is the mighty Blarney Stone , which gives all that kiss it the ‘gift of the gab’.

However, the castle is also home to magnificent gardens, the Witch’s Kitchen and a Druid Circle.

Time needed: You’ll need between 1.5 and 2 hours here, depending on how long you linger

Stop 3: Lunch in Kinsale

Click to enlarge map

The next stop in our 1 week in Ireland itinerary is Kinsale – a 50-minute drive from Blarney. Check into your accommodation when you arrive.

I’m going to give you a walk-food-fort combination in the form of the Scilly Walk .

Walk towards the Bullman (30-minute walk from the town) and enjoy wonderful views of Kinsale Town and its harbour along the way.

The Bullman’s a great spot for a feed (and a pint…), especially during summer if you can nab a seat outside!

Stop 4: Charles Fort

Leave the Bullman and walk 5 minutes to Charles Fort – Ireland’s largest military installation.

The huge star-shaped building dates back to the late 17th century and over the years, has seen some fearsome battles.

The fort survived a 13-day siege during the Williamite wars in 1690 and a battle during the Civil War in the 1920s.

Make sure to head to the ramparts for the stunning view over Kinsale Harbour. There are guided and self-guided tours and you’ll likely spend 1-hour here.

Does this itinerary not suit? Remember, we have 56 different itineraries for spending 7 days in Ireland here !

Stop 5: An evening in Kinsale

Photos via Man Friday on Instagram

From Charles Fort, you’re a 35-minute walk back into town (the views of the town will be in front of you – enjoy!).

Now, you’ll be passing very close to The Spaniard Inn on the way back. It’s one of the oldest pubs in Kinsale and it’s well worth nipping into!

• Great food: You’ve plenty of restaurants in Kinsale to choose from – my 2 go-tos are Man Friday and The Black Pig
• Great pubs: Kitty Ó Sé’s (live music) and The White House 

Day 3: West Cork

The third night of this 7 day Ireland road trip involves the most time spent driving out of any day.

However, there’s a lot of ground to cover and it’ll be worth it (is this trip too fast for you? I have prepared slower 7 day trips for you here ).

You’re going to leave Kinsale and head for Mizen Head before working your way to Killarney via the Ring of Beara.

Where to stay in Killarney on night 3 and 4

• Budget : New Street Lodge (right beside the National Park) and Castle Lodge (cosy B&B outside of the centre)
• Mid-range : Killaran House (exceptional and very central) and Killarney Avenue (next to the park)
• Luxury : Muckross Park (5-star hotel outside of the town) and The Killarney Park (old-worlde hotel by the train station)

Stop 1: Mizen Head

Stop 1 on the third night of this 1 week in Ireland itinerary is Mizen Head and it’s around a 2 hour drive from Kinsale.

Before you reach Mizen, you’ll see the beautiful Barleycove Beach , one of Cork’s finest.

Flick off your shoes and socks and head for a stroll. When you’re ready, drive up to Mizen – one of the most popular places to visit in West Cork for good reason!

Take a stroll through the visitor centre, first, where you’ll find the Maritime Museum and learn about Mizen’s history.

You’ll then follow a coastal path towards the bridge. You can cross the bridge and soak up glorious cliff and coast views.

Stop 2: Glengarriff

Our next stop is the town of Glengarriff , a 1-hour drive away. Park up and head to the Sugarloaf Cafe and grab a bit of breakfast/lunch.

When you’re ready, walk 3 minutes to the Blue Pool – a natural harbour that’s hidden away behind trees and bushes.

You could  also visit Garnish Island from the town. The ferry takes around 15 minutes and you’ll need 1 hour on the island.

Want to see some other 1 week in Ireland itineraries? We have 56 different itineraries for spending 7 days in Ireland here !

Stop 3: The Healy Pass

From Glengarriff, drive 18 minutes to Adrigole, where you can take the Healy Pass – arguably one of the most unique roads in Ireland.

This bendy road was built in 1847 as part of a Famine relief scheme.

It’s a steep drive to the top, but you’ll find several places to pull in (like this one ). Continue to the top of the hill and pull in here .

There’s a hill to the right. If you carefully climb it (takes 5 minutes), you’ll be treated to a might view over Glanmire Lake.

Stop 4: The coastal drive to Allihies

When you finish up at the Healy Pass, you need to double up on yourself a bit, as we’re going to follow the Ring of Beara route along the coast.

Now, anyone that’s spent time on Beara will tell you that this corner of Ireland’s X Factor is the scenery and almost oil-painting-like landscapes that you seem to encounter around every bend.

The drive from the Healy Pass to Allihies will take 50 minutes without stops, so factor in at least 1.5 hours.

One of the best views on this 7 day Ireland road trip can be had from this pull-in area before driving down into the village.

Stop 5: Glenbeg Lough

It’s time to head for Killarney. En route (around 30 minutes from Allihies), stop at Glenbeg Lough.

This is a bit of a hidden gem. You’ll find a serene lake hidden away amongst towering mountains.

There’s a small car park and viewing point here, so you can just rock up and take in the scenery.

Stop 6: Killarney

Photos via The Laurels on FB

You’re a 1-hour and 20-minute drive from Killarney where you’ll spend the next 2 nights, you’ll be happy to hear!

While there are plenty of things to do in Killarney , it’s time to chill! Here’s some food and pub recommendations:

• Restaurants in Killarney : Cronins, Porterhouse and the Mad Monk never disappoint
• Pubs in Killarney : O’Connors and Jimmy Brien’s are two great spots for a pint

Day 4: The Ring of Kerry

The Ring of Kerry Drive will be the highlight for many that follow this 7 days in Ireland itinerary.

I have a tried-and-tested itinerary for you to follow that takes in the best of the Ring along with a very rewarding detour.

Remember, you’re staying in the town again tonight (see our Killarney hotels guide), so you don’t need to worry about packing!

An overview of the route

I have a tried-and-tested (I’ve done it  many  times) 1-day Ring of Kerry itinerary that you can follow.

I won’t go through all of the stops in detail, as I do that here , but I’ll give you an overview.

It takes in the best of Killarney National Park , first, before moving out and along the N70 road.

• Stop 1: Ross Castle : It has sat at the edge of Lough Leane for over 500 years
• Stop 2: Muckross Abbey : Beautiful old ruins that date back to 1448
• Stop 3: Torc Waterfall : A 66 ft high and 360 ft long waterfall that’s 5 minutes from the car park
• Stop 4: Ladies View : One of the most impressive viewpoints in this 7 day Ireland itinerary
• Stop 5: Moll’s Gap : A bendy pass that offers spectacular views of the Macgillycuddy’s
• Stop 6: Kenmare : A lovely little town that’s a lot quieter than Killarney
• Stop 7: Staigue Stone Fort: An ancient fort built between 300 and 400 AD
• Stop 8: Caherdaniel for lunch: You’ll get a good feed in the Blind Piper
• Stop 9: Derrynane Beach : One of the finest beaches in Ireland
• Stop 10: Coomakista viewpoint: A famous viewpoint with views out to Deenish and Scariff island
• Stop 11: Coomanaspig: One of the highest places in Ireland reachable by car
• Stop 12: Kerry Cliffs : 1,000 foot-high cliffs that’ll blow you away
• Stop 13: Valentia Island : Drive up to the Geokaun viewpoint for one of Ireland’s best views
• Stop 14: Dinner in Portmagee: Grab a bite-to-eat in the Moorings
• Stop 15: Head back to Killarney for the night

Day 5: The Dingle Peninsula

The fifth of your 7 days in Ireland will see you leave Killarney and head to the Dingle Peninsula .

You’ll do the Slea Head Drive before continuing on to the charming town of Adare in Limerick where you’ll spend the night.

Where to stay in Adare on night 5

• Budget ish : Abbey Villa Guesthouse (short stroll from town centre)
• Mid-range : Fitzgeralds Woodlands House Hotel (you can’t walk to the town but this is one of my favourite hotels in Ireland)
• Luxury : Adare Manor (Ireland’s leading 5-star)

Stop 1: Inch Beach

Stop 1 on day 5 of this 7 day Ireland road trip is a 40-minute drive from Killarney.

Inch Beach , while on the Dingle Peninsula, is its own little peninsula and it measures 5.5km.

You can park up, grab a coffee from Sammy’s restaurant and head for a saunter.

This is a popular surf spot and it’s hard to beat sipping away while watching the surfers tame the Wild Atlantic Waves.

Stop 2: Conor Pass

Take the 30-minute drive from Inch up to Conor Pass which, at 410m above sea level, is one of Ireland’s highest mountain passes!

Please read this part carefully! If you want to drive it, you should approach it from the longer route here , as you’ll avoid having to double back on yourself.

If you’re driving in Ireland for the first time and feeling nervous, approach it from the Dingle Town side.

You can pull in in a car park next to it and admire the valley views!

Does this itinerary not tick all of your boxes? Don’t worry – we have 56 different itineraries for spending 7 days in Ireland here !

Stop 3: Dingle Town

Dingle Town is a 10-minute drive from Conor Pass. Park up ( here’s the car park ) and explore the town on foot.

Stroll along the harbour, check out the statue of Fungie the Dolphin and wander through the colourful streets.

If you fancy some a great coffee and a pastry, head to Bean in Dingle . For breakfast, My Boy Blue is hard to bate.

If you’re in need to a hearty lunch, one of the best restaurants in Dingle is the Fish Box!

Stop 4: The Slea Head Drive

The Slea Head Drive takes in many of the best things to do in Dingle over the course of a 38km/24 mile route.

I go into the route in detail in this guide , but I’ll give you an overview of each stop below:

• Ventry Beach (12-minutes from Dingle): 4.5km Blue Flag Beach that’s perfect for a ramble
• Ceann Sleibhe and the White Cross (15-minute drive from Ventry): 2 mighty viewpoints
• Radharc na mBlascaoidí viewpoint (2-minutes from the Cross): Outstanding views of Dunmore Head
• Coumeenoole Beach (4 minutes from last stop): Magnificent beach with very strong rip tides
• Dun Chaoin Pier (5-minute drive): The departure point for the Blasket Island Ferry
• Ceann Sraithe (5-minute drive): The famous Star Wars filming location
• Clogher Strand (5-minute drive): One of Kerry’s finest beaches

Stop 5: Adare for the evening

When you finish up the Slea Head drive, you’re just under a 2-hour drive from the gorgeous village of Adare , where you’ll spend the night.

When you arrive, check in and head for a saunter around the town.

As you ramble, you’ll stumble upon a handful of traditional thatch cottages. Here are some food and pub recommendations:

• Adare restaurants : You won’t go wrong in 1826 Adare or the Blue Door Restaurant
• Pubs: Sean Collins & Sons and Aunty Lena’s never fail to disappoint 

Day 6: Clare and on to Galway

Photos courtesy of Chaosheng Zhang

Hopefully, now that we’re nearly 90% of the way through this itinerary, you’ll have a good sense of what to do in Ireland for a week.

However, we’re not done yet! Day 6 takes you from Adare into Clare, taking in the Cliffs of Moher and the Burren before finishing in Galway.

A lot of people spending 1 week in Ireland only have 6 days, as they spend the last day travelling back to airports etc. If you do  have the 7th day to explore, spend night 6 and 7 in Galway!

Where to stay in Galway on night 6 and 7

• Budget : Feeney’s Audubon Lodge (by the sea outside the city) and Corrib Guesthouse (45-minute walk from Eyre Square)
• Mid-range : Balcony House B&B (very central) and Ash Grove House (right by Galway Cathedral) 
• Luxury : The G  (luxury hotel in the city) and Glenlo Abbey (15-minute drive from the city)

Stop 1: Bunratty Castle and Folk Park

Bunratty Castle and Folk Park sits on 26 acres of lovely countryside a 25-minute drive from Adare.

Visiting the Folk Park feels like stepping back in time as the 19th-century buildings and streets have been recreated to resemble what they would have originally looked like.

The park has over 30 buildings, including village shops, rural farmhouses, and Bunratty House, a beautiful Georgian home.

You can also take a tour of 15th-century Bunratty Castle, the last of four castles built on the site.

Stop 2: The Cliffs of Moher

Your next stop, the Cliffs of Moher are one of Clare’s (if not Ireland’s) most popular attractions.

The cliffs are a 1-hour drive from Bunratty and they stand at 214m (702 feet) above the water below.

There’s a large car park (they charge…) and then it’s around a 5-minute walk into the main viewing area.

On a clear day, you’ll see out as far as the Aran Islands .

Stop 3: Lunch in Doolin

Doolin is a handy 10-minute drive from the cliffs and it’s here that you’ll fuel up for the afternoon ahead.

There are several new restaurants in Doolin that have opened in recent years, mainly due to the towns increased popularity.

However, in my opinion, it’s the pubs in Doolin that dish up the best food.

My two go-tos are the cosy Gus O’Connor’s (on Fisher St.) and the lesser-known McDermott’s (the soup here tends to be very good!).

Stop 4: Aillwee Cave

Photos via Aillwee Caves on FB

Your next stop, the Aillwee Cave , is a 30-minute drive from Doolin.

This is a very impressive underground system that boasts caverns, rock formations, and even the bones of an ancient bear!

The Aillwee Cave tour lasts 45 minutes, passing by an underground waterfall and over bridged ravines.

Stop 5: Dunguaire Castle

Dunguaire Castle is a 30-minute drive from the caves and it’s worth a pit-stop. It was built in 1520 and belonged to the O’Hynes clan.

In 1912, the castle was bought by writer Oliver St. John Gogarty.

During his ownership, he restored the castle and hosted several famous writers, including W.B. Yeats and George Bernard Shaw.

Dunguaire is one of the more impressive castles in Ireland , mainly thanks to its position on the shores of Galway Bay!

Stop 6: Galway City

You’re a 35-minute drive from Galway City.

When you arrive, check-in (here’s where to stay in Galway ) and chill for a bit.

If you fancy food and a drink, here are some recommendations:

• Restaurants in Galway : Dela, Ard Bia and Kai are all excellent
• Pubs in Galway : As you can see from my map above, I have 5 go-tos

Day 7: Connemara/it depends on your schedule

Now, if you’re not due to go home on the last of your 7 days in Ireland, I’ll give you a 1-day itinerary for Connemara and Cong.

If you are going home  you’ll need to use the final day of your 1 week in Ireland heading back to the airport!

For those staying on, there’s a far bit to see today, so grab breakfast either in your accommodation or from Galway’s Jungle Cafe .

Stop 1: The drive from Galway City to Clifden

It’s around a 1-hour and 20-minute drive from the city to  Clifden through Galway’s Connemara region.

Enjoy mountain views as you head for the village of Oughterard and on to the famous Maam Cross.

When you arrive into Clifden, park up, grab a coffee from the Upstairs Downstairs Cafe and head for a saunter around the town.

Stop 2: The Sky Road

The Sky Road will likely be 1 of the highlights from your 7 days in Ireland!

This is a scenic spin that’s minutes from Clifden. The entire loop is 16km and it follows an elevated route around Galway’s Kingston Peninsula.

Before you reach the beginning of the loop you’ll pass Clifden Castle . It takes 20-or-so minutes to walk to the ruins.

You want to make sure you take the Upper Road  for this drive as it’ll treat you to better views.

Stop 3: Lunch in Letterfrack

Photos via Veldons on FB

When you reach to the end of the Sky Road, instead of turning right onto the N59 back towards Clifden, turn left towards Letterfrack.

It’s a 15-minute drive and, when you arrive, it’s time to fuel up for the afternoon ahead.

Veldons Seafarer Bar & Restaurant , with its lovely, old-world-style interior and top-notch food rarely disappoints.

Stop 4: Kylemore Abbey

From Letterfrack, you’re a handy 5-minute drive to Kylemore Abbey , arguably one of the most popular places to visit in Galway .

Kylemore Abbey is a stunning Benedictine monastery that dates back to the 1920s. It’s very picturesque, sitting on the shores of Pollacapall Lough.

The lower floors of the abbey have been restored and are open to the public, as well as the beautiful Victorian Walled Garden.

The estate includes a Neo-Gothic church and several woodland and lake-side walks.

This is likely to be another of the highlights on your 7 day Ireland road trip.

Stop 5: Killary Harbour and Leenane

The next stop is this viewpoint on Google Maps (it’s a 15-minute drive away).

From here you’ll be treated to glorious views of Killary  – Ireland’s only fjord.

If you look hard enough, you should be able to spot the potato mounds across the fjord, which date back to the Famine.

On your way to Cong, you’ll pass through the tiny village of Leenane . If you fancy, stop at the Sheep and Wool Centre to watch a demonstration.

Stop 6: Loch Na Fooey Lookout

Photos via Google Maps

There’s a scenic-and-often-missed drive to Cong from Leenane. Just head for ‘Loch Na Fooey Lookout’ ( here on Maps).

Follow the R336, then make a left turn onto the L1301 (around 8 minutes into driving).

This route will take you along the shores of Loch Na Fooey and Lough Mask, with some mighty views along the way.

Make sure to stop at the Loch Na Fooey Lookout (around 6 minutes from the turn) to take in the lake and the surrounding Maumturk and Patry mountains. 

Stop 7: Cong

It’ll take you between 40 minutes and 1 hour to get to Cong .

This is one of the most beautiful towns in Ireland and it’s arguably one of the most famous as it’s home to many of the Quiet Man filming locations in Ireland .

There’s plenty to do in the village, from Quiet Man tours, grabbing a drink in Pat Cohan’s Gastro Pub (a must for Quiet Man fans), or checking out the 13th-century abbey ruins.

The towns park is home to the ruins of a monk’s fishing hut (see above) along with some beautiful forest trails.

Stop 8: Back to Galway City

Photos courtesy Failte Ireland

When you leave Cong, you’re around a 50-minute drive back to Galway where you’ll spend the night.

If you fancy a feed, Ard Bia, The Quay Street Kitchen and Dela are all worth a shout.

As mentioned earlier, there are some great pubs in Galway , with Tigh Neachtain, the Crane Bar and Tigh Chóilí the pick of the bunch.

And that’s it! You’ve seen a fair whack of Ireland in a week. Remember, I’ve  many  different 7 day Ireland road trip itineraries here if this one doesn’t suit!

Wrapping up what to do in Ireland for a week

You’ll hopefully have a better sense of what to do in Ireland for a week after reading the guide above.

Remember, I have 56 different 7 days in Ireland itineraries in my Road Trip Library . You can pick:

• Your starting point
• Your mode of transport
• Your fitness level
• How fast you like to travel

Keith O’Hara has lived in Ireland for 35 years and has spent most of the last 10 creating what is now The Irish Road Trip guide. Over the years, the website has published thousands of meticulously researched Ireland travel guides, welcoming 30 million+ visitors along the way. In 2022, the Irish Road Trip team published the world’s largest collection of Irish Road Trip itineraries . Keith lives in Dublin with his dog Toby and finds writing in the 3rd person minus craic altogether.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Gary Vanbuhler

Wednesday 10th of July 2024

Hi Keith, we went to a wedding at Kilkea Castle and then used your 7 day guide to Ireland to explore the south of Ireland (Kinsale, Dingle, Doolin, Galway & Dublin) and it was fantastic. All your recommendations for restaurants and sites were spot on! Thanks so much for the guidance.

Daisy Biggers

Monday 25th of October 2021

Hello and thanks for all the fabulous information. I just arrived in Dublin so I’m interested in the itinerary that’s 2 days in Dublin, then 2 days in Wicklow. I’m wondering, will we need a car while in Dublin? Thanks so much!

Keith O'Hara

Hey Daisy. We've actually just published an itinerary for

. There's an itinerary for if you're exploring on foot and another for if you have a car. If you're visiting for the first time, I'd avoid the rental car and explore the city on foot. It's very walkable!

Monday 13th of April 2020

Hello! We are doing a 2 month Europe Trip. Quickest way to see the most in 7 days (if we could see more by flying within Ireland, that would be an option as well.) We are nature lovers and are not big on castle, pubs and caves (love caves just get claustrophobic). We are older so long strenuous hikes are not an option. From the searching I have done The cliffs, waterfalls, and quint villages are interesting to us. We like to stretch are funds but are not against paying for something we really enjoy.

Wednesday 29th of January 2020

Love your blog - outstanding - we are trying to do an Ireland - London trip With our 2 teens and 77 year old nana. Planning 6-7 days Ireland and 3 in London. Should we just fly into Dublin and do day trips ? We don’t want to be moving every 2 days . Any suggestions would be appreciated

Thursday 9th of January 2020

Hi there, I'm arriving to Dublin on the evening of the 9th April 2020 and leave on the evening of the 18th April. During this time I want to spend a day in Dublin (we have some friends there) and two nights in Belfast (we have family there). In between I would love to see Cork, Ring of Kerry, Dingle, Doolin/Cliffs of Mohar, Galway (before making our way to Belfast). I do know this is a lot, but what I want to know is, is this feasible/realistic in the time we have!!!? And if not, what should I cut...? Or anything I should add...! Many thanks! Emma

Friday 10th of January 2020

That is a lot... the issue with your itinerary is that you want to get to Belfast (in the north) and then Cork and Kerry, both of which are at the opposite end of the island. And you also want to get out to the west of Ireland to visit Galway.

You're going to have to cut some of these places out. Otherwise, you'll spend all of your time in the car. Here's what I'd do:

Day 1: Dublin Day 2 and 3: Cork Day 4 and 5: Kerry (make Kenmare your base) Day 6: Clare (Doolin, Cliffs of Moher, etc.) Day 7 and 8: Belfast (use the half-day to drive back to Dublin)

By cutting out Galway you can spend 2 nights in most places and not overstretch yourself. If you wanted to, you could only do a day in Cork and then spend a day in Galway.

I hope this helps.

7 Days in Norway Itinerary for the First-Time Visitors

Disclaimer: This article includes affiliate links to the products we earnestly love and recommend, meaning at no extra cost to you, we might make a teeny-weeny commission if you click on the link and decide to buy something. The money will be used to sustain this little cozy blog we call our virtual home.

Norway is vast with unlimited exploration opportunities that it’s not easy or I’d say it’s rather an overwhelming task to put together an itinerary that satisfies your travel goals. Norway has 5 regions viz. Northern Norway , Trøndelag , Western Norway , Southern Norway , and Eastern Norway , each more beautiful than the next, each has a different story to tell, and you’d find yourself dealing with the feeling of missing out while crafting 7 days in Norway itinerary.

I’m here to help you calm your anxiety levels by sharing a 7-day itinerary for Norway that’s just right for first-time visitors. It gives you a perfect introduction to the country in a limited time!

Norway Itinerary Map

7 Days in Norway Itinerary in Nutshell

Have more days in Norway? Read Our 2 Weeks in Norway Itinerary

Norway Itinerary 7 Days: Explore the Best of Norway in One Week

From storied fjords, majestic mountains, beautiful waterfalls, charming towns, and vibrant capital city to sweeping vistas – my Norway itinerary captures it all in 7 days!

Day 0: Arrive in Oslo

I started my Norway trip in Oslo, so would recommend you do the same. Norway’s fascinating capital and largest city, Oslo is where most of the international flights to Norway land.

To score the best flight deals to Oslo , I suggest you book your tickets 3 to 6 months in advance. Airlines like Norwegian Air and SAS frequently have competitive fares, especially if you’re flying from within Europe. Don’t forget to set up price alerts on Skyscanner to snag deals the moment they drop!

Olso Airport Transfer

Once you land in Oslo, hop on the Flytoget , a high-speed train that zips you from Oslo Gardermoen Airport to the city center in about 20 minutes.

The train runs every 10 minutes during peak hours and every 20 minutes during off-peak times. A one-way ticket costs around 230 NOK (roughly 19.92 EUR or 26 USD) per adult.

While Flytoget is a convenient and quick option, you can also take a regular NSB train , which is slightly cheaper but takes a bit more time. Taxis and airport buses are available too but expect to pay a premium for the convenience.

I you favor convenience and direct service like me, booking a private transfer is also an excellent, albeit more expensive, option.

Where to Stay in Olso

Make sure you book a hotel that’s right in the heart of the city so you stay close to where the action is. It saves you from the hassle of public transportation too.

I stayed at the Karl Johan Hotel with my family. Located on the main street in Oslo, the hotel scores points for its excellent location, welcoming staff, and value for money.

You can also check my guide to the best places to stay in Oslo .

Grab the best deals on accommodation in Oslo

What to do in Oslo on Arrival Day

You can spend the rest of the day depending on what your body says. If you feel tired after a long flight, you can rest and charge yourself up for the next day.

If you are restless like me and feel active enough to step out of the hotel, you can walk around exploring the city center. Stroll the Karl Johans Gate , Oslo’s main street, and stop by Slottsplassen to admire the Royal Palace .

You can check out the nearby buildings of Oslo City Hall , the Nobel Peace Center , and the National Theater .

If you are not having your dinner in your hotel, I’d recommend Katla , a unique dining experience right in the heart of Oslo. I loved dining here and enjoyed their food and services.

Day 1: Explore Oslo

The best way to explore Oslo is by taking a guided walking tour , guided bike tour , or self-guided walking tour around the city. I almost always choose to take a guided tour, free or paid, as I feel it gives you a headstart in a new city.

The walking tour in Olso lets you admire the landmarks in Olso like Karl Johans Gate , National Theatre , University Place , Norwegian Parliament , Nobel Peace Center , Royal Palace , City Hall , and the  National Museum .

There are so many fun things to do in Oslo . Here, you just have 2 days to discover the attractions in Oslo so I’d suggest starting your day with Akershus Fortress or Akershus Castle . The fortress not only offers a historical narrative but also affords spectacular views of Oslo and the fjord. You can join a guided tour to learn more about the culture and history attached to the monument.

After the fortress, enjoy the Oslofjord Cruise that takes you to the Bygdøy Peninsula .

Spend some time checking out one or two of the best museums on the peninsula – Kon-Tiki Museum, Fram Museum, Viking Ship Museum,  and  the Norwegian Museum of Cultural History .

📣 Heads-Up : If you’ve got your sights set on the Viking Ship Museum, you’ll have to hold onto that excitement a bit longer. The museum is under renovation and won’t reopen until 2025 or 2026. Breathe easy, though— Norway’s still brimming with Viking history to explore !

Given your time limit, choose the museums that pick your interest. All of them are equally fascinating and provide unique insights into Norway’s history and culture.

If you are a museum person, you’ll love Oslo has over 50 museums for you to explore. If you ask me, you must add a visit to the Munch Museum to marvel at Edvard Munch’s iconic works.

Or you can choose to take an island hopping tour that lets you explore the ancient islands of Hovedøya , Lindøya , and Gressholmen .

Come back and sit at one of the eateries by the Aker Brygge , a beautiful harbor front in Oslo to enjoy the views of the fjord while enjoying lunch at Louise Restaurant . And don’t forget to try gelato at Paradis Gelateria .

End your day with authentic Norwegian cuisine at Maaemo , one of the world’s best restaurants !

I suggest you buy Oslo Pass to make the most of your time in the Norwegian capital. The pass saves you a lot of time, money, and hassle. It’s all the more important when you’ve limited time to explore the city.

⛵ Read More: The Ultimate 3-Week Nordic Itinerary

Day 2: Explore Oslo

Start your day 2 in Olso with a visit to Vigeland Sculpture Park aka Frogner Park . With over 200 sculptures in bronze, granite, and wrought iron, it makes for an exceptional outdoor gallery.

Spend some time exploring the Oslo Opera House . Don’t just admire it from the outside, though—the roof offers panoramic views of Oslo! It’s an architectural marvel where you can literally walk on the opera.

You might want to take a quick detour to Barcode Project , a series of ultra-modern, high-rise buildings located near the Opera House, it gives you a taste of Oslo’s forward-thinking architecture.

Stop by Mathallen Food Hall for lunch. It’s a feast for the senses with all sorts of local and international culinary delights. Alternatively, you can try Vaaghals , a restaurant that blends traditional and modern Norwegian gastronomy.

Oslo is surrounded by nature, so take a short tram ride to Ekebergparken , a sculpture and national heritage park offering stunning views of the city, or maybe take a stroll along the Akerselva River .

For dinner, you can head to Arakataka for authentic Norwegian flavors or Oslo Street Food for a global culinary adventure.

Norway is one of the top coffee-consuming nations (one of the reasons it’s close to my heart), and experiencing the local coffee culture could be an intimate way to wrap up the day.

Day 3: Oslo to Bergen via Scenic Bergen Railway | Explore Bergen

It’s time to ride one of the most scenic train journeys in the world, the Bergen Railway ( Bergensbanen )!

Grab a window seat and glue your face to the window for some of the most dramatic landscapes you’ll ever witness in your lifetime.

This beautiful train journey is a part of Norway in a Nutshell Tour where you get down at Myrdal to join the Flåm Railway ( Flåmsbana ), a short yet utterly picturesque train journey.

Tip: Make sure you book your tickets in advance. You must board the 8:25 am train so you can reach by 2:55 pm to have half a day to explore Bergen.

⛵ Read more about this enthralling train journey from Oslo to Bergen .

Check in your hotel (as always I recommend booking a hotel in the city center), freshen up, and get set to discover the capital of Fjord Norway.

Trust Me On This: Don’t forget your waterproof gear; Bergen is famous for its sudden showers.

Start your day with a visit to Mount Ulriken , the highest of the 7 mountains around Bergen. You can hike the mountain but it takes about 4 to 5 hours to complete the hike.

As you are short on time, take the Ulriken cable car up and down the mountain to enjoy the 360-degree views over the city.

Another not-to-be-missed attraction in Bergen is Mount Fløyen . It’s a beautiful hike provided you’ve time else you can take Fløibanen funicular  to the mountain.

Come back down to the city center and spend your evening exploring Bryggen , a UNESCO World Heritage site that features pretty waterfront wooden houses dating back to the 1700s.

If you want to join a guided tour, this walk through the past and present of Bergen by I Love Bergen is perfect as it covers the most popular attractions as well as secret spots in the city.

Or you can join an all-inclusive guided tour that includes city sightseeing, a fjord cruise, and Mt Fløyen Funicular.

Taste the local seafood and experience the rich trading history dating back to the 1200s at Bergen Fish Market .

I stayed at Hotel Norge by Scandic . Located right in the heart of Bergen, the hotel is rated highly for its location, services, and food. It’s also one of the top picks by families with children.

Check out the best accommodation options in Bergen

Just So You Know: If you’re looking to explore beyond Bergen’s walkable city center, consider grabbing a day pass for unlimited bus and light rail travel. These passes can be easily purchased at tourist centers or via the ‘ Skyss ‘ mobile app, offering a cost-effective way to roam far and wide.

⛵ Related Read: Best Places to Visit in Norway with Kids

🚘 Looking for reliable & affordable car hire in Norway?

I trust and recommend Discover Cars , a leader in online car rental bookings! It promises transparency, security, convenience, and incredible savings.

Day 4: Bergen to Odda via Rental Car | Hardangerfjord Cruise

Pick your rental car to drive the beautiful roads in Norway. I completely rely on and recommend Discover Cars to rent a car wherever you go.

Find the best deals for car rental here . You should book well in advance to grab the low-price deals.

Road-tripping is one of the best ways to explore Norway. It’s a delight to drive along the road with breathtaking views of fjords, mountains, waterfalls, and glaciers.

A road trip from Bergen to Odda via Fv7 (this route includes the Tørvikbygd-Jondal ferry to cross the fjord) takes around 3 hours excluding the time to make stops along the way.

Don’t forget to pack some road trip essentials and a travel playlist with maybe classic Norwegian songs to set the mood.

There are many scenic stops (because, well you’re in Norway) along the way so it’s wise to allow yourself enough time to stop and take in the epic views.

One of the prettiest stops is the Steinsdalsfossen waterfall in Norheimsund.

Once in Norheimsund , take the fjord cruise on the Hardangerfjord aka the queen of the fjords with gofjords .

Cruising along the fjord, you’ll witness charming villages surrounded by steep mountains with snow-covered peaks and majestic waterfalls. You’ll also be able to see the Folgefonna glacier .

You’ll make a stop at Eidfjord to visit the Norwegian Nature Center Hardanger and the stunning and largest waterfall in Norway, Vøringsfossen .

Come back to Norheimsund to pick up your car and continue your drive to Odda. Once in Odda, make sure to check out Låtefoss waterfall in Oddadalen aka the Valley of Waterfalls .

Tip: If you love national parks , then you may want to consider visiting one of the national parks near Odda – Hardangervidda National Park and Folgefonna National Park .

I stayed at the Tyssedal Hotel , located by the Hardangerfjord at the foot of the Hardangervidda Mountains. It’s about 6 km (3.7 miles) north of central Odda.

Just about 7 km (4.3 miles) from Skjeggedal, the starting point of the Trolltunga hike, the hotel serves as a perfect base for those who want to do the Trolltunga hike.

Find the best deals on accommodation near Trolltunga

⛵ You Might Like: Beautiful Norwegian Words

Day 5: Hike Trolltunga

Today, you’ll experience one of the most scenic and popular hikes in Norway, Trolltunga.

Literally translating to troll tongue, it’s a cliff located at about 1,180 meters above sea level shaped like the tongue of a troll that extends out from the mountain.

From the main trailhead in Skjeggedal , the hike is 28 km (round-trip) and can take anywhere between 10-12 hours to complete depending upon the stops you make.

There’s another trailhead at Mågelitopp from where the round-trip hike is 20 km which can take about 8 -10 hours to complete.

The hike is long and arduous but worth it. The views from the top are magnificent! Nothing matches the joy and thrill of standing on the edge of the cliff and looking down at the crystal blue fjord right below.

• You must be well-equipped and well-prepared for the hike. Wear sturdy hiking boots and a wind and waterproof jacket. Pack some warm clothes because it gets cold as you gain elevation. Carry food and plenty of water. Once you’re on the trail, you’re on your own in terms of food and water, so pack wisely!
• There’s a small kiosk near the Skjeggedal trailhead where you can grab some basic snacks or a hot beverage before you begin the ascent. It’s a great spot for those last-minute munchies or for filling up your thermos with some hot cocoa or coffee.
• It’s best to take on this hike during the summer months of June, July, and August.
• Start early so you can get back before it gets dark. Plus, there is a limited number of parking spots at Skjeggedal and Mågelitopp so reaching early guarantees you a spot.
• If you want to leave your car at the hotel, there are shuttle services from Odda to Tyssedal and Skjeggedal and a shuttle bus from Skjeggedal to Mågelitopp.
• There are cliffs and fencing is missing so exercise caution.
• Don’t forget to check the weather forecast before embarking on a hike. Be aware that weather conditions can change quickly so be ready to handle the weather changes.
• I recommend you join a guided hike especially if you are not an experienced hiker as the local guides know the business in and out.

Traveler’s Tip: If you aren’t a hardcore hiker and find Trolltunga tough, the Buer Glacier is a good alternative. It’s a shorter trek, about 5 km round-trip, with fewer elevations but stunning glacial views. And if you want to skip hiking altogether, Odda Valley Museum , Agatunet , and Odda Church are some of the cultural gems in and around Odda.

Day 6: Odda to Flåm via Rental Car | Flåm Railway | Nærøyfjord Cruise

It’s not just another day in your 7-day Norway itinerary. It’s extra special. Today, you are going to meet the king of the fjords , Sognefjord , the largest and deepest fjord in Norway.

From cruising the wildest and most beautiful arm of Sognefjord, the UNESCO-listed Nærøyfjord to visiting a charming village of Flåm located on the other arm of Sognefjord, Aurlandsfjord to riding the scenic Flåm Railway to visiting a Viking village of Gudvangen located at the end of the Nærøyfjord to driving one of the steepest roads in Northern Europe, Stalheimskleiva that offers the scenic stops like Stalheimsfossen and Sivlefossen waterfalls – today’s going to rock!

And you’ll make a brief stop at a fairytale village of Undredal during your Nærøyfjord cruise with Heritage Taste Fjord Safari .

Stalheimskleiva is a little detour when driving from Odda to Flåm. Make a stop at Gudvangen and visit the Viking Valley .

Once in Flåm, board the Flåmsbana (Flåm Line) between Flåm and Myrdal. This 20 km long railway line lets you experience nature at its best coupled with historical cultural landscapes and the greatest engineering skills.

Flåm Railway Museum is a nice stopover before or after your Flåm Railway journey.

Known for its Viking-inspired ambiance, Aegir Brewery is the perfect place to enjoy some local brews and unwind after a long, adventurous day.

After a much-needed break, take a fjord cruise or fjord safari through Nærøyfjord. The 3-hour tour passes through tiny and charming fjord villages, endless waterfalls, majestic mountains, and mountainside farms. For me, this cruise was the best part of my trip to Norway.

The stories laced with Norwegian history and culture narrated by your guide keep you informed and entertained as you take in the beauty all around.

I booked Flåm Ferdaminne , a beautiful apartment with views of mountains and the ocean. The accommodation options in Flåm are limited so make sure you book well in advance.

Find the best deals for accommodations in Flåm

Day 7: Flåm to Oslo via Rental Car | Fly Back Home

There couldn’t be a better ending to your last day in Norway than this gorgeous road trip.

The road trip takes you through fascinating tunnels, medieval churches, charming towns, mountain passes, national parks, and dramatic fjords – In short, it’s another chance to witness Norway in its insanely beautiful glory before you leave (of course, to come back again)!

As you start from Flåm, take a slight detour from E16 to visit Stegastein viewpoint . You can also check Otternes Bygdetun , a cluster of old farmhouses for a different perspective on Norwegian culture on the way.

The viewpoint is a part of the National Tourist Road , Aurlandsfjellet (the snow road) which runs from Arland to Lærdal and gives stunning panoramic views of Aurlandsfjord.

There are many amazing stops like the Lærdal tunnel , Borgund Stave Church , Gol Stave Church , many beautiful waterfalls, and lovely sights like the one in the picture above depending upon the route you take.

⛵ Read my article about a road trip from Bergen to Oslo to know more about the routes you can take.

The drive is long (can take more than 6 hours with pitstops) so I’d suggest starting super early. I started at about 7 in the morning, reached Oslo at 3 pm, and still had time to explore around as my return flight was scheduled at 9 pm.

Alternative Tip: You can book your flight back home the next day so you can take this road trip at a leisurely pace rather than rushing through it.

To be honest, 7 days in Norway is too short a time to grasp the beauty it holds. Be that as it may, wherever you go in Norway and for however long you spend in Norway, you’ll cherish the experience forever.

Norway Travel FAQs

What is norway famous for.

Norway is known for its pure wilderness. From otherworldly fjords, lush woodlands, Viking heritage, arctic nature, endless outdoor adventures, and happiness index ranking to breathtaking northern lights, unreal midnight sun, stunning islands, charming villages, scenic rail journeys, beautiful road journeys, and delicious cuisine – Norway is famous for all things bright, beautiful, and delightful.

Is 7 Days Enough in Norway?

7 days in Norway are good enough to experience the highlights of the country. My 7-day Norway itinerary lets you explore the best of Norway in one week. It includes fjords, cities, small towns, and villages, rail journeys, road trips, culinary experiences, and everything Norwegian.

Is Norway Expensive to Visit?

Yes, it’s one of the most expensive countries in the world but worth every penny you spend. Yes, it’s that beautiful! Having said that, there are ways to cut costs and save money like booking a vacation home rental, cooking your own meals, buying discount passes for attractions and transport, exploring on foot, and looking for free things to do in the country (there are so many.)

What is the Best Time to Visit Norway?

Norway is stunning no matter the season. Still, the best time to visit Norway largely depends on your reason for visiting Norway. If outdoor adventure is what you are seeking – With extra long days and pleasant weather, June to August is the best time to go. If you wish to catch the elusive Northern Lights, September to March will be your best option. The shoulder seasons of spring and fall bring limitless natural beauty all around and perfect weather and is a great time to visit if you want to experience the country crowd-free.

How to Get Around Norway?

With an efficient transportation network, it’s easy peasy to navigate Norway. Super reliable rail, road, and sea network makes it easy even to venture into the remote parts of the country. Every city, town, and village is armored with an excellent system of buses, trams, undergrounds, and trains.

NORWAY TRAVEL ESSENTIALS Here are the essential resources that I use and recommend while planning a trip to Norway. For travel insurance: Heymondo . It’s the most affordable travel insurance with maximum coverage. For Connectivity: Airalo . It’s the first-ever eSIM global website where you can buy an eSIM at affordable prices and stay connected while traveling. For booking flights: Skyscanner and WayAway . They are the best search/comparison flight booking sites that help you find the best and cheapest flight deals. And with the WayAway membership plan, you’ll get cashback for every booking. Plus, with the special promo code “MELODIES” a 10% discount is activated. For finding accommodations: Booking.com and Agoda . They are the pioneers among hotel booking websites that give you a lot of choices with their huge selection of properties reviewed by travelers. For rental car: Discover Cars . It’s the best international car rental platform for all your car rental needs. For ground transport: 12Go . It’s one of the most popular sites for booking bus and train tickets across various destinations around the world. For tours & day trips: Viator ,  Get Your Guide , and Klook . They offer the best city tours and day excursions in Norway. For guidance on the go: A Lonely Planet Guidebook for Norway comes in handy here.

Save Our Guide to 1 Week in Norway to Pinterest

Anjali Chawla

32 thoughts on “7 Days in Norway Itinerary for the First-Time Visitors”

Norway is definitely somewhere I’d like to visit and this one-week itinerary looks amazing with stunning scenery, hiking a scenic train journey and Oslo. What’s not to like…though maybe a bit more time would be good! Thanks for sharing!

Thanks Linda. Absolutely Norway is a destination everyone must visit. The scenic train journey was a highlight of our trip. There is so much to see in Norway, you can definitely add more days to the itinerary. Hope you can take your trip sometime soon.

An amazing way to spend 7 days in Norway!

Thanks for reading and appreciating.

So many things you mention in this itinerary are on my list of things I want to see when I get to Norway. This itinerary will come in very handy.

We are so glad that you found the itinerary helpful. It keeps us motivated to write more. Thanks

Norway is so so beautiful. Sometimes, I wonder if a place like that exists in reality. Keep up the awesome work.

Yes indeed Norway has stunning natural beauty that’s mesmerizing. Ha ha, you must visit to check for that. Thanks for spending time and liking.

I visited Oslo when my children were little. They were delighted to run in the outdoor sculpture garden. We even saw naked Norwegian children swimming in the fountains. Great post!

Looks like you need to go back and explore Norway again with kids now. They will hav so much more to do. Ha ha, you reminded me of kids swimming in fountain in Philly, US. Thanks a lot for appreciating.

I’ve been meaning to visit Norway for a while. Thanks for making my life easier with such a great itinerary. Loved the suggestions and pictures!

Made our day by saying this. Glad to hear that you found the itininary helpful. Do let us know if you need any more suggestions, would lov to help. Do shares after you visit Norway

Ahh, Norway is such a dream destination of mine! I loved this first-timer’s guide. It’s exactly what I need to get my feet wet. I love the variety of regions you shared. Thanks for the inspiration!

Thanks Elena for stopping. Glad you found it helpful and inspiring for you to travel. Do let us know if you need any help in planning your trip.

I think it would be awesome to be in Norway to view the Northern Lights. Have you seen them? Great post and ideas for future travel opportunities.

That’s next thing on our bucket list. After witnessing the midnight sun, now we are planning for Northrern lights in Norway. Fingers crossed. Will share our experience regarding that.

I love this itinerary! Thank you for sharing. Question for you, we are trying to plan to mimic this trip for end of August. Wondering if you can remember how much you spent/how much we should budget by day? We’ve heard it can be pretty costly in Norway…!

My goodness, I hope I never have to ‘do’ Norway in a week! A week in each region would be more doable. But I guess, if you are limited by time, this sounds like a good place to to start.

Thanks for sharing this itinerary, it is really helpful and motivator to travel Norway and the celtic countries, beautiful description with pictures and emotions. I am planning to visit these countries. Thanks for all your advices and tips.

Hey, so nice to come across this. We as a family of 3 who love travelling. Visiting Norway for the first time, I am doing all my research. I’ve bookmark this page 🙂

Few question if you don’t mind answering: 1. How does parking a car and paying for it works? Being in UK we have many restrictions and car parks do get busy quite quickly. 2. If we can only do 1 fjord cruise, which one you recommend from your experience? 3. Not sure we can Hike Trolltunga, any other options that you like to suggest.

Thanks again for writing this wonderful blog. I am looking forward to read more.

Thanks for getting in touch 🙂 You’d love Norway. It’s a stunningly gorgeous country. And we are glad that you found our blog helpful. Okay, now let’s answer your questions:

1. Norway is strict when it comes to parking rules. It’s definitely a challenge to find parking in the main Norwegian cities and if you do, it’s quite expensive. You can find metered parking along city streets, parking lots, and parking garages. Once you find the right parking space, make sure to display a parking ticket (you can get it from the nearest automated parking meter or P-automat) on your car’s dashboard. You must carry Kroner coins to use P-automat. 2. I’d recommend Pulpit Rock Hike as it’s the easiest yet the most beautiful hike ( I feel so) in Norway. 3. If you don’t want to hike Trolltunga, you can extend another day in Bergen and hike from Fløyen to Ulriken (Vidden).

Hope this helps.

Happy Travels!

I am glad I come across this blog, visiting Norway soon this will be handy. May I ask you how was driving in Norway specially parking at places? Is there a 1-2 hour hike you have tried that you recommend ?

Great post and I am looking forward to read more…

Hello! I know this is an old post but wondering what you’d add to this trip if you had 10 days? Also, we’re a bit too lazy for Trolltunga so we’d exclude that. Thanks!

With 10 days on hand, I’d add Stavanger, Geiranger, and Trollstigen to this itinerary.

Day 1: Arrive in Oslo | Explore Oslo Day 2: Explore Oslo Day 3: Fly To Stavanger | Explore Stavanger Day 4: Stavanger to Bergen via flight | Explore Bergen (Or you can spend another day in Stavanger and enjoy Lysefjord Cruise) Day 5: Explore Bergen Day 6: Drive from Bergen to Flåm via Gudvangen Day 7: Flåm Railway | Nærøyfjord Cruise Day 8: Flåm to Geiranger | Geirangerfjord Cruise Day 9: Explore Geiranger | Trollstigen Day 10: Geiranger to Oslo | Fly Back Home

You can get ideas from our 2 weeks in Norway itinerary . If you don’t want to hike Trolltunga, you can spend some more time in Bergen as the city’s charming and has so much to explore. Hope this helps.

Happy Travels 🙂

We have an opportunity to visit Norway in March. Our main goal is seeing the Northern Lights . Is this feasible ?

March, in general, gives a good chance to see the northern lights. The spring equinox brings peaks in aurora activity making it the best time to witness this celestial wonder.

I was searching on google for 7 days itinerary and woila your blog was so easy to plan . I am planning for Norway in Sept and you blog will be of utmost help. thank you Anjali.

Thanks for the encouraging words, Ankur 🙂 I’m glad I could help. Norway is a gorgeous country. You are sure to fall in love with it. Happy travels!

Wonderful post.

Any suggestions on easier hikes in Norway? Fairly flat, up to 5km roundtrip.

How easy is it to get one-way car rentals?

Vøringsfossen – Måbødalen, Kyllingdalen, Sognsvann Loop, Briksdalsbreen, and Ustedalsfjorden Loop are a few easy and flat hikes or walks in Norway that I know about. You can easily get a one-way car rental, however, it usually doubles the rental charges as they add a one-way drop-off fee.

Great effort. Drooling here about the prospect. I note in your 2-week Norway you created a google map. Can you/Have you done the same for the 1 week? Thanks. Warren

Thanks Warren! I’ve just added a google map in my 1 week Norway itinerary. Hope it helps.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

© 2024 Travel Melodies. All Rights Reserved.

As an Amazon Associate, we earn from qualifying purchases.

• Best Time to Visit
• Weather & Climate
• Best Places to Go
• Puerto Rico's Airports
• Best Hotels in San Juan
• 48 Hours in San Juan
• 3 Days in Puerto Rico
• 7 Days in Puerto Rico
• Day Trips from San Juan
• Things to Do in San Juan
• Free Things to Do
• Natural Attractions
• Where to Go Hiking
• Best Beaches
• Best Shopping
• Top Museums
• Foods to Try
• Best Restaurants in San Juan
• Nightlife in San Juan
• Search Please fill out this field.
• Newsletters
• Destinations
• Puerto Rico
• Itineraries

7 Days in Paradise: An Itinerary for Your Puerto Rico Vacation

cdwheatley / Getty Images

A week in Puerto Rico: sounds like a dream vacation! One week will give you the chance to see and do a lot on the island, and this itinerary is designed to help you experience the many sides of Puerto Rico. You still won't be able to see and do it all, and the two island jewels, Vieques and Culebra, didn't make the list...but that's only because there is so much to cover on the mainland.

What do you need to know before you arrive? This handy checklist covers the basics. Here are a few other tips:

• Beachwear - An obvious one, but make sure you pack bathing suits, flip-flops, sunglasses, suntan lotion, goggles, and a nice bag to carry everything with you (you can certainly buy anything you've forgotten once you're here).
• Dress for success - Puerto Ricans are a fashionable lot, and you'll find well-dressed people especially if you're into nightlife. Fashionable and sexy clothing will help you fit right in at the clubs, lounges, and better restaurants.
• Pack light - There is great shopping in Puerto Rico, not just for internationally famous brands but also for local fashion, souvenirs, and other products. Make sure you have some space in your luggage!
• Leave winter behind - Even accounting for hurricane season, it rarely gets cold in Puerto Rico. Beyond a sweater or two, you probably won't need warm clothes while you're here. Check the weather to make sure, but don't overpack for the cold.

Day 1: Getting Settled in San Juan

Day One is about getting to the island and settling in. Because this is a seven-day trip, I'm assuming you're flying rather than sailing into Puerto Rico. In either case, make San Juan your base. The capital has enough going on to keep you busy for the duration of your stay, but it also provides easy access to many of Puerto Rico's other destinations.

You'll fly into Luis Muñoz Marin International Airport, one of the busiest airports in the Caribbean. From here, you're only about 15-20 minutes from the heart of the city. Now, your first question will be whether or not to rent a car. For the first three days, I'd advise against it. You'll be spending your time in the city, and taxis, a good pair of shoes, and public transportation will be good enough to get you around. Traffic and parking can be a nightmare in San Juan, and many hotels charge hefty parking fees.​

As for where to stay, two of the best, most romantic, and most expensive hotels in the city are El Convento and Chateau Cervantes. If you want to stay in the Old City, these are among your best bets. Here are are a few other options:

• Casino Hotels
• Budget Hotels
• Kid-friendly Hotels (three of the five listed are in San Juan)

Your first day is all about settling in and getting acquainted. If you're staying in Old San Juan, the ancient walled city on the eastern edge of San Juan, you might want to stroll its cobblestone streets and take in its romantic charm. If you're staying in the resort strip of Condado or Isla Verde, I'd suggest hitting the Condado or Isla Verde beaches.

When you're ready for dinner, head to Fortaleza Street in Old San Juan, the dining hotspot in San Juan, and check out one of these excellent restaurants:

• Trois Cent Onze

After dinner, take a short walk in the old city, and then retire for the night. Your vacation is just getting started.

Day Two: Old San Juan

On your second day, head to Old San Juan and the heart of colonial Puerto Rico. Over four hundred years old, Old San Juan, or Viejo San Juan , as the locals call it, is a small, breathtaking city, bounded by walls and by the ocean. Cobblestone streets, wrought-iron balconies, and buildings painted in tropical colors greet you as you walk.

Start your first morning in Puerto Rico with a local staple for breakfast at an island institution. Head to La Bombonera , on San Francisco Street, and try out a delicious mallorca. After, take a walking tour to ensure you get the most out of your day in the old city. You can check out this suggested tour , or download a walking tour onto your iPod. Another option is to take a tour. Legends of Puerto Rico  conducts both a day tour and a fantastic Night Tales in Old San Juan tour.

Along your tour, you'll come across tempting restaurants and shops. Old San Juan has excellent shopping, particularly for jewelry , local souvenirs , and clothes: feel free to indulge.

As for lunch and dinner, here are a few suggestions. For lunch, enjoy a hearty 'Rican meal at El Jibarito on Sol Street. If you crave something a little more sophisticated, head to El Picoteo in Hotel El Convento for excellent Spanish tapas.

End the afternoon at the magnificent Raíces Fountain. From here, it's a short walk to Fortaleza Street, where you can try one of the restaurants on the list for Day One, or, for a truly transporting meal, head to Panza, one of Puerto Rico's most romantic , elegant, and outstanding restaurants.

Day One and Two covered the old city; on Day Three, you'll see the rest of Puerto Rico's capital.

Day Three: Touring San Juan

On Day Three, it's time to go beyond the old city and into the rest of San Juan. Since the beach is a big reason to come to Puerto Rico, it makes sense that you devote the morning to lying on one of San Juan's glittering stretches of sand. Where you lay down your blanket will depend on what you want:

• Isla Verde and Condado Beaches are the ritzy resort strips where people go to see and be seen.
• El Escambrón , in the Puerta de Tierra neighborhood, is popular with the locals and is a "Blue Flag" beach (a designation given to clean, well-maintained beaches).
• Ocean Park Beach has a more laid-back vibe.

Where you spend the morning will also dictate where you eat lunch. Here is one suggestion for each beach:

• Isla Verde and Condadao - check out Ceviche House for a fresh, light departure from local cuisine.
• El Escambrón - that's an easy one. There's an excellent Puerto Rican restaurant by the same name right on the premises.
• Ocean Park - head to Pinky's on Maria Moczo Street for healthy burritos, wraps and excellent smoothies.

The afternoon can be spent in several ways, depending on your tastes. Here are five suggestions:

• Museum lovers must visit the inspiring Puerto Rican Museum of Art in Santurce. (A worthy second stop is the Museum of Contemporary Art.)
• Nature lovers should check out the sprawling Botanical Garden in Hato Rey
• Shopaholics will want to hit the fashionable boutiques on Ashford Avenue in Condado.
• Gamblers should head to one of these hotels to try their luck.
• Bacardi fans should visit the Bacardi Distillery, one of the best free activities on the island.

Day Three (Continued): Enjoying the San Juan Nightlife

After a busy day, return to your hotel and relax until dinner. When you're ready to head out for the night, pick from the following itineraries, sorted by neighborhood:

Old San Juan

• Bodega Chic (Calle Cristo 51), Barú (creative Puerto Rican) and Dragonfly (Latin-Asian fusion) all have the advantage of serving excellent food and converting into hip lounges later at night.
• After dinner, you can also head to the Nuyorican Café for a night of sultry salsa dancing and live bands.
• End your night at one of Old San Juan's late-night bars, like El Burénor at Club Lazer , where the party doesn't stop until dawn.

The hotels are where it's at here:

• Destination: The Water & Beach Club . For dinner, try Tangerine, a sexy restaurant with a naughty menu, then head upstairs to Wet, the hotel's awesome open-air rooftop lounge.
• Destination: El San Juan Hotel & Casino . Start with dinner at the excellent Italian La Piccola Fontana, and then migrate to the best casino in San Juan. Also at the hotel is one of the city's best clubs in Club Brava.

Miramar and Puerta de Tierra

• For fine dining in a lovely setting, check out Delirio or Chayote, in Miramar. Both are the restaurants of local celebrity chef Alfredo Ayala.
• From either restaurant, you're just a short ride away from the stylish N Lounge at the Hotel Normandie.

Ocean Park and Santurce

• Dinner at the eclectic and excellent Pamela's is a must for Ocean Park denizens.
• If it's the weekend, the place to be after dinner is La Placita in Santurce, an open-air block party where the locals gather for cheap drinks and a festive atmosphere. You can also check out Dunabars in Ocean Park, where live bands and a laid-back vibe will welcome you.

Day 4: Excursion to Two Landmark Puerto Rico Attractions

You have an option today of renting a car for the remainder of your trip or taking a guided tour to two of Puerto Rico attractions that are not only unique but in their own way, wondrous. If you want someone else to drive, call ahead and reserve a tour to the Arecibo Telescope and the Camuy Caves.

There are several tour companies that offer this package. Try  Countryside Tours . Several hotels also offer the tour, so you might want to check with the front desk before making a call.

Of course, you can also opt to drive yourself. Most of the major car rental companies are represented on the island. The observatory is about 1.5 hours west of San Juan. It's mostly a straight shot on Route 22 until you reach the town of Arecibo. Then head south on Route 10 for about 20 miles and then follow the signs to the observatory. From here, take Route 129 southwest for roughly 12 miles to the entrance of the Camuy Caves.

So, why are you making this trip? Simply put, you're visiting two sites that are unique in the world. The Arecibo Telescope  is the world's largest radio telescope, a remarkable feat of engineering, and the site of the climactic last scene in the Bond movie "GoldenEye" (for all the 007 fans).

The Camuy Caves are among the largest subterranean cave systems in the world, and the only one of its size to boast an underground river. Visitors travel in open-air trolleys and then take a 45-minute walk through the caves, admiring the stalactites, stalagmites, and natural vegetation that flourishes in the system.

This is an all-day trip. Fortunately, you'll be rewarded in the evening with a culinary excursion into Puerto Rican fine dining. After a rest in your hotel, head to Ajili Mójili and enjoy some of the best local cuisine on the island.

Day 5: Visiting El Yunque

If you didn't rent a car yesterday, you'll definitely need it today, because it's the best way to visit Puerto Rico's natural treasure and cultural icon: El Yunque National Forest .

Rather than stop for lunch, take a picnic lunch that you can enjoy deep in the rainforest after a good hike. Fortunately, on the way to El Yunque along Route 3, you'll find one of Puerto Rico's better panaderías , or bakeries (but really, they're much more than just bakeries). Panadería Don Nico serves up a mean menu of sandwiches and local pastries...just what you need for your trip.

After the rainforest, continue along Route 3, heading east, and look out for signs for Luquillo Beach. A pleasant, beautifully kept and fully serviced public beach, Luquillo is wildly popular with Puerto Ricans, and it will make for a complete change from the rainforest.

For dinner, drive back along Route 3 until you find a string of roadside eateries. There are the famous kiosks of Luquillo, home to dozens of small shacks and tiny restaurants that serve up a blend of local specialties, finger foods, greasy snacks, and cheap drinks. It's a complete departure from yesterday's fine restaurant. The kiosks are rustic Puerto Rico at its best.

After dinner, most people will want to head home. The truly intrepid, however, might want to head east, to Fajardo. Call ahead at Yokahú Kayak Trips (787-604-7375), who will take you out into Fajardo's biobay where you can take a glow-in-the-dark nighttime swim. It's an eerie but fantastic experience if you're up for a late night out.

Day 6: Choose Your Adventure in Puerto Rico (Or Lack Thereof)

On your last full day, you might be raring to kick your vacation up a notch, or you might be ready to relax and take it easy. For the former, try the following three options:

• Aventura Tierra Adentro : This tour company is designed to feed your adrenaline. With canyoning, rappelling, free-jumping, caving, and a host of other dangerous-sounding activities on its menu, it's guaranteed to end your Puerto Rico trip on an exhilarating note.
• Sailing & Snorkeling : Fajardo is the sailing capital of Puerto Rico, and you're much better off by driving to the eastern coast and hopping aboard the Erin Go Bragh for a day sail to one of the many islets around the mainland.
• Diving : If you want to dive (Puerto Rico has excellent dive sites), you'll want to switch this day's activities with Day 5, to give you an extra day until your flight out. You'll also want to contact Ocean Sports in Isla Verde, who will be happy to introduce you to Puerto Rico's underwater kingdom.

However, if you want to take it easy you might want to check Day 3's itinerary and follow one of the activities you missed out on. There's always shopping, the beach, the casino, and the old city to keep you entertained. You can also take a leisurely day trip out to Piñones , a nearby beachfront community that makes for a pleasant rustic retreat.

If you're sticking around the city, you must visit La Casita Blanca  for lunch. Tucked away in Santurce, this small, unpretentious spot is Puerto Rican home-cooking at its best, as its legions of fans will readily attest.

For dinner, you might want to veer away from the heavy local diet, especially if you ate at La Casita Blanca. If so, try one of these interesting international choices. But if you've saved up for a special last meal, head to the Puerto Rican Museum of Art and Pikayo where the line between food and art get happily blurred.

Day 7: Leaving Puerto Rico

On your last day, relax and enjoy what's left of your vacation in San Juan. The beach might call, you may have souvenirs to buy, or you may just want a last look at Viejo San Juan. Day 7 is not about saying "goodbye," but rather, "see you soon."

Related Articles

More related articles.

• Meet the Team
• Work With Us
• Itineraries
• Italy Travel Guide
• Hawaii Travel Guide
• Travel Tips

The Perfect 7-Day Alaska Itinerary

From the crackle of campfires to the snow-dusted mountain backdrops, Alaska is a fantastic travel destination for anyone looking for outdoor adventures, beautiful landscapes, and the ability to catch a glimpse of things you don’t see in your regular like, like glaciers and bears.

With this 7-Day Alaska Itinerary you’ll be all set with a road trip through Alaska, where you’ll encounter a kaleidoscope of natural sceneries while traveling in one of the most awesome places to visit in the United States.

Unsure how to plan a fun-filled road trip to Alaska’s top attractions and sights? This guide will take you on a trip through this state’s top spots and sights to see, with many adrenaline-fuelled activities sprinkled along the way.

» You might also want to see our guide for Juneau .

Rent a Campervan and See Even More

Have you ever considered a road trip in a campervan? Driving yourself from place to place in your destination is a great way to see more, do more, and spend less!

Escape Campervans are the largest in North America with 600+ campervans and lots of good reviews. Escape your routine and embrace your adventurous spirit by exploring the world in a campervan.

Table of Contents

Self-Drive vs Tour Group

There are many ways to see Alaska, including a cruise, a self-drive road trip, or a guided tour. All of these options have their pros and cons. We usually prefer to do a self-drive trip and that’s why our itinerary is built for driving.

In the itinerary we’ve included some of our favorite day tours that you can partake in along the way, so it’s sort of a hybrid self/guided tour.

There are a lot of pre-organized tours you can take that will allow you to see it all without having to do any of the planning or logistics. That can be a really nice relaxing way to experience Alaska.

Here are a few guided tours we recommend:

• Alaska 7-Day Brown Bear and Denali Adventure from Anchorage
• 9-Day Ultimate Alaska Adventure

Are 7 Days in Alaska Enough?

While you could take a lifetime to explore every nook and cranny this region has to offer, an Alaska one-week itinerary is the perfect amount of time to travel and explore this region.

Filled with national parks and glaciers to explore, you’ll need at least 7 days to be able to get to all the top sights, but you can scratch off most of what you want to see in this amount of time.

A shorter trip in these snowy terrains might be an attractive choice, but you’ll either spend half the time traveling or only be able to see one or two spaces.

If you have 2 weeks to spare, you can either space this itinerary out and enjoy seeing more things in each location, or you can pack in more sights.

How to Get Around

From the fishing community of Sitka to the amazing things to do in Juneau , Alaska is known as the largest state in the US. Although spending your time in the snow-capped landscape is the ultimate draw of Alaska, you’ll have to come to terms with the fact that you’ll spend a lot of time on the road.

While touring this majestic area is possible with public transport, such as bus services and the Alaska Railroad for long-distance travel, renting a car is the more convenient option.

Whether you’re renting a small vehicle or opting for an RV road trip experience, you’ll be able to operate on your schedule and get to your destination much faster. Here are some basic rules that might apply when you rent a car in Alaska:

• You need to be over 20 years old to rent a car (some car rental establishments also add an extra charge if you’re under 25).
• Many agencies require you to return the vehicle with a full tank of gas and at the same city you rented it in (otherwise, a hefty charge will be added to your bill).
• While visiting a car rental agency at the airport is an easy option, you should consider trying a local establishment instead to potentially cut down on costs.

7 Day Alaska Itinerary: Day-to-Day Guide

With a keen sense of adventure and a hidden stash of road trip snacks, you can tour the winding paths of Alaska in style and comfort.

From the historic center of Anchorage all the way to the icy pleasures of the Matanuska Glacier, this sanctuary of simple living is a unique setting to explore. Take a look at your Alaska road trip itinerary to prepare yourself for the experience of a lifetime.

Here is a list of the best places to stay in Alaska to help you find great hotels along the way.

Day 1 & 2: Anchorage and Talkeetna

The moment your touch down at the Ted Stevens Anchorage International Airport, you’ll encounter the homey charm of Alaska’s largest city. Filled with amazing museums and animal-dotted parks, Anchorage is the place to start your one week in Alaska with a bang.

To ensure some rest before trekking the riveting roads of Alaska, you can spend some time in this city to get your bearings and dip your toe into what this state offers.

To get a taste of Alaska’s beautiful biodiversity, you can take a trip to the Alaska Botanical Garden to get your fill of this state’s greenery in a controlled setting. From whimsical wildflower trails to a heritage garden, this space will have all nature lovers swoon from its lush plains.

For a walk on the arty side, you can go to the Anchorage Museum to experience a fantastic array of cultural and historic-centered exhibits and activities.

Whether you’re looking to see a dazzling display of Alaskan heritage pieces or looking to attend a pop-up concert, this space will have you enchanted from start to finish.

On the second day, you can slowly make your way to the charming little town of Talkeetna to cut a few hours of your driving to the next destination on your Alaska road trip planner. This pit stop is worth the visit, from dog sledding to enjoying its rustic edges.

Tours to enjoy:

• Anchorage City Tour w/ Taste of Wild Smoked Salmon & Reindeer Sausage
• Wilderness, Wildlife, Glacier Experience, add upgrade to Portage Glacier Cruise
• Anchorage Aurora Quest – Northern Lights Photo Tour

Day 3 & 4: Denali National Park

Start the day early by heading down to Denali National Park , which takes about 2 hours and 40 minutes to get there, for two days of epic exploration of Alaska’s rugged beauty. From the highest peak of Mount Mckinley to the depths of Wonder Lake, this space always has something new to explore. No trip to this picturesque park is the same, as the various seasons transform this natural setting into a different landscape each season. From the icy adventures of snowshoeing in winter to frolicking through wildflowers in spring, Denali Park provides a diverse set of outdoor activities.

With only one road in Denali National Park, you’ll only be able to travel a short distance in the park itself, and the rest can be explored through either guided or free bus trips.

The various bus routes you choose are dependent on what you’re looking to include in your trip, like hiking or ranger excursions, so be sure to plan ahead of time.

Various designated camping areas are speckled inside the park and are the perfect opportunity to test your wilderness skills and sleep under a blanket of stars.

If you’re looking to extend your stay to search for the elusive illuminating wonder of the northern lights, you can embark on a guided tour near the vicinity. With expert photography tips and a warm drink in hand, you’ll be able to capture this prism-colored event in full throttle.

• Denali Experience Flightseeing Tour from Talkeetna
• Denali Park Zipline Adventure
• Wilderness Wave

Day 5: Palmer

On this day, you’ll have to embrace the long drive to your next destination (around three hours and 39 minutes, so be sure to delve into some car games to pass the time).

Once you get to Palmer, you’ll be able to experience the down-to-earth charm of farm life. Interestingly, this town was initially founded as a social experiment according to the New Deal implemented in 1935.

Amongst the beautiful backdrop of the Chugach Mountains, remnants of the past can still be seen amongst the scenery, such as the Colony House Museum. The house itself celebrates Alaska’s rich heritage and displays the appearance of a family home during colonial times.

If you find yourself in the town’s vicinity in late August, you’ll be able to catch the stately splendors of the Alaska State Fair. Filled with prized produce and a lively atmosphere, you’ll be able to celebrate the many farm-fresh finds of the season like a true local!

Another quaint attraction peppered along the way is the fuzzy haven of the Musk Ox Farm near Palmer. With a tour that explores the ins and outs of farm life, you’ll have a blast getting a close encounter with these musky mammals.

Day 5 & 6: Seward & Surrounds

Seward and its surroundings are the final unexplored destination of your best Alaska road trip, with another epic day of driving along the way. While the long-distance (approximately just above three hours long) might be quite taxing, you can stop at these locations along the way to stretch your legs:

• A quick hike at Flattop mountain – Known as one of the most popular mountain peaks to hike, this 3-mile walk along nature might be the perfect break from driving.
• Take a gander at a glacier – While you’re driving along the Seward Highway, you can take the Herman Leirer Road to make your way to the Exit Glacier of Kenai Fjords National Park . This glacier is a frosty natural wonder to witness as this wall of ice appears like a flowing river stuck in time by a frozen embrace.

Known for its sensational scenery and its saltwater salmon, the nautical escape of Seward is a must-see when visiting Alaska, from the bobbing boats at Seward Waterfront to the bellowing calls of whales at Kenai Fjords National Park.

One of the main attractions in the salty-aired region is the marine animal marvel of the Alaska SeaLife Center. This excursion will not disappoint; whether you’re ready to feel the squishy creatures at the Discovery Pool or looking to wave to seals at their enclosure, this excursion will not disappoint.

• Kenai Fjords and Resurrection Bay Half-Day Wildlife Cruise
• Exit Glacier Ice Hiking Adventure from Seward
• Wilderness Dog Sled Ride and Tour in Seward

Day 7: Drive Back to Anchorage

To make sure you don’t rush to the airport in early morning haste, you can use your last day to stay one more night in the lovely Anchorage. You can slowly make your way back during the day and visit various attractions that will be the perfect end to your trip.

These anchorage itinerary activities include the stately woodland quarters of Alaska Native Heritage Center and the Tony Knowles Coastal Trail.

Final Thoughts on a 7-Day Alaska Road Trip

With a wide array of exciting and relaxing outdoor activities, this forest-laden space will convince all who walk among its plains of the treasured beauty of nature.

This North American region is a large and magnificent state with a perfect opportunity to delve into the wondrous world of experiencing life on the road.

Be Prepared For Travel Planning is the most important part of any successful trip. Do it the easy way:

🧳 Travel Packing List | ✔️ Why You Need Travel Insurance | ✈️ What to Do Before You Leave Home

• Find and book the best hotel (our favorite booking site is Expedia)
• Research flight options (our favorite tool is Skyscanner )
• Book a tour (we always use Viator to find the best tours)
• Rent a car through Discover Cars (they search the best deals for you!)

YOU MIGHT ALSO LIKE

14 Fun & Tasty Things to Do in Juneau Alaska

17 Awesome Places to Visit in the United States

5 Inspiring Canada Road Trip Tips & Itineraries

Holland America Cruises for First Timers

Like this post? Why not save it to Pinterest? FOLLOW US  on  Pinterest ,  Instagram ,  Facebook  for more great travel inspiration and tips.

Laura Lynch, creator and writer of Savored Journeys, is an avid world traveler, certified wine expert, and international food specialist. She has written about travel and food for over 20 years and has visited over 75 countries. Her work has been published in numerous guidebooks, websites, and magazines.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Travel Resources

Travel With Me 24 X 7

Travel itinerary, Travel guide and Destination reviews

Best Michigan Road Trip Itinerary – Perfect Road Trip to Michigan

Are you looking for a Michigan road trip itinerary? Then read this blog on the perfect road trip to Michigan, a treasure trove of natural beauty, historic charm, and vibrant cities. A road trip through Michigan offers a diverse experience, from the shores of the Great Lakes to quaint towns and bustling cities.

👉🏼7 Best Places In US That Look Like Europe – European like cities in the US

Michigan Road Trip Itinerary – Road Trip Through Michigan

This Maine road trip itinerary takes you on a scenic journey, highlighting why each stop is worth visiting, things to do, scenic stops in between, and tips to make the most of your trip.

Day 1: Detroit city tour and then drive to Ann Arbor

• Distance: 45 miles

Start your road trip in Detroit, a city known for its rich automotive history, vibrant arts scene, and revitalized downtown. The drive to Ann Arbor is short but scenic, offering a transition from urban energy to this college town’s charming, tree-lined streets.

Things to Do in Detroit:

• The Henry Ford Museum: Explore America’s history of innovation with exhibits on automobiles, aviation, and more.
• Detroit Institute of Arts: Home to one of the largest and most significant art collections in the U.S.
• Riverwalk: Stroll along the Detroit River with stunning views of Canada.

Scenic Stops – Belle Isle Park: A beautiful island park on the Detroit River with a conservatory, aquarium, and breathtaking views.

Overnight Stay – Graduate Ann Arbor – A mid-budget hotel near the University of Michigan with a quirky, collegiate vibe.

Pro Travel Tips – Detroit offers numerous free or low-cost activities, such as visiting the Eastern Market or exploring public art installations.

Day 2: Ann Arbor city tour and drive to Holland

• Distance: 145 miles
• Route: I-94 West to I-196 West

Ann Arbor’s vibrant cultural scene and the scenic drive to Holland, a town known for its Dutch heritage, make for an enriching day. The route takes you through picturesque landscapes, with opportunities for scenic detours.

Things to Do in Ann Arbor:

• University of Michigan Museum of Art: A diverse collection of over 19,000 works of art.
• Nichols Arboretum: A beautiful, sprawling garden perfect for a peaceful walk.
• Main Street: Explore local shops, cafes, and restaurants in the heart of downtown.

Scenic Stops:

• Kalamazoo Nature Center: A quick detour offers nature trails, wildlife, and beautiful views.
• Saugatuck Dunes State Park: Before reaching Holland, stop for a hike among the towering dunes and pristine beaches.

Overnight Stay – CityFlatsHotel Holland – An eco-friendly boutique hotel in downtown Holland’s heart.

Pro Travel Tips – If you’re visiting in spring, attend Holland’s Tulip Time Festival, a vibrant celebration of the town’s Dutch heritage.

👉🏼10 Best Road Trips from Phoenix, Arizona – Perfect Weekend Trips + Short Scenic Drives

Day 3: Holland city tour and drive to Sleeping Bear Dunes National Lakeshore

• Distance: 120 miles
• Route: US-31 North

The drive from Holland to Sleeping Bear Dunes is one of Michigan’s most scenic routes. You’ll travel along the Lake Michigan shoreline, offering endless water views and quaint lakeside towns.

Things to Do in Holland:

• Windmill Island Gardens: Home to the only authentic Dutch windmill operating in the U.S.
• Holland State Park: A perfect spot for a beach day or a hike with views of Big Red, Michigan’s most famous lighthouse.
• Grand Haven: A picturesque town known for its beaches, boardwalk, and musical fountain.
• Muskegon: Visit Pere Marquette Park, a beautiful beach favorite among locals.

Overnight Stay – Lakeshore Inn Traverse City – A comfortable, mid-budget option near Traverse City with easy access to Sleeping Bear Dunes.

Pro Travel Tips: Sleeping Bear Dunes offers some of the best hiking in Michigan. For incredible vistas, check out the Pierce Stocking Scenic Drive.

Day 4: Sleeping Bear Dunes tour and then drive to Mackinac Island

• Distance: 100 miles to Mackinaw City, then ferry to Mackinac Island
• Route: M-22 North to US-31 North

Sleeping Bear Dunes is a natural wonder, and the drive to Mackinaw City offers breathtaking views of Lake Michigan. Mackinac Island, accessible only by ferry, is a step back in time, with no cars allowed and horse-drawn carriages as the primary mode of transportation.

Things to Do in Sleeping Bear Dunes:

• Dune Climb: Challenge yourself with a hike up the towering dunes.
• Glen Arbor: Explore this charming village known for its art galleries and boutiques.
• Charlevoix: A beautiful town known for its unique “Mushroom Houses” and stunning lakeshore.
• Petoskey: Famous for its historic Gaslight District and as the place where Ernest Hemingway spent his summers.

Overnight Stay – The Inn at Stonecliffe – A historic, mid-budget hotel on Mackinac Island offering serene views of Lake Huron.

Pro Travel Tips: Plan your visit to Mackinac Island early, as hotels can book quickly, especially in the summer.

Day 5: Mackinac Island city tour and drive to the Upper Peninsula (Pictured Rocks National Lakeshore)

• Distance: 140 miles from St. Ignace (after ferry) to Pictured Rocks
• Route: I-75 North to M-123 North to M-28 West

The Upper Peninsula (U.P.) is a pristine wilderness, and Pictured Rocks National Lakeshore is one of its crown jewels. The journey offers a mix of rugged landscapes, serene forests, and stunning views of Lake Superior.

👉🏼Best Day Trips From Chicago For Families (Weekend Trips From Chicago)

Things to Do on Mackinac Island:

• Fort Mackinac: Explore the island’s rich history at this well-preserved 18th-century fort.
• Arch Rock: A natural limestone arch offering panoramic views of Lake Huron.
• Biking the Island: Rent a bike and explore the island’s 8-mile perimeter road.
• Tahquamenon Falls State Park: One of the largest waterfalls east of the Mississippi, surrounded by lush forests.
• Seney National Wildlife Refuge: A haven for birdwatchers and nature enthusiasts.

Overnight Stay – Pictured Rocks Inn & Suites, Munising – A comfortable mid-budget hotel near the Pictured Rocks National Lakeshore entrance.

Pro Travel Tips – Book a boat tour at Pictured Rocks to see the colorful cliffs from the water – it’s the best way to experience this natural wonder.

FAQs – Road Trip to  Michigan – Road Trip in Michigan

Let’s read some frequently asked questions about the Michigan road trip, which will help you plan a trip through Michigan.

• What is the best time of year to take a Michigan road trip?

The best time to take a Michigan road trip is from late spring (May) to early fall (October). During this period, you can enjoy mild temperatures, blooming flowers, and vibrant fall foliage. Summer is the peak season, with warm weather perfect for exploring beaches and outdoor activities.

• How many days do I need for a Michigan road trip?

A 5 to 7-day road trip is ideal for exploring Michigan’s highlights, including Detroit, Ann Arbor, the Lake Michigan shoreline, Mackinac Island, and the Upper Peninsula.

• Are there any scenic routes I should take on a road trip to Michigan?

Yes, Michigan offers several scenic routes:

M-22: A beautiful drive along the Lake Michigan shoreline through the Leelanau Peninsula.

US-31: A scenic route along the west coast of Michigan, offering views of Lake Michigan and charming lakeside towns.

M-123: A picturesque route through the Upper Peninsula, passing through Tahquamenon Falls State Park.

• How do I get to Mackinac Island?

Mackinac Island is accessible only by ferry from Mackinaw City (from the Lower Peninsula) or St. Ignace (from the Upper Peninsula). The ferry ride takes about 15-20 minutes. Major ferry operators include Shepler’s Ferry and Star Line Ferry.

Michigan does not have toll roads on major highways. However, you may encounter bridge tolls, such as the Mackinac Bridge toll. Depending on the season, the Mackinac Bridge toll for passenger vehicles is around $4.00 each way.

• Are there any entrance fees for the parks and attractions?

Yes, some parks and attractions may require entrance fees:

• Sleeping Bear Dunes National Lakeshore: $25 per vehicle for a 7-day pass.
• Pictured Rocks National Lakeshore: $20 per vehicle for a 7-day pass.
• Tahquamenon Falls State Park: Requires a Michigan Recreation Passport, which costs $12 for Michigan residents and $36 for non-residents.
• What should I pack for a road trip through Michigan?

Pack layers, as Michigan weather can vary throughout the day. Essentials include comfortable walking shoes, a rain jacket, sunscreen, bug spray, a hat, and a reusable water bottle. Bring warmer clothing for cooler evenings if you visit during the fall.

This Michigan road trip itinerary perfectly blends city excitement, small-town charm, and natural beauty. Each stop offers something unique, making it a road trip you will never forget. Enjoy your journey through the Great Lakes State!

Picture Courtesy – CanvaPro

Follow more on social media channels at 

Facebook     Twitter     Instagram     Pinterest

All content and photos belong to travelwithme247blog(dot) com ,  and using content/photos without permission would result in legal action.

DISCLAIMER  – The  blog’s  content is solely my views of a place or a thing.  This  does not offend any class, religion, ethnicity, or nation. My views can change from time to time. This blog may contain some advertisements or links to commercial products, so this site is not responsible after you click on those advertisements. 

We are the independent owner of this site, and the views expressed in this are our own. I own all the photographs. There can be slight differences in distances, locations, or some details for which I (owner) am not responsible. This post may contain some affiliate links, which means at no additional cost to you. I will earn money if you click through affiliates and make a purchase.

Share this:

• Click to share on Telegram (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Reddit (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Twitter (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on WhatsApp (Opens in new window)
• Click to email a link to a friend (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on LinkedIn (Opens in new window)
• Click to print (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Facebook (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Flipboard (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Pinterest (Opens in new window)

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Discover more from Travel With Me 24 X 7

Subscribe now to keep reading and get access to the full archive.

Type your email…

Continue reading

Support our educational content for free when you purchase through links on our site. Learn more

What to Pack for a 7 Day Trip: The Ultimate Packing List [2023]

• June 16, 2023
• Travel Checklists

Welcome to Travel Checklist™, where we make packing for your trips a breeze! We understand that preparing for a 7-day trip can be overwhelming, which is why we've put together this ultimate packing list to help you stay organized and ensure you have everything you need. Whether you're embarking on a beach vacation or exploring a new city, we've got you covered. So grab your suitcase and let's get started!

Table of Contents

• Packing Essentials
• Electronics
• Miscellaneous

What do I need to pack for a one week trip?

How do you pack a 7 day carry on, how many days of clothes can you fit in a carry on, quick tips and facts, final thoughts, 1. packing essentials.

Before we dive into specific items, let's talk about the essentials you should pack for any 7-day trip. These items are a must-have regardless of your destination or travel style:

• Travel documents : Don't forget your passport, ID cards, driver's license, visas, and travel insurance information. Keep them organized in a secure travel wallet.
• Money and cards : Bring enough cash and make sure to have a mix of credit and debit cards. It's always wise to have some local currency on hand.
• Travel adapters : Depending on your destination, you might need an adapter to charge your electronic devices. Research the electrical outlets in the country you're visiting and pack the appropriate adapter.
• Medications : If you take any prescription medication, ensure you have enough for the duration of your trip. It's also a good idea to pack a small first aid kit with essentials like band-aids and pain relievers.
• Reusable water bottle : Stay hydrated during your trip by bringing a refillable water bottle. It's both eco-friendly and cost-effective.
• Travel-sized laundry detergent : If you plan to do laundry during your trip, pack a small container of travel-sized laundry detergent. This will come in handy for hand-washing clothes in a sink or using the hotel's laundry facilities.

2. Clothing

When it comes to packing clothing for a 7-day trip, versatility is key. Aim to pack items that can be mixed and matched to create multiple outfits. Here's a breakdown of what you'll need:

• Tops : Pack a combination of short-sleeve and long-sleeve tops, depending on the weather at your destination. Opt for lightweight, breathable fabrics.
• Bottoms : Include a mix of pants, shorts, and skirts. Choose versatile pieces in neutral colors that can be dressed up or down.
• Dresses : If you prefer dresses, pack a few that can be worn during the day or dressed up for evening activities.
• Outerwear : Depending on the climate, pack a light jacket, sweater, or cardigan for cool evenings or unexpected temperature changes.
• Undergarments : Don't forget essentials like underwear and socks. Pack enough for each day of your trip, plus a couple of extra pairs.
• Shoes : Select comfortable shoes that are suitable for the activities you have planned. A pair of sneakers, sandals, and one dressier option should cover your bases.

Remember, the key to fitting all your clothing in your suitcase is to roll your clothes instead of folding them. This not only saves space but also minimizes wrinkles.

3. Toiletries

Toiletries are a crucial part of any packing list. Here are some essential items you shouldn't forget:

• Travel-sized toiletries : Opt for travel-sized versions of your favorite shampoo, conditioner, body wash, and lotion. These are not only convenient for travel but also meet TSA regulations for carry-on liquids.
• Toothbrush and toothpaste : Don't forget these daily essentials for maintaining good oral hygiene.
• Haircare : Bring a brush or comb, hair ties, and any styling products you use regularly.
• Skincare : Pack your essential skincare products, such as cleansers, moisturizers, and sunscreen.
• Makeup : If you wear makeup, bring your must-have items like foundation, mascara, and lipstick. Remember to pack travel-sized versions or decant your products into smaller containers.
• Personal hygiene items : Don't forget items like deodorant, razors, and feminine hygiene products.

Pro-tip: To save space, consider using solid toiletries, such as shampoo bars and solid deodorant.

4. Electronics

In this digital age, electronics play a crucial role in our day-to-day lives, even while traveling. Here are the electronics you should consider packing for a 7-day trip:

• Phone and charger : Your smartphone will likely be your go-to device for navigation, communication, and entertainment. Don't forget to bring your charger and consider a portable power bank for on-the-go charging.
• Camera : If you're a photography enthusiast, pack your camera and any necessary accessories like extra batteries and memory cards.
• Laptop or tablet : If you need to work or want to enjoy your favorite TV shows during downtime, bring your laptop or tablet along with the necessary chargers.
• E-readers : If you're an avid reader, packing an e-reader can save space and weight compared to bringing physical books.
• Headphones : Noise-canceling headphones are a traveler's best friend. They help drown out background noise during flights or long bus rides.

Pro-tip: Invest in a travel adapter that has USB ports, so you can charge multiple electronic devices simultaneously.

5. Miscellaneous

Now that we've covered the essentials, let's discuss some miscellaneous items that can come in handy during your 7-day trip:

• Daypack or tote bag : A small daypack or tote bag is useful for carrying essentials during day trips or exploring the city.
• Travel pillow and blanket : If you're traveling by plane or train, a travel pillow and blanket can make your journey more comfortable.
• Reusable shopping bag : Having a foldable reusable shopping bag is practical for carrying groceries, souvenirs, or beach essentials.
• Travel locks : Keep your belongings secure with travel locks for your luggage.
• Travel-size laundry bag : Separate dirty clothes from clean ones by packing a travel-size laundry bag.

Now that you have a comprehensive packing list, it's time to answer some common FAQs!

Packing for a one week trip can seem daunting, but with a little planning, it's manageable. Here's a quick checklist to guide you:

• 5-7 tops or blouses
• 3-4 bottoms (pants, skirts, or shorts)
• 1-2 dresses or jumpsuits
• Underwear and socks for each day
• Comfortable shoes
• Toiletries (travel-sized)
• Electronics and chargers
• Travel documents and money
• Medications and first aid kit

Remember to pack versatile items that can be mixed and matched to create different outfits. Keep in mind the climate and activities you'll be participating in during your trip.

Packing a 7-day carry-on requires careful planning and efficient use of space. Here are some tips to make it work:

• Choose a carry-on bag that complies with airline size restrictions.
• Roll your clothes to save space and minimize wrinkles.
• Use packing cubes to keep your items organized and maximize space.
• Wear your bulkiest items (like a jacket or sneakers) during your flight.
• Opt for travel-sized toiletries to comply with TSA regulations.
• Minimize the number of shoes you pack by selecting versatile options.

It's important to pack only what you truly need and avoid overpacking. Embrace a minimalist mindset and focus on essentials.

The number of days of clothes you can fit in a carry-on depends on various factors, including the size of your bag and the type of clothing you pack. However, as a general guideline, you can typically fit enough clothing for a 7-10 day trip in a standard carry-on bag. By focusing on versatile pieces, practicing efficient packing techniques, and utilizing space-saving accessories like packing cubes, you can maximize the amount of clothing you bring.

• Travel-sized toiletries : Opt for travel-sized toiletries to save space and comply with TSA regulations.
• Layering : Choose clothing items that can be layered for versatility and adaptability to changing weather conditions.
• Maximize space : Use packing organizers like packing cubes to make the most of your suitcase's space.
• Roll, don't fold : Rolling clothes instead of folding them helps save space and minimize wrinkles.
• Limit shoe options : Bring only the essential shoes you'll need for your trip to avoid taking up unnecessary space.

And now, here are a couple of lighthearted travel quotes from fellow adventurers:

"To travel is to live a life worth packing for." – Anonymous traveler

"I haven't been everywhere, but it's on my packing list." – Susan Sontag

Packing for a 7-day trip doesn't have to be overwhelming. By following our ultimate packing list and implementing our tips and tricks, you can ensure you have everything you need while still traveling light. Remember, packing is all about finding a balance between being prepared and not overburdening yourself with unnecessary items. Bon voyage!

Reference Links:

• TSA's 3-1-1 Liquids Rule
• Ways to Roll Clothes
• Travel Essential Packing Tips
• 10 Genius Packing Tips
• Top Carry-On Bags

Related Posts

The ultimate 6-day trip packing list: what to pack for any adventure [2024] ✈️.

• July 16, 2024

Travel Smoothly with Checklist App [2024] ✅

• April 11, 2024

Printable Packing List for Carry-On: Travel Like a Pro! [2024] ✈️

• March 17, 2024

Leave a Reply Cancel Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Add Comment  *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Post Comment

Trending now

• Start Your Own Fundraiser
• Find a Community Fundraiser
• Shop at AFA
• Other Ways To Donate

Alzheimer's Foundation of America

• Press Releases

7 Labor Day Trip Tips for Those Traveling with a Loved One with Dementia

(August 28, 2024) — If you are one of the many people taking an end-of-summer getaway this Labor Day weekend, there are special steps you should take if you are also traveling with someone who has dementia. The Alzheimer’s Foundation of America (AFA) is offering 7 tips to help caregivers traveling with a loved one with a dementia-related illness make their trip as smooth as possible.  “One last summer trip on Labor Day weekend can mean dealing with heavy traffic and packed airports, challenges which become even greater if you’re traveling with someone who has dementia,” said Jennifer Reeder, LCSW, AFA’s Director of Educational and Social Services. “Whether it’s a quick road trip or flying far away, there are preparations and adaptations caregivers should make to help their loved ones with dementia feel more comfortable and relaxed while traveling.” AFA recommends taking the following 7 steps: •  Simplify the itinerary.  Keep the travel schedule simple. Avoid tight connections or multiple stops if possible. Resist the urge to plan a trip with too many sights, destinations, and attractions. Focus on creating quality time, rather than on the quantity of activities.  •  Plan around the person’s abilities and routine. Incorporate the person, their abilities, and needs into the arrangements; if they travel better at a specific time of day, consider planning accordingly. Small changes can feel overwhelming and stressful to someone with dementia, so to the greatest extent possible, preserve the person’s routine. For example, if they normally eat around a certain time, build that into the itinerary. Choose the travel mode and scheduling that causes the least amount of anxiety and stress possible. •  Stock up before leaving.  Bring snacks, water, activities and other comfort items (i.e., a blanket or the person’s favorite sweater). Include an extra, comfortable set of clothing appropriate for differences and changes in climate. Take important health and legal-related documentation, a list of current medications, and physician information with you. Ensure that the person with dementia wears an ID bracelet with your contact information. If traveling by mass transit: •  Know the security procedures.  Inquire in advance with airports/train stations about security screening procedures. This way, you can familiarize the person beforehand with what will happen at the checkpoint, thus reducing potential anxiety. The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) offers assistance with the screening process to air travelers with certain medical conditions, including dementia-related illnesses; contact their TSA Cares Helpline at least 72 hours prior to your flight to learn more. •  Advise the airline.  Let the airline know that you are traveling with someone who has memory impairment and inform them of safety concerns and special needs. •  Find a quiet space.  Some airports have designated quiet areas or rooms for individuals living with dementia, providing a more peaceful space away from the crowds and noise. If traveling by car: •  Build in break time.  Take regular breaks on road trips for food, bathroom visits, and rest. Families with questions about traveling with someone who has a dementia-related illness can speak with a licensed social worker through the AFA Helpline by phone (866-232-8484), text message (646-586-5283), or webchat ( www.alzfdn.org ). The helpline is available seven days a week.

Click to enlarge text

7 Days in Vancouver Itinerary: What to Do in a Week

As a local Vancouverite, I’m super excited to share with you this 7 day Vancouver itinerary that covers some of the best things to see and do in my beautiful city.

Whether you’re a first-time visitor or a seasoned traveler, this list of what to do in Vancouver in 7 days should provide you with a perfect mix of adventure, relaxation, and cultural experiences.

Let’s explore the best of Vancouver in seven days!

☄️ Need custom help? Join our Vancouver Vacation Help Facebook group – you can ask any question you want and we’ll respond with custom advice – for free!

What to Do in Vancouver for a Week: 7 Day Itinerary

Day 1: Stanley Park & Gourmet Food

• Start the day with a visit to Stanley Park , a 1,000-acre public park with scenic trails, beaches, and wildlife.
• Take a walk along the Vancouver Seawall , a scenic 22 km paved path that offers stunning views of the city skyline and mountains.
• Visit the Vancouver Aquarium , one of Canada’s largest aquariums with over 50,000 animals including beluga whales, sea otters, and dolphins.
• Finish your day with a meal in Yaletown : many of Vancouver’s best restaurants are here including Tasty Indian Bistro , Cioppino’s and the Blue Water Cafe .

Related : Best Stanley Park tours

Related : Best Things to Do in Vancouver

Day 2: Discover Granville Island

• Head to Granville Island , a bustling marketplace and artisan stronghold with hundreds vendors selling fresh produce, seafood, and artisanal goods.
• Make sure you grab snacks at Lee’s Donuts and some candied salmon from Longliner Seafoods.
• Consider taking a Granville Island Food Tour to lock in all the local snacks and learn Vancouver
• Go for some of the best shopping in Vancouver at Granville Island’s huge list of artisan shops: Make , Granville Island Hat Shop , and the Wickannanish Gallery are a good start.
• Grab some drinks at Granville Island Brewing : Vancouver’s first craft beer creator

Related : Vancouver’s best food tours

Day 3: Experience Vancouver’s Outdoors

• Visit Capilano Suspension Bridge Park , a popular tourist attraction (I call it an outdoor amusement park) with a 450-foot-long suspension bridge, treetop walk, and cliff walk attractions.
• Head up to Grouse Mountain : Vancouver’s outdoor playground is home to skiing in winter and all sorts of great summer activities to keep you bust
• Looking for an alternative? Go on one of the best Vancouver whale watching tours to see orcas, humpback whales, bald eagles, and more.
• Finish the day off in North Vancouver in the Lonsdale Quay area: tons of shopping and dining options await you at this unique, seaside area that’s a bit off the beaten path.

Related : Best Walking Tours in Vancouver

Related: Vancouver’s best sightseeing tours

Day 4: Visit Vancouver’s Diverse Neighborhoods

• Start the day with a coffee on Commercial Drive : this vibrant neighborhood known as Vancouver’s Little Italy is known for its mix of cafes, restaurants, and thrift shops.
• Head to Main Street between 26th and 16th: this trendy neighborhood is known for boutique/second hand/vintage stores is a great place to find unique treasures.
• End the day with a visit to Gastown , Vancouver’s oldest neighborhood with a rich history and charming cobblestone streets.
• The Lost Souls of Gastown Tour is a great way to learn about Vancouver’s sketchy history as a vagrant logging town.

Related : Best Areas to Stay in Vancouver

Day 5: Experience Vancouver’s Art, History, & Culture

• Visit the Museum of Anthropology , a museum dedicated to the culture and history of the First Nations people of British Columbia.
• Not wanting to leave downtown? The Bill Reid Gallery is a great alternative.
• Explore the Vancouver Art Gallery , a public art museum that showcases works by local and international artists.
• Sick and tired of museums? Check out the Vancouver Lookout around sunset for the best views of the city.

Related : Vancouver’s Best Museums

Day 6: Relax and Rejuvenate

• Visit the Dr. Sun Yat-Sen Classical Chinese Garden , a serene oasis in the heart of Vancouver’s Chinatown.
• In Vancouver in summer ? Take a dip in the warm waters of Canada’s largest swimming pool at Kitsilano Beach, one of Vancouver’s best beaches with stunning city views.
• Head to Queen Elizabeth Park (public park with rose garden, pitch and putt golf course, and amazing views) or Vandusen Gardens (the city’s botanical gardens).
• Indulge in a spa treatment at one of Vancouver’s many luxury spas, such as the Spa at the Wedgewood Hotel or the Willow Stream Spa at the Fairmont Pacific Rim.

Day 7: Explore Beyond Vancouver

• Head to the Sea to Sky Gondola attraction near Squamish BC : this Swiss/style gondola takes you up into old growth forest and unlocks British Columbia nature like little else.
• Visit the Britannia Mine Museum , a former copper mine turned museum that showcases the history of the mining industry in British Columbia.
• Go from Vancouver to Victoria : the capital city of British Columbia is a fantastic place to explore a historic downtown, beautiful gardens, and quaint shops.
• Take a trip from Vancouver to Whistler : one of North America’s premier ski resorts is just 2 hours from the city and its village is home to amazing dining options.
• Check off some off the beaten path things to do in Vancouver .

Feel like it’s too much? Check out my Vancouver 3 day itinerary for a shortened version or Vancouver in 5 days .

Related : Best Day Trips from Vancouver

7 Days in Vancouver Itinerary FAQ

What to do for a week in vancouver.

If you’re visiting Vancouver for a week you should see major attractions like the Capilano Suspension Bridge and Grouse Mountain, explore exciting neighbourhoods like Gastown, Commercial Drive and Granville Island, and lock in outdoor activities like the city’s beaches & Queen Elizabeth Park.

How much spending money for a week in Vancouver?

Priceoftravel.com’s Vancouver backpacker rating is $107.27 USD (or $144.11 CAD). This basic Vancouver budget means that each day you can get the following:

• A decent hostel bed (shared dorm)
• 3 meals from cheap take away places
• A few rides on Vancouver public transit
• One paid attraction like the Vancouver Art Gallery or Capilano Suspension Bridge.
• Three beers

Of course, if you’re going to be staying at Vancouver’s best hotels (not to mention eating at the city’s best restaurants) you’ll be looking at closer to $250.00 a day.

Spending money for a week in Vancouver thus starts at about $1000 and could go all the way up to about $1800 and beyond.

Related : best cheap things to do in Vancouver

Can you spend a week in Vancouver?

Yes, it is absolutely possible to spend a week in Vancouver but to do so you’ll need to include all sorts of outdoor excursions and generally spread out the attractions to just one or two a day. if you’re looking to just see the major sights though without living the city and nature, a four day Vancouver itinerary should be enough.

Is a week in Vancouver too long?

Honestly, if you’re using Vancouver as part of a greater trip around the west coast of North America, then three or four days should be enough to check off the major sights. If you’re coming here to really get your hand on the pulse though, a seven day visit to Vancouver is the perfect amount to master the city.

Still Need Help With Your 7 Day Vancouver Itinerary?

I hope this 7 day Vancouver itinerary has given you a taste of what Vancouver has to offer.

From its stunning natural beauty to its vibrant neighborhoods and rich culture, there’s truly something for everyone here.

That said, if there’s something missing please don’t hesitate to write me in the comments below!

Enjoy your week in Vancouver.

Be aware : some of the links provided above are affiliate links. This means that, at no extra cost to you, I may earn a commission if you decide to make a purchase. The revenue helps maintain our site as a community-supported and ad-free platform. More info: Vancouver Planner affiliate disclaimer .

Related posts

3 Days in Vancouver: Plan the Perfect 3 Day Itinerary

2 Days in Vancouver: Plan a Perfect Weekend Itinerary

21 Vancouver Summer Activities + 2024 Summer Festivals

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

The Best 7 Day Scotland Road Trip For First-Timers (2024)

Interested in taking a 7 day Scotland road trip? You won’t be disappointed!

Scotland is my favorite place in the whole world.

I know that’s a pretty bold statement considering I haven’t seen the whole world, not even close.

But there’s just something about the country that makes me feel like I’m home and I never want to leave.

The fog and mist while driving through the Highlands, the friendly people, the wildlife, the history, and the folklore – all of it bundled together makes Scotland like nowhere else I’ve ever been.

Planning your trip? Use our favorite resources!

For accommodations –   Hotels.com  |  Expedia  |  VRBO ​ For car rentals –   Discover Cars ​ For tours & excursions –   Viator ​ For cheap flights – FareDrop ​ For travel insurance –   Safety Wing

While Scotland deserves as much time as you can manage, you can easily get a good feel for the country in just 7 days.

From the magical city of Edinburgh to the mysterious Loch Ness to the mesmerizing Isle of Skye , this self-drive tour of Scotland will get you around to a lot of the highlights and more!

Here’s the map and route and a breakdown of the best one-week Scotland road trip for first-timers:

• Day 1 – Edinburgh

Day 2 – Edinburgh to Stirling to Pitlochry

• Day 3 – Pitlochry to Cairngorms to Inverness

Day 4 – Inverness to Isle of Skye

Day 5 – isle of skye, day 6 – isle of skye to glencoe.

• Day 7 – Glencoe to Loch Lomond to Edinburgh

Are you getting excited? Let’s dive in!

PPST! Looking for an easy way to reference all this great info? I’ve got a free, summarized version of this itinerary available to download so you can refer back to it at any time!

Best 7 day scotland road trip for first-timers.

Today you’ll be exploring my favorite city, Edinburgh. Ideally, you’ll either be able to arrive the night before or early this morning so you can make the most of your day here.

Edinburgh is insanely beautiful and has so much history and character. There is so much to explore, so you’ll have to pick and choose what to see based on your interests, but if you only have one day, this is what I’d recommend.

Arthur’s Seat

If you arrive the night before, I’d highly recommend getting up early and hiking up Arthur’s Seat for sunrise.

Arthur’s Seat is a grassy hill that is the remnants of an ancient volcano. It offers one of the best views of the city and is not to be missed if you enjoy hiking. It is the highest point in Holyrood Park.

The hike up to the top isn’t long, but it can be strenuous, so you should be prepared before you make the hike.

If the weather is very windy, foggy, or rainy, you should probably skip this as the views won’t be good and the rain will make the route very slippery. This is definitely a hike that should be done in decent weather to get the most out of the experience.

You can start and end the hike at various places within Holyrood Park, but I’d recommend beginning by St. Margaret’s Well in the northwest part of the park and taking the path by Saint Anthony’s Chapel Ruins before making your way up to the top. You can then hike back down the way you came or take another path to explore a different section of the park.

The Royal Mile

The Royal Mile lies in the heart of Edinburgh’s Old Town. This is where many of the attractions, museums, and shopping opportunities are located. It starts at the Palace of Holyroodhouse to the east and stretches to Edinburgh Castle to the west.

You should spend the majority of your day in this section of the city. There is so much to see and do in this part alone that you would need several days to really see it all.

Assuming you are coming from Arthur’s Seat, you’ll be starting your exploration of the Royal Mile from the eastern side by Dynamic Earth and Holyroodhouse , but if you skipped this, you could start anywhere you wish.

St Giles’ Cathedral

Take a few minutes to explore this stunning cathedral that predates most of the Old Town of Edinburgh. Step inside and appreciate the beautiful stained glass and architecture.

Victoria Street

Any other Harry Potter fans out there? If so, you probably know that Victoria Street is said to be the inspiration for Diagon Alley, and you can definitely see why! There’s even a Harry Potter-themed store here, which is worth checking out!

Even if you aren’t a Harry Potter fanatic, this two-storied colorful street is fun to explore and do a bit of window shopping – or actual shopping!

Greyfriars Kirkyard & Greyfriars Bobby Statue

More Harry Potter trivia! It is said that J. K. Rowling spent time wandering around Greyfriars Kirkyard and came up with some of the characters’ names here, like McGonagall, Scrimgeour, and Thomas Riddell. Spend some time wandering around and see how many you can find!

A little ways away from the kirkyard is the statue of Greyfriars Bobby, a Skye Terrier who became famous for spending 14 years guarding the grave of his deceased owner.

National Museum of Scotland

There are so many museums to visit in Edinburgh, but if you only have time for one, I recommend the National Museum of Scotland .

It has a little bit of everything here, and the building itself is quite stunning. You could easily spend all day here, so I’d recommend finding the exhibitions you are most interested in and concentrating on those first.

I especially liked the Kingdom of the Scots and Scotland Transformed, as well as Dolly the sheep, who was the first cloned mammal.

The Scotch Whisky Experience

I didn’t get a chance to do this when I was in Edinburgh, but if you like scotch or are interested in learning more about the process, this would be a great option for you.

There are various tour options available, and I’d highly recommend booking your tour in advance as they do often sell out.

Edinburgh Castle

If you only have time for one activity, this is the one you should do. Edinburgh Castle is the highlight of the entire city , perched on top of a rocky hill and can be seen from just about everywhere.

Tickets must be bought in advance, so keep this in mind when planning.

Bonus: Calton Hill

If you aren’t too tired and want a nice location to watch the sunset, Calton Hill is a great choice.

Wander around the various monuments and enjoy the panoramic views of the city.

Other Options

For more options of things to do in Edinburgh if you have additional time or would like to swap out some of the previous suggestions, read this post:

Free and Cheap Things To Do In Edinburgh

Where to Stay

While it will be more expensive to stay near the Royal Mile, if you want to get the most out of your time in Edinburgh, it’s probably going to be your best option.

We actually opted to stay at an apartment at Tytler Gardens which is near Holyroodhouse and it worked out really well for us. It no longer is available, but this apartment is similar and in the same location.

Some other highly rated budget options include CoDE Pod – The CoURT , ibis Edinburgh Centre South Bridge , and Aparthotel Adagio .

Total Distance: 102 miles Length of Drive: 2.5 hours

Pick up your car this morning and head out of Edinburgh towards Stirling. Your first stop will be Linlithgow Palace.

Linlithgow Palace

Linlithgow Palace is the birthplace of Mary Queen of Scots and was the residence of the Stewarts for centuries. While now in ruins, it’s a fascinating place to explore and learn more about the Stewarts.

Spent an hour or two here and then continue to the Kelpies.

The Kelpies

The world’s largest horse sculptures are impressive and well worth a quick stop for a few pictures.

If you are interested, there are also tours that go inside the statue heads. We were content just walking around them and snapping a few photos.

This would also be a nice place to take a break and have a picnic if you packed a lunch. There is a cafe on-site as well if you want to get a quick bite to eat here.

Stirling Castle

I almost think I liked this castle better than Edinburgh’s…gasp! It’s hard to compare the two really, but Stirling Castle is a must-see regardless.

With its imposing position on the hill and sprawling grounds, you can spend a lot of time here exploring the castle inside and out.

Continue driving to Pitlochry where you will stay for the night.

Places to Stay

When we went to Scotland in 2017, we went during my 30th birthday. As my birthday treat, we stayed at Fonab Castle Hotel which was a highlight of our trip. It was luxurious and it was there I had the best meal of our entire trip.

If you want to splurge on a castle stay during your Scotland 7 day itinerary, I can’t recommend Fonab Castle enough. Or at least eat at the restaurant. It’s pricey but it’s worth it.

For budget stays, I’d recommend McKays Hotel Bar & Restaurant or Fisher’s Hotel .

Day 3 – Pitlochry to Inverness

Total Distance: 106 miles Length of Drive: 2.5 hours

Cairngorm Reindeer Centre

Start off your morning with a visit to the Cairngorm Reindeer Centre.

I had a blast here. We took a hill trip, which basically means we walked out to where the reindeer were and got to walk with them, feed them, and pet them while learning all about reindeer and the herd.

I felt like a little kid and had so much fun feeding them and snapping a bazillion photos. This was one of my favorite things during our entire trip.

If this doesn’t sound like something you’d like, I’d recommend taking some time to drive around  Cairngorms National Park . I wish we would have had more time to do so when we visited. The area is beyond beautiful.

Old Pack Horse Bridge, Carrbridge

This is a fun little attraction on your way out of the area. This post-medieval bridge over the River Dulnain is intriguing and worth a quick stop to take a few photos.

Clava Cairns

The Clava Cairns are bronze-age cairns, which are basically prehistoric burial grounds that consist of standing stones and rings of rocks.

It’s pretty fascinating to see something so old that is so well preserved. We wandered around the grounds for a while, taking photos and just marveling.

Culloden Battlefield

For any of you Outlander fans out there, the Culloden Battlefield is a must-see. The tragic end of the Jacobite uprising occurred here in 1745, and you can walk in the footsteps of the soldiers who fought.

Check out the visitor center first to get the lay of the land and see artifacts and a reenactment of the battle, and then wander the grounds, viewing the monuments and the clans.

Wrap up your day by checking into your accommodations in Inverness and then heading downtown for dinner and some shopping.

Where to stay

Your best bet is to find a place in Inverness or nearby. THE KEMPS Guesthouse and Darroch View B&B are highly rated budget options.

Total Distance: 113 miles Length of Drive: 2.5 hours

Urquhart Castle / Loch Ness

Drive along Loch Ness from Inverness to Urquhart Castle.

Urquhart Castle was my favorite castle ruin to explore. It sits right along the shores of Loch Ness and is incredibly picturesque. I loved climbing around the ruins and getting fantastic views from just about every angle.

Take some time to walk along the loch and see if you can spot Nessie!

Afterward, jump back in the car and head toward the west coast of Scotland and the Isle of Skye. You’ll probably want to stop and take loads of photos on the way, so go for it!

Eilean Donan Castle

Right before you cross the bridge to the Isle of Skye, you’ll come across Eilean Donan Castle. This is another highly photographed castle that you’ve probably seen loads of times.

It’s not a very big castle, but I thought it was worth taking the time to tour. The surroundings are what makes this castle so special, so even if you don’t want to go inside, take a few minutes to take some pictures.

If you want the best view of the castle, head up to the Eilean Donan Lookout. You’ll find it by taking a left out of the castle parking lot, and then taking the first right, and then the first right again. The road will take you up to an amazing viewpoint where you can see the castle and the stunning lochs and hills around it.

Once you’re finished at Eilean Donan, continue to the Isle of Skye and Portree. Take your time and stop at anything that strikes your fancy along the way.

If you’ve got some extra time once you reach Portee, take a walk around the town to see the colorful houses by the harbor.

If you’re up for a walk, hike the Scorrybreac Trail near the boathouse for some beautiful views of the boats and the loch.

Get to bed early tonight – you’ve got an early morning and a long day tomorrow!

Portree may be the main town on the Isle of Skye, but it’s still small and places to stay fill up fast, especially in the summer. Prices are a lot more expensive here too for that reason.

A few budget options include Tongadale Hotel and The Bosville . Renting a place with VRBO is also a great option.

Total Distance: 151 miles Length of Drive: 4.5 hours

Today is going to be the longest driving day, simply because if you only have one day to explore the Isle of Skye in your itinerary for Scotland, you will want to see as much as possible. You’ll want to get a very early start and will probably be out late.

I mean, if you’re going to tour Scotland, see everything you can, right?

But if this sounds like too much driving for you, feel free to cut out any of my suggestions that don’t strike your fancy. This is your trip, after all! But if you want to see as much of the Isle of Skye as you can in one day, this route should do the trick.

Fairy Pools

Aim to arrive at the Fairy Pools right around sunrise. We went first thing in the morning and had the place to ourselves for almost an hour!

The Fairy Pools are made up of blue, crystal-clear rock pools of mountain water that are fed by streams and waterfalls from the River Brittle.

It is an incredibly beautiful area to take a walk and maybe take a dip if you are brave enough – the water is frigid, even in the summer!

NOTE: If you have the time on Day 4, you could go to the Fairy Pools before heading to Portree for the evening. This would cut off about an hour of driving on Day 5 and might be a better option if you’d rather do the Fairy Pools than walk around Portree.

The Fairy Glen is a unique hilly landscape with various rock circles and outcroppings. It’s a beautiful place to take a walk and enjoy the scenery.

You will see lots of cairns and rock circles in the area. Please don’t add to them or create more…the locals try to keep the area clear of them and maintain the natural beauty.

The Quiraing is a famous landslip that is a great place to take a hike. You will be rewarded with stunning views of the surrounding area.

The 3.9-mile circuit hike will take you about 2 hours to complete. Since this itinerary is pretty packed, I’d recommend only doing one hike on this day, either the Quiraing or Old Man of Storr (see below).

The day we did this drive, it was very rainy and cloudy, so we did not do any hiking. This hike would only really be worth it on a clear day since you won’t get the views otherwise.

If you aren’t interested in hiking, you can skip the Quiraing and continue to Kilt Rock & Mealt Falls.

Kilt Rock & Mealt Falls

Kilt Rock is a pleated rock formation along the cliffs, and Mealt Falls is the waterfall that plunges into the ocean over Kilt Rock.

It’s a neat location along the cliffs that’s worth a quick stop and a few photos.

Old Man of Storr

The Old Man of Storr is a famous rock formation on the Isle of Skye that you can either hike up to or simply admire from below (if it’s not too cloudy!).

As I mentioned earlier, your itinerary is pretty packed today, so if you’d like to hike, I would choose only one, either this one or the Quiraing.

The Old Man of Storr hike is 3 miles and will take about 1.5 hours to complete. As with the Quiraing, if it’s too rainy or cloudy, you might want to skip the hike since you won’t be able to see much. Also make sure you have good, sturdy shoes since the rocks and the incline can be slippery.

Neist Point

After admiring the Old Man of Storr, drive about 1.5 hours and head to the westernmost point of the Isle of Skye to Neist Point and its lighthouse.

Neist Point is a wonderful location to catch the sunset , so if you are able to make it here around that time, all the better.

Take the trail down to the lighthouse first, wandering among the sheep and exploring the area around the lighthouse. Be careful of the wind – the day we went it was insanely windy and we got blown around like crazy!

After, head up to the lighthouse viewpoint and admire the scene. It’s located up the hill to the right of the car park. Somehow I missed this spot on our trip and am kicking myself! Oh well, there is always next time!

You can either head back to Portree tonight or you can book a place closer to Neist Point so you don’t have as long of a drive.

We ended up staying at an Airbnb in Dunvegan (which is unfortunately no longer available) and thought the location and the room were nice. There aren’t many options though, so keep that in mind. Your best bet is probably Airbnb or VRBO .

Total Distance: 152 miles Length of Drive: 5 hours

Take the ferry from Armadale to Mallaig

The best way to get to Glenfinnan and Glencoe today is to drive to Armadale and take the ferry to Mallaig.

CalMac is the company that operates this ferry and many of the other ferries in the country.

Depending on the time of year you visit, there may only be one or two ferries a day, so check the ferry timetable to determine if this option will work for you.

We went in early December and had to take the 9:25 am ferry because the only other ferry was in the late afternoon. There are more options in the summer months (late March to late October) but just check ahead of time.

We enjoyed taking the ferry across the loch, even if the water was choppy and it was raining. It was still a great experience! You can buy ferry tickets on the CalMac website.

Once you get off the ferry, it’s only a short drive to Glenfinnan.

NOTE: If you cannot or do not want to take the ferry, it will take you approximately 2 hours 45 minutes to drive from Portee to Glenfinnan, so take that into consideration when planning.

St Mary & St Finnan Church

Take a few minutes to stop and peek into this tiny and beautiful church located just down the road from the Glenfinnan Visitor Center.

Glenfinnan Viaduct

Made famous by the Harry Potter movies, the Glenfinnan Viaduct is an amazing railroad structure that carries the famous Jacobite steam train and other trains from Fort William to Mallaig.

While the Jacobite steam train only runs in the summer months, if you are visiting at another time of year, you can try to catch another train crossing as we did, or just hike along the trail and enjoy the viaduct from several viewpoints.

Glenfinnan Monument

Take a quick walk across the street from the visitor center to see the Glenfinnan Monument, which was erected as a tribute to those who lost their lives fighting during the Jacobite cause.

I don’t think I could pick between Isle of Skye or Glencoe which is more beautiful and breathtaking.

This national nature reserve is the epitome of the Scottish Highlands. Dramatic scenery, loads of wildlife, and wonderful hiking all combine into one of my favorite places in Scotland.

Take your time here. Drive slow, soak up the beauty, and take lots of photos.

Our favorite place in Glencoe is Glen Etive , a stunning area that has been featured in several movies and is home to curious red deer.

There are also multiple hikes in the area if you have the time and want to get out and stretch your legs. A few options include Lost Valley, Buachaille Etive Beag, and Signal Rock.

You’ll have the best luck finding accommodations in the Fort William area. A few good choices include Loch Leven Hotel , The Garrison , and Highland Croft .

Day 7 – Glen Coe to Loch Lomond to Edinburgh

Total Distance: 140 miles Length of Drive: 3 hours 15 minutes

On your last day in Scotland, take it easy and explore Loch Lomond .

Walk along the loch and breathe in the fresh air. Pack along a picnic and eat along the banks. Soak up your last day in Scotland.

Stop by the adorable village of Luss and walk around. If you haven’t gotten to visit a distillery yet, check out Glen Luss Distillery.

In the mood for some hiking? Consider Devil’s Pulpit, a stunning gorge with a waterfall.

Rather spend the day in Glasgow? There are plenty of things to do there as well. We only had a few hours when we went and only had time to see the Glasgow Cathedral and the Necropolis , but it was beautiful and well worth it.

If you love museums, there are plenty of great ones in Glasgow. The Kelvingrove Art Gallery and Museum is a popular one as well as the Gallery of Modern Art.

I know you don’t want to, but you’ll have to eventually head back to Edinburgh to drop off your car and catch your plane. If you can, try to catch a flight for the next morning so you don’t have to rush, but a late evening flight tonight could work as well.

If you plan to drop off your car at the airport, pick a place near there to make it easier. If you are returning the car to a location in the city, you might want to stay downtown and then catch a bus or taxi in the morning to take you to the airport.

Want a downloadable version of this itinerary? I’ll send it right to your inbox!

If you have less than 7 days for a road trip in scotland….

If you don’t have a full week to road trip in Scotland, here are a couple of alternative itineraries so you can still make the most of your time.

3 Day Scotland road trip Itinerary

With 3 days, I’d recommend you stay based in Edinburgh and spend more time in the city. There is so much to see here that you won’t run out of things to do!

If you don’t want to spend all 3 days in Edinburgh, you could take a bus or train to Glasgow and spend one day there to see how different the two cities are.

I like to use Rome2Rio to find the best options when using public transportation.

If you want to get out and see the Highlands , consider a day trip with a group tour. It will be the easiest and most relaxing way to experience the wilds of Scotland.

I highly recommend finding your tour on Get Your Guide . You can find the highest-rated options for good prices, and I’ve had nothing but good experiences with them.

4 Day Scotland road trip Itinerary

If you have 4 days, use the first 3 days of the 7 day Scotland itinerary, and then on the fourth day, drive from Inverness back to Edinburgh via Glencoe.

5 Day Scotland road trip Itinerary

With a five-day itinerary, I would do something like this:

• Day 2 – Edinburgh to Isle of Skye (It’s about a 5.5-hour drive so stop and see a few things along the way if you’d like, such as the Kelpies and Eilean Donan Castle , or head directly there and spend more time on the Isle of Skye.)
• Day 3 – Isle of Skye (use the Day 5 itinerary)
• Day 4 – Isle of Skye to Glencoe (use the Day 6 itinerary)
• Day 5 – Glencoe to Edinburgh (use the Day 7 itinerary)

6 Day Scotland road trip Itinerary

If you have 6 days, skip Day 3 and drive directly from Edinburgh to Inverness. I’d recommend trying to see Stirling Castle and Culloden Battlefield along the way.

If you have more than 7 days for a road trip in Scotland…

Woo hoo! You’ve got more than a week for your epic road trip! There are so many ways you can extend this itinerary to explore some of these areas even deeper.

• With one extra day, you could choose to add an additional day in Edinburgh or the Isle of Skye, whichever one sounds more enjoyable to you.
• With 2 or 3 extra days , I’d do additional days in both Edinburgh and the Isle of Skye.
• St. Andrews (if you love golf)
• Glasgow (if you love cities)
• Oban & The Isle of Mull (if you love scotch or want to explore another isle)
• The North Coast 500 (This could be a whole separate trip, but if you have the time, I’d add this drive! This is on our list for our next visit!)

You can also check out this 10-Day Scotland Highlands road trip itinerary that includes time in Oban & The Isle of Mull plus two full days in Skye. Or, if you want to see more of the UK, here are 11 fantastic UK road trip itineraries for you to explore.

Best time to road trip in Scotland

In my opinion, there is never a bad time for Scotland travel! Each season has its pros and cons. Here are a few things to consider in order to pick the season that’s best for you.

Summer (July to August) is by far the most popular season to visit Scotland. The weather is the warmest, most attractions will be open, and you have really long days (the sun doesn’t set until after 9:30 pm for most of the season!). There are also lots of festivals, including the Edinburgh Fringe Festival and the Highland Games .

The downside is that things can get CROWDED. Everyone wants to take road trips to experience the beauty of a Scotland summer, so attractions will be packed and you’ll have lots of cars on the narrow country roads. Accommodations will be more expensive and harder to come by unless you book out months in advance. You also will have to deal with a higher chance of rain and the pesky midges (biting insects).

Spring (May-June) and Fall (September-October) are the shoulder seasons and are a fantastic time to experience Scotland. There are fewer crowds, prices are reasonable, and many attractions are open. There is also a lesser chance of rain.

There aren’t many downsides to visiting this time of year, other than the fact that the days are shorter than the summer and the weather can be a bit chilly and unpredictable. If you wanted to do any swimming, you probably wouldn’t want to come during these seasons.

Winter (November-April) is the low season for Scotland. Many attractions and accommodations are closed, it can be cold and snowy, and the days are quite short.

However, there are definitely some advantages to traveling to Scotland in the winter. You can experience the wonder of the Christmas markets in Glasgow and Edinburgh and see the country covered in the beautiful snow .

There is also the opportunity for skiing in the Highlands, and there are hardly any people at the attractions.

We went to Scotland in late November / early December and loved it so much. While we couldn’t see everything we wanted because certain things were closed, the places we did get to see were practically void of people. We got to experience so many things without another person in sight!

Plus I fell in love with Edinburgh and its Christmas market. It was one of my favorite things to do in the city and I tried to make it there every night to enjoy the hot food and drinks and walk the stalls.

No matter when you visit Scotland, you are bound to have an amazing time!

How to get to Scotland

Most likely you will either arrive in Scotland by plane, train, or bus.

The two major airports in Scotland are Glasgow (GLA) and Edinburgh (EDI) . If you are flying, you will probably arrive at either one of these. Depending on where you are coming from, it may be cheaper to fly in/out of one versus the other.

When we went, it was cheaper to fly into Glasgow and then take a bus to Edinburgh, so that’s what we did. Check both options to see which works best for you.

I use Google Flights to check flight prices and track them so I can get the best deal.

If you are already in Europe, you can also arrive in Scotland by bus or train. I like Rome2Rio to help me find the best, cheapest public transportation options.

If you have your own car, you can also drive to Scotland, although if you are coming from mainland Europe, remember that in the UK, they drive on the left side of the road.

It may be better to rent a car in this instance as you will be sitting on the wrong side of the car for this kind of driving.

How to get around Scotland

Personal vehicle.

In my opinion, taking a road trip around Scotland is the best way to see the country.

You can stop and look at whatever beautiful landmark you want.

You can eat at that cute cafe.

You can stay an extra hour or 5 if you fall in love with a particular place.

Being able to control your own schedule is fantastic.

But there are definitely some things to consider before you decide to rent a car and drive yourself.

The biggest thing is that if you are from the Americas, mainland Europe, and many other places in the world, you will be driving on the opposite side of the road than you are used to.

That’s right: you’ll be driving on the left instead of the right.

If you are not a confident driver, this is something you should definitely think about before deciding if you should rent a car.

related: the best car for a road trip in Europe

However, don’t let it freak you out too much. I found that after the first day (which was, honestly, a little nerve-wracking) it wasn’t too bad. Since you are sitting on the other side of the car, I found myself almost automatically being drawn to the left side of the road.

Just take it slow and you’ll get the hang of it.

I use Discover Cars to find and book my rentals. They search all the rental companies for the best prices and you always get free cancellation.

NOTE: most cars in the UK have manual transmissions. If you do not drive a manual car as a daily driver, I’d highly recommend spending the extra money to rent an automatic. You don’t want to be trying to learn to drive on the other side of the road AND remembering how to shift (with your other hand, I might add).

Public transportation

If you would rather not drive yourself around Scotland, you can rely on public transportation. You’ll be more restricted on where you can go and your timetable, but it’s definitely doable.

There is a pretty well-connected bus and train system in Scotland that you can use to get around. You’ll have a harder time getting out to some of the more rural attractions and towns, but public transportation can still get you to a lot of places if you’d rather not drive yourself.

I use the website and app Rome2Rio for all my public transportation planning and to purchase tickets.

If driving your own vehicle and taking public transportation sounds like too much stress for you, then a tour will be more up your alley.

There are plenty of great tour companies out there that will cover every option.

If you want to piece together your own plans and take a day trip or two, consider a site like Get Your Guide or Viator to find day tours that suit your budget and desired itinerary. You can also find multi-day tours too that may work for you.

However, if you want a complete package where you don’t have to plan a thing, check out Tour Radar . You can search all the tour companies that offer trips to Scotland and compare prices and destinations.

What to pack for your Scotland road trip

No matter when you decide to visit Scotland, your packing list will be pretty similar. The weather is always changing there and it can go from being windy and rainy one moment to sunny the next.

Here are some items and travel tips you should consider when packing for your trip .

Plug adapter/converter

Scotland uses a type G power plug. If you aren’t from the UK, you might need an adapter. I’d definitely recommend a plug adapter that is also a power converter so you don’t fry any of your electronics.

This is a given, but you are going to be so amazed by all the beauty around you, you’ll be kicking yourself if you don’t have a good camera to capture it all.

A good phone camera would work well for most landscapes, but if you want to get some awesome closeup shots, you might want something with a zoom lens.

Hiking shoes & good socks

If you plan on doing any kind of hiking, I’d recommend hiking shoes or boots rather than sneakers. The socks you wear with your boots will also make a huge difference in how your feet feel. I like Cloudline wool socks, but there are lots of great brands out there.

Rain jacket

I guarantee you it will rain at some point while you are in Scotland. Don’t let the weather ruin your trip – pack along a good rain jacket so you can still enjoy your activities.

No matter what season you travel to Scotland, you are going to need to be prepared for all kinds of weather and temperatures. Pack a variety of options, ideally items that can be layered. That way you’ll be comfortable no matter the conditions.

It’s always a good idea to have a day pack with you when you travel. Whether it’s to throw all your kids’ stuff into it or to pack along lunches for a hike, it makes it so much easier to have a designated bag that is used exclusively for your day excursions.

Laundry detergent sheets

I never travel anywhere without laundry detergent sheets . They are so nice to throw into your bag in case you need to do laundry. I always keep a few of these in my suitcase so I don’t have to remember to bring them – they are always on hand.

A power bank is practically a necessity for travel these days. You always want to make sure your phone is charged so you can take photos, navigate, and double-check your Airbnb reservation address.

How many days do you need for a Scotland road trip?

The short answer? As many as possible!

But since the majority of us have a time limit for these sorts of things, spending months in Scotland is probably out of the question.

I’d say at the very least, if you want to get out of the cities and get a decent glimpse of the countryside, you would need a minimum of 4-5 days. This would give you the ability to spend a day or two in Edinburgh and/or Glasgow and then a couple of days in the Highlands.

However, if you can swing at least a whole week, you’ll be able to take full advantage of this itinerary and see a lot more of the Highlands and what makes Scotland so magical.

When we went to Scotland, we had two weeks and got to see so much, but it still felt too short. There is SO much more I want to see that I cannot wait until I get back!

Conclusion: The Best 7-Day Scotland Road Trip for First-Timers

And there you have it! A fantastic 7-day Scotland road trip for anyone wanting to see the best of Scotland for the first time.

Ready to book your trip right now? I know I’m itching to go back!

Want to save it for later? Pin it!

Stefanie Henne is an experienced road trip travel blogger who specializes in helping others plan their dream vacation, no matter their budget or time restraints. Go here to read more about Stef's story. If you want to send Stef a message, visit her contact page here.

We value your privacy

Privacy overview.

Let's be friends! Sign up receive our monthly newsletter with updates and new in-depth guides. 

How to Plan an Incredible 7 Day Spain Itinerary

Spain’s history really gets shortchanged in American high school history textbooks, where it basically gets boiled down to “they were rich and sent Columbus (and the other Conquistadors) to the Americas” when the reality is much more diabolical and full of intrigue. 

I remember learning about that history on our first trip to Spain, which was a monthlong foray on the three month European adventure that really kickstarted this site a few years ago, and being flabbergasted at all the different players who have been involved over the centuries. 

A few things that intrigued me are the fact that there was an 800 year war for control of the Iberian Peninsula – the Reconquista – with a series of Islamic Caliphates from North Africa and the Middle East (hence some of the aspects of the Spanish language today, like any word that starts with the letters “al”), the fact that the Spanish crown was first held by people who were essentially Austrians (the Habsburgs) then French (the Bourbons), and the fact that the Philippines were named after a Spanish king named Phillip. 

Wild stuff with wide-ranging historical consequences! 

Anyway, the point here is that Spain is fascinating, we love Spain, and you should go. 

If you’re planning a trip to Spain with a week to spend and you’re not sure where to start, this guide is for you! 

We’re going to give you our version of the best way to spend a week exploring Spain for the first time all based on our own experiences on our first foray into Spain – a full month a few years back – and subsequent trips to Spain in 2024 that cemented Spain as our second favorite country in Europe (after Italy, mi amore). 

In this guide to planning your 7 day Spain itinerary, here’s what we’re going to cover:

• Exactly how to plan out your week in Spain, including what stops to make, what route to take, and all the important logistics you need to know
• A guide to what to do, where to stay, and how to get there for each stop on the itinerary
• Options for shorter and longer trips if you have more or less time in Spain

Throughout the guide, we’ll share our favorite finds and experiences in Spain based on our multiple trips (including a full month in Spain a couple of years ago, and a more recent 10 day trip in the spring of 2024) to help you plan your unforgettable trip.

Sound good to you? Let’s get into it. 

Disclaimer: Some of the links in this post, like hotel links, are affiliate links, meaning at no additional cost to you, we make a little bit of money if you click through and book. That being said, we would never recommend something to you that we don’t stand behind 100%.

What Can You See With One Week in Spain?

The first thing we should do here is set expectations for what you’re going to find in this itinerary, because it is very much NOT a “one city per day to cram it all in” situation. 

Generally speaking, we highly recommend spending no less than two or three days in a city at the very least.

Mostly because packing your bag and moving every day or two is exhausting, and is not a particularly pleasant way to travel (especially with check in and check out times, which can mean you’re just losing precious time on your trip). 

When you get into the main itinerary below, you’ll notice that we have you spending just two days in two Spanish cities, which is fast for us, but is a compromise that we think you’re going to have to make between slowing down and seeing the highlights with just a week to spend. 

If you have an extra day or two, the first thing we’d do is extend those (particularly Madrid) by a day to give yourself more time to see the city. 

But Wait, What About Barcelona?

You might expect to see Barcelona on this itinerary, and SPOILER you’re actually not going to find it here. 

There are a few reasons for this, most of them are practical in nature.

Barcelona is a big city with lots to see, much more so than either Madrid or Sevilla (in our opinions), and trying to cram it all into two or three days is not going to be particularly pleasant. I recently spent a week in JUST Barcelona (spring of 2024) and I still didn’t make it to everything I wanted to do. 

Barcelona is also on the complete opposite end of the country from Sevilla, which means it’s not practical to include them both in the same, relatively short itinerary. 

And last, but certainly not least, the less practical reason; of the three major cities we’ve mentioned here – Barcelona, Madrid, Sevilla – Barcelona is pretty clearly our least favorite and, we’d argue, the least interesting of the three. 

Practically speaking, here’s what it comes down to. 

Essentially, we think Madrid is a must-do (especially given its central location within Spain), and you can’t do all three – Barcelona, Sevilla, and Madrid – in just a week. 

That means we recommend choosing between Barcelona and Sevilla (and the rest of Andalucía), and we have a STRONG point of view on which you should choose that informs the main itinerary below. 

We LOVE Sevilla, Córdoba, and Granada, and that’s what we think you should opt for. Our hope is that by reading this guide, you’ll come to see why we think that. 

However, we also recognize that Barcelona may be on your bucket list for a trip to Spain, so we’re also going to include information in the “with more time” section that covers how you can swap Barcelona in for Sevilla and Granada. 

Where to Start and End Your Itinerary

If you follow the main itinerary below, the best way to organize your trip is to fly into Madrid and out of Sevilla (or vice versa). 

A round trip flight might be slightly cheaper (in some cases, it might not be), but it will eat up a full day of your trip traveling back to a place you’ve already explored.

And given the fact that we’re talking about a seven day trip, that’s not an insignificant amount of time. 

Between cities, it’s going to be most convenient to take high speed trains, which run between the cities on this itinerary. We’re big on train travel in Spain, and it’s our favorite way to move around. 

In Madrid, you’ll want to fly into Adolfo Suárez Madrid-Barajas Airport (MAD) , Madrid’s major international airport located around 13km outside the city center. 

It’s Spain’s largest and busiest airport, serving numerous international carriers. 

From the airport, you can reach central Madrid by train, metro, bus, or taxi (which you choose depends mostly on where you’re staying) and the journey takes as little as 30 minutes.

In Sevilla, you’ll want to fly out of Seville-San Pablo Airport (SVQ) , which is Seville’s main international airport. 

It is about 10km northeast of the city, and a special airport bus runs between the airport and the city center and takes around 40 minutes. A quicker but much more expensive option is to jump in a cab, which takes around 20 minutes. 

Direct flights from Seville only run to Europe and Northern Africa, so you’ll need to connect if you’re flying back to the US or Canada.

7 Days in Spain: How to Plan a Perfect One Week Spain Itinerary

And now, let’s get into the itinerary. 

Here’s what the itinerary you’re going to find below looks like written out. 

• Day 1: Madrid
• Day 2: Madrid
• Day 3: Train to Granada
• Day 4: Granada
• Day 5: Train to Sevilla
• Day 6: Sevilla
• Day 7: Day Trip to Córdoba

Obviously, you’ll have to massage this itinerary a little bit to make it work with your specific flights.

We’re assuming you have seven full days in Spain, not including the half days that would be dedicated to your arriving and departing flights. 

A note here on flying versus taking the train: you could fly between cities on this itinerary if you really wanted to, but there are a couple of reasons why taking the train is a better option, we think. 

First, assuming you’re taking a high speed train, by the time you add up all the extra time you have to spend at the airport (and getting there – more on that in a second) – the train journey is going to take roughly the same amount of time as the flight.  

Second, the train stations for these cities are generally in the city center , which means it’s a quick and easy journey from train station to hotel. On the other hand, the airports are generally 30-45 minutes outside the city center, which eats up precious time on your trip (and relates to the first point about trains being more efficient). 

Third, trains are SO MUCH more pleasant than airplanes. You get to see the landscapes as you’re traveling, you’re not locked in a metal tube in the sky, and you generally get more leg room and baggage storage on a train. 

There are two options we’ve used and would recommend for booking trains in Spain. 

The first is going directly through Renfe , the agency that operates trains in Spain. This is what we generally do, but there are definitely some quirks.

You have to know the station’s name in Spanish (not a big deal at all), and more importantly, it sometimes decides to randomly decline our credit cards, which is how we found out about the second option when we were trying to buy train tickets but constantly getting kicked out of the system. 

The second option is Omio . Omio is a third party platform (with a functional app) where you’ll get an excellent user interface that is in English and makes it very easy to navigate the process. 

The downside of Omio is twofold: you’re going to pay a small service fee (which makes the price of the tickets marginally more expensive), and you’re going to sacrifice flexibility (because going through a third party generally means you can’t cancel and get a refund, though you can select a ticket that allows changes). 

We’ve used Omio in Spain and Portugal, and we’ve never had an issue. 

Days 1-2: Madrid

Madrid was the unsung hero of our first real foray into Spain a few years ago. We spent a week in Madrid, and despite people being pretty “meh” on Madrid in comparison to Barcelona and Sevilla, we found it to be a very charming city with equally fascinating historical and cultural elements, great food, and – crucially – fewer tourists. 

After my (Matt here!) latest trip to Madrid in the spring of 2024, I fell in love with the city all over again, and I think it is pretty clearly my favorite of Spain’s major cities. 

Most people skip Madrid (or just spend a day there between Sevilla and Barcelona), but I’d highly recommend devoting two days to Madrid.

Today, Madrid is Spain’s capital and its biggest city, but if you rewind five hundred years or so to the time period when Spain was THE global powerhouse in Europe, Madrid was kind of just a blip on the map. 

During the Reconquista – the 700 year war between the Christian kingdom and the Islamic Caliphates for control of the Iberian Peninsula (which is a fascinating aspect of Spanish history), Madrid was the site of a fort built by the Caliphate. It was a small settlement, basically taking up the space where the royal palace and cathedral are today.

Then, after the area was reconquered, Philip II moved the capital from nearby Toledo to Madrid in the 16th Century, which is where the history of the city as we know it really begins. 

It’s a fascinating story – definitely one that I never heard in school growing up – and it’s part of why we think Madrid is such an underrated destination.

That, the tapas, and the somewhat unbridled energy – which you really see from 8pm to 2am if you walk through an area like Malasaña, which is full of people out in plazas drinking and being merry – make Madrid our favorite stop in Spain, and a top three city in Europe (which is saying something, because Rome, London, and Lisbon are all also in Europe). 

What to Do in Madrid

Here are some things that we think you definitely shouldn’t miss while you’re in Madrid. 

Lexi’s Walking Tour: On just about every trip we take, there is a single experience that we look back on as THE experience of the trip. Speaking about the Spain leg of my latest trip, this was that experience. By the time I got around to Lexi’s walking tour , it was my last day in Madrid, and I had been on three other walking tours across my two trips. This tour, which is led by Lexi who is a historian with a focus on Spanish history, weaves a story about what makes Madrid special. Along the way, you’ll cover the history that we find fascinating, get a list of places to eat and drink that you’d definitely never discover on your own, and learn A LOT about Spain and Madrid. Do it on your first morning in Madrid, you won’t regret it. Click here to check prices, reviews, and availability . 

The Museo del Prado: The Prado Museum is the crown jewel of Madrid’s museum scene, and it might be our favorite museum in Europe. It’s more focused than somewhere like the Louvre, which is almost just too much to really take in, but has a diverse collection from Spanish, Italian, and Flemish (which is my favorite part!) artists that makes for a fun journey through the museum. I have done the Prado twice, and taken a tour both times. If you’re looking for a comprehensive three hour journey through the museum, go with Jaime’s tour (he’s an art historian born and raised in Madrid), who is the single person who is most responsible for helping me fall in love with Madrid. Three hours isn’t enough time to see it all, but it gives you plenty of time to see the highlights. If you’re looking for a more unique experience (the Prado is very, very busy), I’ve also done the VIP Early Access Tour with Walks , one of my favorite tour companies in Europe. You literally stand at the front door of the Prado as they unlock it for the day, and we were the only people in the museum aside from the security team. It’s shorter – only 90 minutes – so it’s fast-paced, but it ends inside the museum, and the guide can help you figure out what else you should see. 

Tapas on Calle Cava Baja: When in Rome, do as the Romans do. And, in Madrid’s case, this means tapas! There is a very famous street in Madrid called “Calle Cava Baja” in Barrio La Latina that is lined with an endless number of tapas bars to choose from. A few that have been recommended to me by various people are Taberna Tempranillo, Taberna La Concha, and Casa Lucas. Other nearby options for tapas are Casa Ciriaco (towards the Royal Palace, on Calle Mayor) and La Lina (gluten free options for Celiacs – I’ve eaten here!). 

For more, we’d point you to our 2 day Madrid itinerary and our guide to the best things to do in Madrid (for first timers), which have all of our favorite things to do, see, eat, and drink in the Spanish capital. 

Where to Stay in Madrid

Madrid is a relatively compact city, and staying within the main city center is going to mean that you’ll either be within walking distance of most of the places you’re going, or within a short metro ride of them (and Madrid’s metro system is excellent). 

When we say “Madrid’s City Center,” we’re talking about the area between the Royal Palace on the western end and Parque El Retiro on the eastern end. The northern boundary is Calle de José Abascal, and the southern boundaries are Puerta de Toledo and Puerta de Atocha (the train station). 

Running east to west right down the middle of it all is Gran Vía, a wide multi-lane boulevard lined with multi-floor malls, huge hotels, and billboards that evoke Times Square in New York City. 

It forms a nice boundary between the more traditional neighborhoods on the southern side of the city center like La Latina or Barrio de las Letras, and the more trendy, upscale neighborhoods on the northern side of the city center like Malasaña, Chueca, and Salamanca.  

For all of the details behind this summary below, we’d point you to our more detailed guide to the best places to stay in Madrid , which has a complete neighborhood guide for all of the neighborhoods mentioned above. 

• Our overall recommendation for first timers in Madrid is Malasaña , which is our favorite part of the city. It’s in a central location – I walked everywhere when I stayed here – and it has tons of great places to eat, drink, and shop. Plus, it’s full of narrow streets and bustling plazas, which are peak Madrid to us. It’s the hippest part of the city, and it’s a mix of tourists and Madrileños that you’ll find out and about until the early hours of the morning (it’s not the quietest part of the city). If you want a hotel, look at the beautiful 7 Islas Hotel . If you want an apartment, I stayed at Sonder Malasaña and loved it (and it was quiet!). 
• If you’re looking for a slightly more affordable and equally convenient area, look at Barrio de las Letras . It’s on the southeastern side of the city, close to both Parque El Retiro and the train station (Atocha), and it’s historically the part of the city where literary figures like Hemingway and Cervantes spent their lives. It toes the line between being central but still retaining a lot of the character that makes Madrid special, with plenty of places to eat, drink, and be merry within its borders. If you want a hotel, stay at Room Mate Alba , a nice boutique hotel right in the middle of all the action. If you’d prefer an apartment, look at limehome Madrid La Bolsa (we’ve stayed at limehome properties before, and this location gets really good reviews). 
• If you’re looking for a slice of local life in Madrid, stay in either Salamanca or La Latina . These two neighborhoods are on opposite sides of the city center, both geographically and culturally. Salamanca is the northeastern corner of the center, north of El Retiro and the Prado, and is one of the most upscale neighborhoods in the city. It’s green, leafy, charming, and pleasant. La Latina is in the southwestern corner of the center, and it has retained a lot of the character – like old tapas bars on Calle Cava Baja that have been there for 100 years – that has been lost in other parts of the city.

Days 3-4: Granada

Granada is a delight. It’s a beautiful city from a geographic perspective – it’s essentially a valley set between two hills, with the Alhambra looming over the city on one of them – but it’s also a beautiful city from an architectural perspective. 

One of our favorite aspects of Spanish history and culture is the fact that the presence of the Islamic Caliphate on the Iberian Peninsula for 800 years has left an indelible mark on the country as we know it today.

Even the name for the region – “Andalucía” – comes from the name for the region in Arabic, Al Andalus (as does just about every other Spanish word that starts with “al,” like “alcázar.”)

As you move from Madrid, which is heavily influenced by Austrian architecture in places (like Plaza Mayor, which looks very out of place to me) thanks to the influence of the Habsburgs on Spain’s history, you’ll start to notice a shift to a different influence in Granada and the rest of southern Spain.  

Andalucía – which essentially takes up the southern coast of Spain – is the place where this mark is most noticeable and ever-present, even today. Mostly because that’s where the Islamic Caliphate had its stronghold for centuries (Granada was the last city standing, and surrendered in 1492). 

It’s particularly evident at the Alhambra, which is going to be the cornerstone of your time in Granada, but you also see it in other aspects of the city, like the narrow alleyways and lush walled gardens, and the tea houses that still exist today. 

A lot of people do Granada in a single day, but we’d stretch out your time to make the journey worth it, and to really get a sense for what makes this one of our favorite places in Europe. 

Getting to Granada

From Madrid, you can – and should – take the high speed train to Granada. 

You’ll catch the train at Madrid’s Atocha Station, which is at the southeast corner of the city center near Barrio de las Letras, and you’ll want to catch the train to Granada’s station, which doesn’t have a specific name. 

It’s a three and a half hour train ride between the two cities (if you take the high speed train), and you may have to make a connection in Córdoba. 

At the time of writing, there are only two convenient direct trains per day – one at 7:30am and one at 2:30pm – along with a few alternative options that include a connection that brings the travel time up to four hours. 

Click here to check prices and timetables for the journey Omio .

What to Do in Granada

Here are some things in Granada that you shouldn’t miss over the course of your two days in the city. 

A Walking Tour to Get Oriented: Per usual, our favorite way to get oriented to a new city is by connecting with a local guide for a walking tour. We did this great walking tour , which covers the Albaicín – the neighborhood that sprawls up the hill on the northern side of the valley (across the valley from the Alhambra), which is historically the Muslim quarter of Granada. This neighborhood (along with the Alhambra) has been declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site, and walking through it, it’s easy to see why protecting it is important. It’s all narrow alleys, winding cobbled streets, and older houses. Taking a tour is a great way to discover places and points of view that you definitely would never find on your own (along with the important historical and cultural context you need to know about them), and you’ll have the added bonus of connecting with a local to figure out where to eat and drink in town, what else to do and see, and more. 

The Alhambra: This is the most important example of architecture from the Muslim period in Andalusia (versus being built after that period when the style was trendy), and despite being abandoned for two centuries, is in relatively good condition. It wavers between the top and second most visited site in Spain, alternating with the Sagrada Familia in Barcelona, depending on the year. To be honest, I get the idea that the Christian monarchs saw the beautiful fort/palace on the hill and said “hm, yeah, let’s keep that” when they arrived in Granada, and you can see that they did their best to make it their own once you’re inside. More often than not, the changes they made stick out like a sore thumb (like the crowns added to the tilework in one of the palaces), and are a detraction from the experience and take you out of the moment more than anything else. The Alhambra is going to take most of the day, and there’s really no “best time” to see it. Because of its popularity, tickets in high season are essentially sold out all day long. If you’re visiting in the summer, the only recommendation we have is to avoid the heat of the day. Try to visit before 12:00 pm or after 3:00 pm, if you can. This is a site where a guided tour is going to be worth the expense, because the cultural and historical context is SO important in understanding exactly what you’re looking at. We did this three hour tour , and would highly recommend it. 

The Catedral de Granada: The main reason to come here is the fact that Ferdinand and Isabella – the king and queen who united Aragon and Castille to form Spain as we know it today – are buried here. They accepted the surrender of Granada in 1492 (the same year they financed Christopher Columbus’ expedition that landed him in the Americas, mostly by accident), and crystallized the Spanish crown’s power over the Iberian Peninsula. To see their burial places, you’ll want to get a ticket that includes the Royal Chapel (Capilla Real), but you need a separate ticket to visit the interior of the cathedral. Book tickets here (although we showed up and bought them onsite, and it worked for us). 

A Sunset Walk Through the Albaicín: While you’ve already done a walking tour of Granada, it was likely during the morning hours. We’d strongly recommend coming back for an afternoon of exploration, starting about an hour before sunset so that you can catch the golden rays of sunlight coming back through the valley, lighting up the Alhambra. Here’s a rough route that we’d follow, starting at Plaza Nueva and winding through the Albaicín, ending at Palacio de los Cordova. 

For more, we’d point you to our 2 day Granada itinerary , which has all of our favorite things to do, see, eat, and drink in Granada, including how to visit the Alhambra. 

Where to Stay in Granada

Granada is a fairly compact city, and we’d recommend staying somewhere near the bottom of the valley to avoid unnecessary walking up and down stairs constantly. 

As charming as the Albaicín can be, it does mean that you’ll be climbing up and down a lot (which might be fine for you, depending on your appetite for walking and sweating). 

We stayed at this limehome location on Calle Santa Ana , which turned out to be almost the perfect location in Granada. It’s five minutes from the paths up to the Albaicín, a short walk from the Alhambra, and ten minutes down to the cathedral.

The apartment itself was also nice, and despite it being the end of fall and relatively cold, we spent a morning out on our patio enjoying some tea and coffee in the morning sun. 

If you’re looking for an affordable stay, there’s a TOC Hostel in Granada , which is a hostel company we’ve stayed with in Barcelona – which is a mix between a boutique hotel and a hostel.

They have private rooms with ensuite bathrooms, dorm rooms, and nice facilities, and it’s around the corner from the cathedral. 

Days 5-7: Sevilla (and Córdoba)

Remember the story we told about Granada and the influence of the Islamic culture and architecture?

When you get to Seville, the next stop on this itinerary, it could not be more in your face than at two of the city’s main sites: the Royal Alcázar, with its Mudéjar architecture and vibrant gardens, and the Cathedral, which was built on the site of the original mosque with its single tall tower, where imams would issue the call to prayer. 

Although, it is kind of funny to us that the Mudéjar architecture you find at the Royal Alcázar of Sevilla was actually completed well after Seville was re-conquered, when the Mudéjar style became trendy in royal circles. 

Sevilla is somewhere in the top 3-4 most visited cities in Spain, depending on where you look, and it’s pretty easy to understand why. It’s warm (sometimes too warm), it’s sunny, it has some great food and drinks – what’s not to like?

But what we think makes Sevilla really special is the history behind that vibrant culture, which is what draws us to Andalucía. And Sevilla is FULL of history that is basically on display around every corner. 

You might also notice that we have you spending the most time in Sevilla out of the cities on this itinerary, and the reason is related to its position as a hub for a great day trip. 

After much deliberation about which of the great day trips from either Madrid (Toledo from Madrid is great, too, and is the first thing we’d add if you have one extra day) or Sevilla to include, we landed on the trip to Córdoba from Sevilla as the one day trip we’d include on this itinerary. 

And we feel great about that recommendation, because it’s a really fascinating city (we actually spent three full days there). 

So, if you follow this itinerary, you’ll spend two days in Sevilla itself, and then a third heading over to Córdoba to close out your itinerary. 

Getting to Sevilla

It’s going to take you a hair under three hours to go from Granada to Sevilla, and there are direct high speed trains available throughout the day (including a few afternoon options). 

You’ll want to shoot for Sevilla’s Santa Justa Station , which is the city’s main train station and is right in the middle of the city (more or less).  

What to Do in Sevilla

Here are some things that we think you definitely shouldn’t miss while you’re in Sevilla. 

The Royal Alcázar of Sevilla: Our favorite attraction in Sevilla, the Royal Alcázar was originally built as a fort or castle (a military installation of some kind), and was repurposed as a royal palace following the Reconquista. That history is important, because many elements of the structure today go back to that period – notably the walls enclosing the grounds so that you can’t see anything from the outside and the lush gardens that exist on the other side, unbeknownst to onlookers walking the streets along the walls. The conversion to a palace included a remodel of the Gothic palace that was built here by the original Spanish occupants to bring the Mudéjar style to the palace because it was en vogue at the time. We assumed that, similar to the Alhambra, the design was a relic of the history of the Islamic Caliphate’s period of rule, but that’s not true (most of that structure no longer exists). If you’re going to do one tour in Sevilla, we’d make it Jose’s Royal Alcázar tour , which we did and loved on our first day in Sevilla. It set us up for a deeper understanding of the city and its history and culture over the course of the rest of the trip. If a tour isn’t in the cards (or budget), you’ll need to purchase tickets ahead of time here . 

The Catedral de Sevilla: Sevilla’s cathedral used to be – and this might shock you – a mosque! You can tell by the extra tall bell tower (“La Giralda”), which was once used to issue the call to prayer before the building’s ownership changed hands. It’s worth climbing to the top of the Giralda (there are ramps, not stairs, that bring you to the top) for excellent views out over Sevilla. The other notable thing about this cathedral is the fact that Christopher Columbus is buried here. Or, more accurately, at least some portion of his body is buried here, but it’s unclear how much (he was originally buried in the Caribbean, and they may have kept a souvenir). Putting aside the whole “is Christopher Columbus a hero that we should be looking up to” conversation, the cathedral itself is very impressive, and worth visiting. You’ll want to buy tickets here , and make sure to decide whether the tower climb is something you want before you buy tickets. 

Plaza de España: Star Wars nerds might recognize this beautiful plaza from scenes on Naboo with Anakin and Padme in Attack of the Clones (just before the “I hate sand” exchange), but its purpose in real life was to show off for the Ibero-American Exposition in 1929… I don’t know what you know about 1929, but it didn’t turn out to be a GREAT time to host a big economic forum (kind of like how February 2020 wasn’t a GREAT time to bet it all on a travel website – OOPS!). However, the fact remains that this might be the most beautiful plaza in all of Spain, with its water features, bridges, and ornate tilework. Definitely come in the early morning and you’ll have this place to yourself (especially on a Sunday). 

More Tapas! As we mentioned above, Sevilla sort of takes the whole Spain thing – eating late, tapas, etc etc – and turns the dial to 11. And by that, we mean that dinner doesn’t start until literally 11pm (we’re joking, but it’s not far off). Tapas are something you should absolutely try here too, and it’s going to look a little different than it did in Madrid, with different ingredients and drinks showing up as a result of the change in region. To get the most out of your limited time, we’d absolutely dedicate an evening to a tapas tour – either guided (we’d recommend this one because it’s a locally run company, though Matt having Celiac Disease means food tours aren’t always the best option for us), or self-guided based on recommendations from locals. A good place to start would be Mercado de Triana, an indoor food market on the other side of the river with all sorts of fun stalls selling both ingredients like fruits, meats, and cheese, and ready-to-eat tapas. Pro-tip: people in Sevilla DO NOT eat paella or drink sangria, but they DO eat churros and drink vino de naranja, vermouth, and sherry. 

Take a Day Trip to Córdoba: Each of the three cities on this itinerary have an excellent day trip option available (sometimes, many options), but we decided that the best of the bunch is going to Córdoba from Sevilla for the day. It’s a quick train ride (45 minutes on the high speed train), it’s a beautiful city with tons of history (it was the center of power for the Islamic Caliphate for centuries), and the Mezquita is truly amazing. We have an entire guide dedicated to planning a day trip to Córdoba , which you should read for all the details on how to get there, what to do, see, and eat, and more. 

For more, we’d point you to our 2 day Sevilla itinerary , which has all of our favorite things to do, see, eat, and drink, and our guide to planning a day trip to Córdoba to figure out how to spend your day there. 

Where to Stay in Sevilla

Sevilla is a more compact city than, say, Barcelona, so choosing a place to stay is a little more straightforward here. 

Generally speaking, you’re going to want to stay in the center of Sevilla, between the Cathedral at the southern end and the Setas de Sevilla at the northern end (and to the east of the river). 

In terms of more specific areas, we really like the Jewish Quarter, Barrio de Santa Cruz , which is immediately adjacent to the Alcázar/Cathedral and is a charming set of narrow streets with some good places to eat and drink. 

We didn’t stay there, though. We stayed at Casa de las Especias on our last stay in Sevilla, and it was a comfortable little apartment on a side street just off of two plazas, within 10-15 minutes of everything there is to see in Sevilla. We’d totally stay there again.  

What to Add with More Time in Spain

If you have more time in Spain, here are the things we’d add (along with how much time you need to add them). 

We also have an in-depth guide to planning a 14 day Spain itinerary , if you happen to have two weeks to spend. There are even more ideas on what to do with more time there. 

Barcelona (+3-5 Days)

Like we mentioned at the top, there are going to be some of you who absolutely must visit Barcelona while you’re in Spain, and this section is for you. 

With a week, you’re faced with a tough choice between Barcelona, which deserves three or four days AT A MINIMUM to fully take in (and doing it in two would be exhausting), or exploring Andalucía, which is our favorite part of Spain. 

We can see why you’d lean in either direction, so we wanted to make sure we had a section that covers what exactly we’d do in Barcelona. 

Barcelona itself is worth three days (at a minimum), and there are two excellent day trips to Montserrat and Girona that are also worth a day each if you have the time. Hence the range of three to five days above. 

If you’d like to do Barcelona instead of Sevilla and Granada, our recommendation would be to take the Madrid piece of the itinerary above, add a day trip to Toledo (which is the next thing we’d add to the main itinerary with more time, and has a section below), and spend the rest of your trip in Barcelona (following our 4 day Barcelona itinerary ). 

We’d include a day trip to either Girona or Montserrat within those four days, which are our two favorite day trips from Barcelona. 

Here’s what that looks like, written out: 

• Day 3: Day trip to Toledo
• Day 4: Train to Barcelona
• Day 5: Barcelona
• Day 6: Day trip to Montserrat or Girona (more info in link to itinerary below)
• Day 7: Barcelona

In that scenario, you’d fly into Madrid and out of Barcelona – or vice versa depending on flight options – taking the high speed train between the two, which is what I did on my latest trip and it’s an easy journey (you can check timetables and prices on Omio ). 

Rather than give you all of the sections for what to do and where to stay, which would add to the length of this already long guide, what we’re going to do is link you to all of our Barcelona guides, which answer those questions for you. 

• How to Plan an Amazing Barcelona Itinerary (4 Days)
• The Best Things to Do in Barcelona (for First Timers)
• Where to Stay in Barcelona: A Complete Guide for First Timers
• Things to Know Before You Visit Barcelona
• Where to Find the Best Specialty Coffee in Barcelona 
• Gluten Free Barcelona: A Complete Guide (for Celiacs)

Take a Day Trip to Toledo from Madrid (+1 Day)

In terms of things to add to your itinerary if you only have an extra day or two, a day trip from Madrid to Toledo is at the top of the list for us.

Until Phillip II moved the capital to Madrid in the 16th Century, nearby Toledo was the seat of power in the region.

And, to be honest, Toledo as a capital makes a LOT more sense. It’s a strong position on a hill, it’s on a river (the Tagus), and it’s more well connected to the areas nearby as a result. 

Toledo has a similar history to other places mentioned in this itinerary. It was first an Iberian settlement captured by the Romans, then it was a Visigothic city until the Umayyad Caliphate showed up and captured it. Then, it was reconquered in the 11th Century. 

The result was a city that had three large religious groups all living in one place: Muslims, Jews, and Christians.

And that, my friends, is why we think it’s worth visiting today – there are examples of religious sites from all three, including a gorgeous synagogue, a relatively modest mosque, and a massive cathedral (Catholics live by the “bigger is better” maxim) and monastery. 

Add to that the proximity to Madrid (~45 minutes by high speed train), the fact that it’s a beautiful city perched on a hill overlooking a valley and the river, and the fact that it has a pretty excellent military museum, and you have all the reasons why we think it’s worth spending a day of your precious trip here. 

Rather than list all the things to do and see in Toledo, we’ve put together a separate guide with all the information you need to plan an excellent day trip to Toledo (from Madrid) – currently in progress!

What to Do With Less Time in Spain

Honestly, if you have less than seven days in Spain, we recommend staying in one city. You’ll have plenty of time to explore the city itself, plus do some day trips out to the areas nearby. 

Your best bets for a 3-5 day trip are the three main Spanish cities you’ve seen in this guide: Madrid, Sevilla, and Barcelona. Any of those cities would be an excellent choice for a shorter stint.

The other option, which only works if you have 5-6 days, is to skip Granada and do Madrid and Sevilla, following the itinerary above. 

Planning a trip to Spain? We’d love to help!

Here are our other Spain travel guides to help you plan an incredible trip (even if you have to eat gluten free!).

If there’s no link below, it means we’re still working on it – long, in-depth guides take time! We’re working on it, though, we promise.

The first place to start, if you haven’t already found them, is with our detailed itineraries. We have one shorter version for 7 days in Spain , and one longer version for two weeks in Spain (with ideas for more and less time in both guides).

Our Barcelona Guides

• What to do in Barcelona (as a First Timer)
• How to Plan an Amazing 4 Day Barcelona Itinerary
• 12 Things to Know Before You Visit Barcelona
• Gluten Free Barcelona: A Complete Guide to GF Restaurants + Bakeries
• Where to Find the Best Specialty Coffee in Barcelona
• How to Plan an Incredible Day Trip to Montserrat (from Barcelona)

Our Madrid Guides

• What to do in Madrid (as a First Timer)
• How to Plan an Amazing Madrid Itinerary (2 Days)
• Where to Stay in Madrid: A Complete Guide for First Timers
• 12 Things to Know Before You Visit Madrid
• Gluten Free Madrid: A Complete Guide to GF Restaurants + Bakeries
• Where to Find the Best Specialty Coffee in Madrid (for Coffee Nerds)
• How to Plan an Amazing Day Trip to Toledo (from Madrid)

The Rest of Spain

• Sevilla : How to Plan an Incredible Sevilla Itinerary (2 Days)
• Córdoba : How to Spend One Amazing Day in Córdoba (from Sevilla)
• Granada : A Perfect 2 Day Granada Itinerary for First Timers

Matt is the founder and main writer behind Wheatless Wanderlust, which he started back in 2018 as a way to share his gluten free travel guides with his fellow Celiac travelers.

Since then, Matt and his wife Alysha have visited 18 national parks, spent three months in Europe and six weeks in Colombia, and have explored every corner of the Pacific Northwest, which is where Matt grew up.

He writes super detailed guides to the places they visit, bringing together personal experience and historical context to help YOU plan an amazing trip.

The Ideal 7-Day Itinerary for Switzerland (With Alternatives)

One week in Switzerland – so many things to see, so little time. If it’s your first trip to Switzerland you’ll want to start with the best and most famous places – Zurich, Lucerne, Top of Europe, Zermatt, etc. This detailed itinerary will help you plan every little detail of that journey, from buying plane tickets to looking for souvenirs. 

What to do and see, where to stay, and how much you should plan to spend in each of the locations are all included in this itinerary. I’ve also covered the overall cost of the journey, the best travel passes for Switzerland, and more.

Keep in mind this is just a rough guide. Switzerland is a bigger country than you might think and you can explore it any way you like. But if you’re not sure where to begin, this 7-day Switzerland itinerary is a great start!

Table of Contents

Arrival in Zurich

The best place airport to fly to is Zurich Airport. It is the largest and busiest airport in Switzerland so is ideal for international visitors like you. You’ll find the most flight connections to Zurich, and tickets will probably be more affordable than to Switzerland’s smaller airports. 

Getting from the airport in Zurich to the city center is as simple as boarding a local train. Here are the details:

• run every 5-10 minute
• journey time is 10-15 minutes
• full-price tickets are around 7 CHF

It’s also possible to take a taxi from the airport to town. The ride can cost anywhere from 30-45 CHF, and it can sometimes take longer than the train because of traffic.

Day 1: Zurich

• Zurich Airport to Zurich HB Train: 10-15 minutes 
• Accommodation: 50-100 CHF (budget), 150-300 CHF (mid-range), 400-1000+ CHF (luxury)
• Average Restaurant Meal: 25 CHF
• Zurich 24-Hour City Card: 24 CHF

Zurich is the largest city in Switzerland and the best place to start your trip. It has a lot to offer new visitors, so I recommend booking a guided walking tour if you’re unsure where to begin with your exploration of Zurich . 

Most walking tours of Zurich cover the city’s most famous landmarks and attractions, including

• Bahnhofstrasse
• Fraumunster
• Grossmunster
• St. Peter’s Church
• The Opera House

I would – highly recommend finding a condensed tour of the city’s most famous sights so you have plenty of time to discover some other hidden gems. 

One such lesser-known gem in Zurich is the Chinese Garden . I recently recommended it to a friend who was staying in Zurich for the first time, and she was stunned. While you’re there, you can also see the Pavillon Le Corbusier, which is just a 5-minute stroll away. 

If you’d like to visit a museum in Zurich, you should pick just one if you’re in the city for only a day. My top picks are

• The Swiss National Museum
• Kunsthaus Zürich
• The Zoological Museum of Zurich

On the other hand, if you want to see something entirely different, consider one of the following museums: 

• WOW Museum – museum of illusions with lots of opportunities for weird photographs
• FIFA Museum – a must for any football lovers in Zurich 
• Uhrenmuseum Beyer Zürich – a fascinating exhibit on the history of clocks and watches
• focusTerra – a science museum with an earthquake simulator and exhibits on geology

I could go on and on about Zurich museums, but these are the best for first-time visitors. 

Zurich is the most expensive city in Switzerland, so hotels aren’t cheap. Even hostels with shared bathrooms are 70-80 CHF, and you’ll spend at least 150-300 CHF for a night at a mid-range hotel. It’s best to stay near the train station because the inner city area will be a short walk away, plus you won’t have to travel far with your luggage when you arrive in Zurich. 

Luxury hotels are abundant in Zurich and the best one, in my humble opinion, is the Dolder Grand Hotel, with fabulous views of the city’s rooftops.  

Lucerne is cheaper, so if you want to save money, head to Lucerne once you’re done discovering the sights of Zurich. 

Day 2: Lucerne

• Zurich to Lucerne: 40-50 minutes
• Accommodation: 40-100 CHF (budget), 150-250 CHF (mid-range), 300+ CHF (luxury)
• Average Restuarant Meal: 25-30 CHF

For me, Lucerne is the most picturesque city in Switzerland. It’s known for its medieval architecture that dominates this small city and impressive natural surroundings. That’s why I’ve allocated two days for Lucerne –

• One for exploring the top sights in the city
• The second one is for a day trip to one of the majestic nearby mountains 

If you stay at a hotel near the train station in Lucerne (which there are loads of) you can leave the luggage at the hotel and be ready to explore the city in 10-20 minutes. Also, you won’t have to waste time traveling to the main station for day trips or heading to the next destination in Switzerland. 

Kick off your stay in Lucerne with a walking tour of the city. Book a guided tour if you want, or do a self-guided tour if you’re trying to save money. Lucerne is significantly smaller than Zurich and it will be easier to see all the top sights on your own. 

Walk to the Old Town – it’s only about 10 minutes from the train station, and you can cross the iconic Chapel Bridge . It’s the city’s most famous landmark, known for its unique artwork inside its roof. The old town of Lucerne is full of medieval buildings, and the best way to explore it is just to roam around and get lost in it. 

Then, head all the way north to the Panorama Terrace, where you can experience a fabulous view of Lucerne’s rooftops. The Musegg wall with its nine towers is also close to this area, so be sure to spend some time there. You can climb the stairs to the top of the city walls to enjoy an even more impressive view of Lucerne. 

Next, make sure to visit the Lion Monument. It’s an iconic Lucerne landmark and a special place for many locals. This part of the city is also home to the Glacier Garden of Lucerne (a museum with exhibits on ice age glaciers) and Bourbaki Panorama Lucerne.

The latter is a museum with a cylindrical painting of the Franco-Prussian War and an attraction you should try to incorporate into your Lucerne itinerary, as it only takes about 30 minutes to tour the entire museum. 

Other popular landmarks in the city are

• the Jesuit Church (on the southern bank of the Reuss River)
• the 19th-century Needle Dam
• the Franciscan Church is known for its Gothic style, paintings, and large pipe organ.

You can see all of them during a walk through the city. 

Museums In Lucerne

As for the best museums in Lucerne, you’ve got quite a few options. My favorite is the Sammlung Rosengart because its collection heavily focuses on Picasso’s works and has some fascinating pieces. Gameorama Spielmuseum is another unique museum in the city, and it’s quite nostalgic. It’s a museum about games where you can play old arcades and even board games at the museum cafe. 

Other popular museums in Lucerne are: 

• Natur-Museum Luzern — natural history museum known for its collection of gold wasps
• Kunstmuseum Luzern — a vast art museum
• Diorama of the Alps — a museum with models and landscape paintings of the Alps
• Historisches Museum Luzern — a museum with an exhibit on the local history of Lucerne
• Swiss Museum of Transport — a fascinating technology museum with trains, cars, airplanes, and more

Hotels In Lucerne

Hostels and budget hotels in Lucerne start at 40 CHF for a single bed in a dormitory but are around 100 CHF for a night in a double room. Some 200 CHF can get you a night at a mid-range hotel, but you’ll need at least 300 CHF for a night in one of the city’s upscale hotels. 

Day 3: A Day Trip From Lucerne

Mount Rigi and Mount Pilatus are excellent destinations for a day trip from Lucerne. Each has its own unique attractions, so let’s start with a quick comparison of the two to help you decide where to go on your day trip from Lucerne: 

Option 1: Mount Pilatus

Mount Pilatus is excellent for a round trip because you can ride on all the different types of public transport. Regional trains, boats, cogwheel railways, and cable cars are all part of the journey from Lucerne to Pilatus and back, but only if you travel between June and October.

Note; Boats don’t run between Lucerne and Alpnachstad the rest of the year, so you can only travel by train. The upside is that the journey will be shorter – 40-50 minutes total. 

The mountain is a great destination for adventure seekers thanks to a variety of fun and exciting things to do. You can ride the longest summer toboggan in Switzerland (Fräkigaudi toboggan), visit the stunning observation decks at the summit, explore the numerous hiking trails, have fun at the adventure park, and even see where a dragon used to live (according to local legends.) 

Enjoying a fondue during a gondola ride to the summit is possible! So, let’s see if Mount Rigi can beat the pot of melted cheese with a side of spectacular views. 

Option 2: Mount Rigi

Mount Rigi is situated on the northern shore of Lake Lucerne, overlooking the water, nearby towns, and other summits in the Bernese Alps. It’s accessible by boat and cogwheel train from Lucerne, and the entire journey is wonderfully scenic. The summit features hiking trails, a cheese dairy, observation decks, picnic areas, and playgrounds for children. There’s also a luxurious spa center at Rigi Kaltbad, perfect for anyone who wants to spend some time relaxing in thermal baths, with a view of the Alps. 

Rigi is a better destination if you’re primarily interested in hiking or skiing in the winter. But if you want a wider variety of things to do on the mountain, Pilatus is the better choice. 

Also, Pilatus is steeper and more rocky (so more like a “mountain”) if that makes any difference to you!

Lucerne City Guest Card

You should get the Lucerne City guest card for free if you stay at any accommodation in the city registered with the Lucerne Tourist Board. The card entitles you to 10-20% discounts on museum tickets, boat cruises, and train tickets to the nearby mountains. You can also get discounts at certain restaurants and free access to the public transport network in the city of Lucerne. 

Day 4: Interlaken 

• Lucerne to Interlaken: 1 hour 50 mintues
• Accommodation: 80-150 CHF
• Average Restuarant Meal: 20-30 CHF

The train ride from Lucerne to Interlaken is impressively scenic, offering views of surreal blue lakes and countless summits in the Alps that tower over them. It’s just under two hours, but it will feel much shorter because of the jaw-dropping landscapes that make the time fly. 

Interlaken is named after its geographical location. The name of the town means “between lakes” which refers to its position between lakes Thun and Brienz. It’s one of the best destinations in Switzerland for hikers and outdoor enthusiasts because there’s a huge range of things in the nearby Jungfrau region!

Grindelwald, Wengen, and Lauterbrunnen are close to Interlaken and can be visited on day trips. The same goes for Jungfraujoch, Schilthorn, Schynigge Platte, and Grindelwald First, – all impressive summits with many activities to keep you occupied. 

But before you can go on day trips from Interlaken, you should at least explore the town a bit. Walking tours of Interlaken ’s top sights usually take 1-3 hours, with the longer ones including a trip to Unterseen, which is the cute old town portion of Interlaken. Some will even include a ride to Harder Kulm, Interlaken’s local mountain, which offers a beautiful panoramic view of the town. 

Harder Kulm is also a great destination for hiking. It’s famous for its ridge hike, one of Switzerland’s most deadly ridge trails. But more importantly, it gets you high enough to see epic views of the Bernese Oberland mountains – Eiger, Jungfrau and Monch.

Adventure Sports

On top of that, Interlaken is known for countless adventure sports. I can’t think of any other place in Switzerland with so many different companies operating such a wide range of adventure sports, including:

Want To Save This For Later?

We'll email this post to you, so you can come back to it later!

• paragliding
• parasailing
• helicopter skydiving

And many more of course! 

Go on a scenic flight over the lakes, and then jump out of a helicopter from a height of more than 4,000 meters – how does that sound? Or, maybe do what most visitors do in Interlaken and paraglide back into town from the nearby hills. Then, run off on your next adventure!

If it sounds like something you would enjoy, Interlaken is doubtless a top Swiss destination for you. 

Then there are also all the towns on the shores of lakes Thun and Brienz .

Thun, Iseltwald , Brienz, and Spiez all have their own attractions and landmarks and are great alternatives to a standard Interlaken itinerary. 

I just did a walk from Thun to the nearby suspension bridge via a stunning panorama walk just a few months ago!

Accommodation

In terms of places to stay, Interlaken has some of the most affordable accommodations in Switzerland. Hostel beds start at 40 CHF per person, and mid-range hotels are around 120-180 CHF for two people. There are plenty of luxury hotels in town as well, with prices of 300-600+ CHF per night. 

Day 5: Jungfraujoch

• Interlaken to Jungfraujoch: Approximately 90 minutes 
• Seasonal Availability: Open year-round
• Tickets: 187.8 CHF without discounts, 10 CHF seat reservation (not obligatory)

Jungfraujoch is a mountain saddle in the Bernese Alps and a truly special place you should absolutely visit if you have the time. It’s home to the highest train station and post office in Europe, both situated within a visitor’s complex known as Top of Europe. 

Traveling to the Top of Europe from Interlaken is straightforward and you can read all about it in our detailed guide to Jungfraujoch . You will need most of the day for this excursion and it’s best to head to the train station early in the morning because the last train from Jungfraujoch is at around 4:45 PM in the winter or 5:45 PM in the summer. My pro tip is to bring postcards, so you can mail them from Europe’s highest post office. 

Plan to spend 2-4 hours at Top of Europe (aka Jungfraujoch) to see everything at the top.

• Walk through the Alpine Corridor,
• Visit the Ice Palace
• Head up to the Sphinx Observation Deck
• Hike to Monschjochhutte if the weather allows it.

You can even ride a zipline or ski at the summit, although these experiences will cost you extra (20-25 CHF per experience). 

There are 3-4 different restaurants at Jungfraujoch, but you’ll want to bring your own snacks if your budget for Switzerland is tight. There’s also a Lindt Chocolate Shop where you can buy sweets and even see a master chocolatier creating desserts, and it’s the highest Lindt shop in the world! 

If you take the last train home from Jungfruajoch, you should arrive in Interlaken before 7:30 PM (or 6:30 PM in the winter). You’ll likely be back in town even earlier, especially if you catch one of the early-morning trains to Top of Europe, so you’ll have plenty of time to continue exploring Interlaken. 

Use the time to do some of the things that you didn’t manage to do on day 4 – maybe it’s a quick trip to Harder Kulm or a tour of the Interlaken Castle. You can even go to Weissenau Nature Reserve to see the ancient ruins and chill long the river or near the lake. 

Day 6: Zermatt

• Interlaken to Zermatt: 2 hours 12 minutes
• Accommodation Cost: 60-150 CHF (budget), 250-300 CHF (mid-range),  800-1200 CHF (luxury)
• Average Meal At Restuarant: 30 CHF

Head to the train station in Interlaken and board a one-way train to Zermatt. The journey to the car-free village is amazing, and you get to see some stunning Swiss landscapes while on the train. You’ll pass through the long Lötschberg Tunnel, then climb up the Mattertal Valley for sprawling views of villages, all the while being surrounded by summits higher than 4000 meters. 

Zermatt is a car-free resort so there are loads of pedestrian walking paths throughout the town. 

Regarding things to do in Zermatt , I’m honestly unsure where to begin. The Matterhorn Museum is a good place for a crash course on local history, including tales of many Alpinists who have completed the ascent on the pyramid-shaped peak. On the other hand, the museum is situated right next to the Mountaineer’s Cemetery, where many of those who failed at the attempt and faced fatal consequences are buried. 

Then there are all the hiking trails most easily accessible in the summer. Some trails start at the downtown area of the resort, and you can begin hiking as soon as you get off the train. But leave your luggage at the hotel first since most trails from Zermatt include a lot of uphill walking. 

The Five Lakes Trail is one of the most famous hikes near Zermatt. It takes about two and a half hours and is moderately challenging but stunning in views and landscapes. The trailhead is at the Blauherd funicular station, and the trail is almost a loop to Sunegga, the bottom station of the same funicular. The trail’s highlights are the five lakes you pass during the hike, which are

In that order. 

The Gorner Gorge is another beautiful natural landmark just outside the town. It is around 20-30 minutes walk from the edge of the village. The stunning ravine is accessible from May to October and visitors can explore it by following a wooden walkway for an entrance fee of just 5 CHF. You can complete this entire excursion in about an hour, an hour and a half, so don’t miss out! If you’re not in the mood for the walk to the gorge, just grab an electric taxi from the village. 

Believe me, I’ve only scratched the surface of fun things in Zermatt. You could also cross the Furi suspension bridge (accessible by the Furi gondola), visit the Matterhorn Glacier Paradise (near the border with Italy), hike to the tiny chapel at Schwarzsee, and more. 

Moving on to the accommodation options in Zermatt – hostels and campsites are the cheapest, at least 60 CHF per person. Mid-range hotels are around 200-300 CHF, although on the lower end are 2-star hotels with the bare necessities. Zermatt has a huge selection of luxury hotels, the best of which are at least 500 CHF per night. 

I recommend something a little wild – don’t book a hotel in Zermatt. Instead, catch the last train to Gornergrat or Rotenboden and set up camp on the shore of Riffelsee Lake for an epic conclusion of your week in Switzerland. 

Day 7: More time in Zermatt, Return to Zurich

• Zermatt To Zurich: 3 hours 30 minutes

Make the most of your last day in Switzerland by exploring the attractions you didn’t get to see previously, either in Zermatt or Zurich. I’m operating under the assumption that you’re flying out of Zurich Airport; you can either spend most of your day in Zermatt and then take the train to Zurich, or head to the bigger city early in the morning and spend the rest of your day roaming around the city streets. 

The train ride from Zermatt to Zurich takes about three and a half hours, and an extra 10-15 minutes to get from the city center to the airport. I advise booking late-night plane tickets so you can make the most of your day while still managing the almost four-hour train ride. 

But let’s go back a few paragraphs – I advised you to spend your last in Switzerland sleeping in a tent near Riffelsee. Why? Because it’s the only reasonable way of witnessing the sunrise over the Matterhorn and getting an epic shot of the mountain’s golden peak reflected in the lake. Yes, I’ve included the shot at the start of this section. 

The trains don’t start running before 7 AM, well past sunrise, so camping is the only way. Then you’re just half an hour away from the train station in Zermatt, and you can be on your way to Zurich in no time! Just keep in mind that nights in the mountains are very cold even in the summer, so if you’re going to do this, you will need warm sleeping bags, waterproof tents, and all the best gear. 

Back To Zurich

Back in Zurich you can pay a visit to the Old Botanical Garden in the Old Town, or head to the ETH University Complex for panoramic city views. Visit one final museum, play chess with locals at Lindenhof, or head to Teddy’s Souvenir Shop at Limmatquai to pick up a few final souvenirs for friends and family back home. Just enjoy your last few hours in Switzerland fully until it’s time to board the train to the airport. 

Tweaking Your Itinerary

Everything I’ve listed above is a rough guide for a week in Switzerland. Feel free to extend time in any location or skip some locations entirely. 

Panoramic Train Rides

If you’re not into adventure sports or hiking, maybe skip Interlaken and do a panoramic train ride instead.

• The Bernina Express
• The Gotthard Panorama Express
• The Glacier Express

are all fabulous panoramic trains in Switzerland, which will wow you with stunning landscape views. 

You could also stay in Zurich or Lucerne for an extra day and explore more museums, or do another day trip. Another option is to begin this journey in a completely different country – why not land in Paris, stay in the city for a day, and then head to Zurich? It’s only four hours by train.  Or ride the train to Basel, stay there for a day, and then travel to Zurich. You can even end your journey in Milan, just four hours from Zurich.  

An alternative itinerary for a week in Switzerland would be to start in Zurich or Geneva and then explore the towns and cities in the country’s southwest, such as

• Montreux & Vevey

Maybe include a day trip to Gruyeres , or Le Locle and Neuchatel Lake. It’s an entirely different vibe, but there’s plenty to discover and love about this region of Switzerland as well. Let me know how that sounds, and maybe I’ll do an alternative itinerary for that route too!

Useful Information

It’s worth it to buy a travel pass for Switzerland. I did the math so you don’t have to, and the verdict is that the one-month Half-Fare Card is the best value for money for this itinerary. With it, the cost of (train) tickets for everything in the itinerary is approximately 451.1 CHF.

The full price of the train and mountain tickets is 662.2 CHF, and with a 6-day travel pass, the entire trip will cost you around 527.2 CHF. Remember that those prices include both Rigi and Pilatus, so the trip is cheaper if you’re only making a single-day trip from Lucerne. 

It is a complicated calculation that really depends on your specific itinerary as more mountain trips cost more, and museum entrance is only included in the Swiss Travel Pass, most of the time anyway.

Download the SBB app on your phone to buy tickets and see timetables. The app is easy to use and it will help you get around Switzerland. 

The official currency in Switzerland is the Swiss Franc (CHF). If you have Euros you might be able to use them in major shops and in some areas of big cities. But in general, they are not accepted in Switzerland.

Cards are widely accepted in bigger cities and popular resorts, but it’s still smart to carry cash for emergencies. 

All major train stations in Switzerland offer luggage storage services . If you arrive in a city before check-in, you can leave your luggage at the train station and go out and explore. 

Don’t waste money on bottled water. Tap water in Switzerland is perfectly safe for drinking, so there is absolutely no need to buy tap water at supermarkets. Bring a reusable water bottle to fill up at your accommodation so you can always have water while you’re out. 

Frequently Asked Questions

Is seven days enough in switzerland.

Yes, seven days is enough in Switzerland. You will be able to discover the city’s most famous cities and landmarks, but a lot will be left undiscovered so you can always come back. 

What is the required budget for a 7-day trip to Switzerland?

The minimum required budget for a 7-day trip in Switzerland is 1100-1500 CHF. That’s if you’re staying at the cheapest hotels that are no more than 120 CHF per night and not eating your every meal at restaurants. A budget of 2,000-3,000 CHF will allow you to travel much more comfortably through Switzerland. 

Which season is the most ideal for a 7-day trip to Switzerland?

Summer is the ideal season for a 7-day trip in Switzerland. More specifically, the period between May and October is perfect for this itinerary.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Get Our Free Swiss Tips Guide

Popular destinations, important pages, on social media, travel planning, certified swiss travel expert.

7 Underrated Things To Do In New York

Your changes have been saved

Email is sent

Email has already been sent

Please verify your email address.

You’ve reached your account maximum for followed topics.

• Small towns in Upstate New York offer an escape from crowds with similar amenities and attractions.
• Less famous museums give tourists a chance to explore New York City without getting stuck in long lines.
• Utilizing local amenities can provide cost-effective alternatives to expensive tourist attractions.

New York is undoubtedly one of the most iconic states in the US. Travelers from around the world come to walk through Time Square, look down on the world from the Empire State Building, or stand in the spray of Niagara Falls. Outdoor enthusiasts, meanwhile, wander their way through the sprawling Adirondacks, with charming small towns and a wide variety of hiking trails.

Once the major tourist attractions are checked off the list, what is left to do? Beyond the thousands of tourists, there are dozens of lesser-known attractions across the state of New York. From alternatives to popular activities to completely undiscovered attractions, here are just a few underrated things to do in New York.

7 Walk Through Time In Crown Point

The adirondacks can get crowded, but underrated crown point is a quiet piece of history.

The Adirondacks are a highlight for New York travelers, especially those looking to get out of the big city. The Adirondack region is full of small towns, some more famous than others. Crown Point is considered one of the most overlooked towns in the Adirondacks of New York, despite sitting on Lake Champlain.

Crown Point is most famous for its historical significance, with a still-standing British fortress from the mid-1700s. Crown Point State Historic Site protects the fortress and surrounding area, and is one of the most unique places to visit in the Adirondacks . Still, when compared to famed towns like Lake Placid, Crown Point has managed to maintain a relatively underrated status.

6 Hop On The Staten Island Ferry

Ferries are everywhere in new york, but only one is free for tourists and locals every day.

The Staten Island Ferry is not exactly a secret, but it is still considered one of the most underrated things to do in New York, according to locals. Unlike the parade of guided tour boats circling the Statue of Liberty, or going directly to it, the Staten Island Ferry is a free commuter ferry.

Provided by New York City, the Staten Island Ferry connects Manhattan to Staten Island. The ferry also happens to offer exceptional views of the Statue of Liberty as well as the financial district skyline.

Historically, the Staten Island Ferry has had food and drinks available for purchase on the 25-minute ride. These services have been suspended since 2020, but a call for vendors came out in March 2024 in preparation for bringing the Staten Island Ferry back to its full glory.

With a free ride and many of the same amenities as expensive guided tours, the Staten Island Ferry may just be New York's best-kept secret.

The Staten Island Ferry runs 24/7 365 days a year. The frequency of ferry trips is subject to change during holidays, inclement weather, or peak traffic hours.

5 Enjoy Exhibits At The Met Cloisters

Museums are common in new york, but the met cloisters still manages to stand out.

New York City is full of memorable buildings. The Empire State Building, Chrysler Building, and World Trade Center all draw in thousands of guests each day with their views and grandeur. The Cloisters is a beautiful museum in Upper Manhattan and is widely considered one of the city's best-kept secrets.

Focusing on Gothic and Roman-Era artwork, the building and its displays have a very unusual tone. Situated in Fort Tryon Park, the museum is more European in appearance and style than most of New York's buildings.

One of the most awe-inspiring aspects of the underrated Met Cloisters is that the grounds themselves are a nod to the artwork within. The building is known for its Gothic look, and wandering past the rows of decorative columns can feel like a walk back in time.

4 Explore Letchworth State Park

Once named the best state park in the nation, letchworth has incredible views without the mobs.

New York features both bustling cities and quiet outdoor spaces, making it a hit with guests of every shape and size. While the Adirondacks and Niagara Falls are the most famous outdoor areas, there are a variety of state parks that offer equally incredible views.

Letchworth State Park in western New York is sometimes called the "Grand Canyon of the East" thanks to its dramatic canyon walls framing beautiful water features throughout the park. There are countless places to enjoy scenic views in Letchworth State Park, with lookouts overlooking waterfalls, classic bridges, and vast forests.

In addition to the scenic drives and hikes in Letchworth State Park, more unorthodox viewing opportunities, like hot air balloon rides , make Letchworth one of the most underrated things to do in all of New York.

3 Take A Pizzeria Tour

A foodie twist on the classic pub crawl, pizza tours show off a different side of new york.

Pub crawls and bar hopping are popular ways of seeing and tasting a bit of the Big Apple, but most probably don't know that there are some other food tours available in New York. For those not afraid of a few calories, a pizza tour may be the tastiest way to enjoy New York City.

Pizza tours generally visit three or four locally-owned pizza shops in a few hours. Different companies offer walking tours (ideal after eating pizza at three places!) while a few offer bus tours, making this delicious New York experience accessible for every guest.

2 Visit Green Lakes State Park

A quieter, but equally scenic, alternative to the famous watkins glen state park.

Watkins Glen State Park is one of the most visited state parks in New York, but other state parks have managed to stay somewhat under the radar, despite their equally beautiful scenery. Green Lakes State Park east of Syracuse has a little bit of everything that makes the outdoors of New York so popular.

Green Lakes State Park has a variety of hiking and biking trails, as well as more "modern" activities like disc golfing. Visitors can also get on the lakes themselves by renting a kayak or canoe to go explore the park from the water, or simply do some fishing.

The wide variety of activities available in Green Lakes State Park proves that it is one of the most underrated places in New York.

Due to the sensitive nature of the waterways, private motorboats, kayaks, and canoes are not allowed in the park. Only watercrafts rented from approved providers can be used in Green Lakes.

1 Stay in Andes

This small catskills town has none of the crowds but all of the charm of the region.

The Catskills are another major natural attraction in New York, with a variety of cute towns and outdoor recreation opportunities that draw in visitors by the hundreds. The underrated small town of Andes in the Catskills , however, has managed to avoid the masses and retain its more authentic atmosphere.

Despite having less than 1,200 permanent residents, the small town is a hub for outdoor enthusiasts looking for hiking, backpacking, and boating opportunities in the Catskills. The town also has food and lodging options, so New York travelers can stay off the beaten path without completely leaving society behind.

References: nyc.gov; The Metropolitan Museum of Art ; Reddit; Scott's Pizza Tours; New York State Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation; AllTrails

Tips for saving money on a last-minute Labor Day weekend trip

Some like to plan things ahead of time, but for those not so attached to the calendar, there are tips that can help you save money, by sergio flores and cinthia pasillas • published august 28, 2024 • updated on august 28, 2024 at 7:20 pm.

You may have the itch for a quick last-minute trip this holiday weekend. Finding good deals this close to Labor Day may sound unrealistic, but a personal finance expert at Nerdwallet, Melissa Lambarena, told NBC 7 that it’s possible.

“There are a lot of ways that you can still score deals out there if you’re willing to put in some research and do some effort and make sure you’re staying within your budget” Lambarena said. "That’s key, especially if you have different financial goals or you’re focused on paying down debt."

24/7 San Diego news stream: Watch NBC 7 free wherever you are

According to AAA, a big percentage of Americans will travel this holiday weekend both within the United States or internationally. Overall, domestic travel bookings are up 9% compared with last year. Travelers should visit third-party websites to find hotel deals, some of which offer mystery deals if you’re willing to be flexible or spontaneous. 

Get top local stories in San Diego delivered to you every morning. Sign up for NBC San Diego's News Headlines newsletter.

If you're getting ready to hit the road. there are certain days and times you should plan to start your trip.

"You want to head out Thursday or Friday morning, or Saturday afternoon, and return on Sunday possibly,” Lambarena said.

Travelers can also reach out to short-term rentals or hotels to see if they're willing to offer a discount for last-minute bookings since they are also trying to get that reservation confirmed. 

🐕Clear the Shelters pet of the day, Thurs. August 29: Pinball

Take a look around the $100 million estate just listed in San Diego County

Another thing to have in mind is that gas prices are expected to be lower than last year this time around. Per AAA, the statewide average at this time last year was 64 cents higher than this week's local average of $4.59. In recent weeks, gas prices have remained steady.

Some of the top local Labor Day destinations are Anaheim, the Grand Canyon and Central Coast.

This article tagged under:

• Share full article

Advertisement

Supported by

7 Last-Minute Escapes for Labor Day Weekend

If you’re still hoping to stretch out the last days of summer, there are places in North America that are not too hot, not too crowded and not necessarily that far away.

By Shannon Sims

It might sound like an impossible request: a last-minute Labor Day getaway with gorgeous weather and minimal crowds that you can squeeze into a long weekend. There are good reasons many destinations across North America won’t fit the bill. Wildfires are burning in some parts of the West, tropical disturbances are brewing in the Caribbean, the East Coast’s coastal retreats are packed, and much of the South is sweaty and oh so steamy. But if you’re still hoping to stretch out the last days of summer, there are places that are not too hot, not too crowded and not necessarily that far away.

Here are seven inspirations in North America for a Labor Day getaway.

North Carolina

Hike to magical waterfalls

Less than an hour’s drive from downtown Asheville, N.C., and covering 500,000-plus acres, Pisgah National Forest is a magical place to be immersed in nature. American goldfinches and Carolina chickadees sing high above waterfalls framed by lush green trees, and babbling streams pour down moss-covered rocks hiding salamanders, newts and crayfish.

During the summer, these wooded areas are chock-full of children at summer camp, and the trails are often busy with hikers. But by Labor Day, most of the kids have returned home, while the weather is often perfect, with average temperatures in the seventies. You have your pick of activities — bird-watching, fly fishing, waterfall dousing and hiking.

Easy trails can be found at the North Carolina Arboretum , but for a shaded, moderate hike to a waterfall in which you can douse, check out Catawba Falls Trail . For another moderate hike (but no swimming), there is Linville Gorge and Falls , nicknamed the Grand Canyon of the Southern Appalachians. Advanced hikers can summit the 6,684-foot Mount Mitchell , the highest peak in the Eastern United States, in Mount Mitchell State Park, which is surrounded by Pisgah Forest.

Later, make your way back to Asheville , where a robust restaurant and brewery scene offers a perfect setting for sharing stories of your day. Local favorites include Cúrate for upscale tapas, Chai Pani for Indian food and Wicked Weed Brewing for hoppy deliciousness.

See San Francisco’s best-loved sights

“The coldest winter I ever spent was a summer in San Francisco,” may be a clichéd phrase, but anyone who has visited this California city during the summer most likely experienced fog, dank air and brisk wind. But September and October are San Francisco’s warmest and brightest months of the year.

A long weekend is just enough for first timers to sample the city’s best-known attractions. Walk or bike across the Golden Gate Bridge . Board a cable car as it clangs up and down the city’s hills. Explore Alcatraz Island on a three-hour tour (book ahead). Take in the Fisherman’s Wharf area, which may be less chaotic with many children back in school. Watch a home game of the San Francisco Giants at Oracle Park , right on the bay. Or check out the Presidio Tunnel Tops , a newly developed stretch of national park land featuring stunning panoramic views.

The city is a particularly special destination for those interested in L.G.B.T.Q. history. The GLBT Historical Society Museum , nicknamed the Queer Smithsonian, is a good place to start, as is a stroll through the Castro neighborhood or a stop at the Castro’s first gay bar, opened in 1963 as the Missouri Mule (now called Beaux).

Swim, fish, boat, then sip, at the Finger Lakes

One of the largest Finger Lakes in upstate New York, Keuka Lake stretches about 20 miles and draws visitors with clear-water swimming, paddling, kayaking and fishing. Labor Day marks the end of its high summer season.

Visitors can use picnic tables, playgrounds and swimming areas off sandy beaches at Keuka Lake State Park near Branchport or Red Jacket Park in the village of Penn Yan, on the lake’s northern end.

On its southern shores, the charming village of Hammondsport has cafes, shops and restaurants, many of which are clustered around the Pulteney Square Historic District .

Fishing is a big draw, with brown trout, yellow perch and more inhabiting the lake’s deep waters. You can buy your own fishing equipment at Jake’s Boat Livery , or get the professionals to do it by chartering a fishing expedition through Summit to Stream Adventures .

Don’t forget the wine: 20 vineyards are scattered around the lakeshore, with six part of the Keuka Lake Wine Trail . You can visit most wineries on your own or with a tour.

Keuka Lake is a one- to two-hour drive from airports in Rochester, Ithaca, Syracuse or Buffalo. The lake is about a five-hour drive from New York City.

Soak your stress away in alpine splendor

During Labor Day weekend, the I-70 corridor that connects Denver to the ski towns to the west, like Winter Park, Keystone and Breckenridge, can be bumper to bumper, especially getting back on Monday.

But nestled in the San Juan Mountains, about an hour’s drive from Telluride, is Ouray, an often overlooked gem for outdoor fun. Sure, there’s great hiking and canyoning, but there aren’t many towns where you can stroll down Main Street and stop into a boutique for shopping, a cafe for coffee and a hot springs for soaking. Ouray Hot Springs Pool is sulfur-free — in other words, no rotten-egg stink — and offers not just one pool but many: The family-friendly pools feature water slides, a volleyball net and a rolling log, while the adults-only soaking section is kept between 102 and 106 degrees.

Montrose Regional Airport , about an hour’s drive from Ouray, has direct flights to Chicago, Houston, Dallas-Fort Worth and Denver.

Sample delicious urban delights

You won’t scratch the surface of what Mexico City offers in a long weekend, so consider tossing away those checklists and instead soak up the atmosphere in one or two neighborhoods.

Start by signing up for the city’s bike share app, Ecobici , for an easy way to get around town. The Roma neighborhood, a favorite among travelers, has shaded, walkable streets; inviting plazas; and some of the city’s best restaurants. For a neighborhood with a tad fewer tourists, try La Condesa , a short bike ride from Roma and between the two lovely green spaces called Bosque de Chapultepec and Parque México . Shopaholics should visit Polanco , where the commercial thoroughfare Presidente Masaryk Avenue offers luxury stores.

Whichever neighborhood you pick to explore, you’ll be delighted by the quality and flavors of food offered at the city’s restaurants, food carts and 11,000-plus taco shops. Even if a corner spot looks shabby, it might be producing food that could rank among the best bites you’ve ever had. Look no further than Taquería El Califa de León, an unassuming taco stand that won a Michelin star this year , as an example of the culinary magic that lies around any given corner.

Nova Scotia

Time-travel in a 1700s fishing village

About 62 miles southwest of downtown Halifax along Nova Scotia’s South Shore, breezy Lunenburg is a fishing village with charm — and fresh seafood — to spare.

Old Town Lunenburg is considered by UNESCO as the best surviving example of a planned British colonial settlement in North America. Its colorful homes face tall ships moored in the harbor, transporting visitors back to the 1700s. Stroll around the area on your own, popping into local shops and restaurants, or sign up for a walking tour .

At the Fisheries Museum of the Atlantic , part of the Nova Scotia Museum , you can experience what life was like in a fishing village throughout the centuries, from early Mi’kmaq communities to the arrival of Black Loyalists in 1783 to today. The museum is housed in an old fish processing plant, and the Old Fish Factory Restaurant now serves Nova Scotia lobster rolls on a wharf-side patio.

Fresh lobster is available year-round in Nova Scotia, so check out some stops on the Nova Scotia Lobster Trail . But don’t forget much of the Atlantic’s bounty: mussels, scallops, halibut, Arctic char, cod — even a seaweed called dulse — can be found on local menus.

Roam and ride in the sand dunes

The Great Lakes were made for summer, but the challenge is finding a spot that isn’t too crowded. Silver Lake Sand Dunes is a destination even many Michiganders don’t know about.

Located an hour-and-a-half drive from Grand Rapids on Lake Michigan’s eastern coastline, the dunes comprise 2,000 acres and are part of Silver Lake State Park. Even though they are situated in the heart of the United States, the dunes will make you feel as if you’re roaming the sands of Arabia.

Activities at the park include swimming, canoeing and horseback riding along the beach, or hiking through the surrounding evergreen forests.

But a classic way to explore the dunes is through Mac Wood’s Dune Rides , a local company that for nearly a century has been taking visitors in open-top trucks for thrilling and informative rides through the sand.

While in the area, be sure to visit the Little Sable Point Lighthouse , an 1874 tower that was made more accessible to the public in 2010. Climb the tower and take in the lake, forests and dunes below.

Follow New York Times Travel on Instagram and sign up for our weekly Travel Dispatch newsletter to get expert tips on traveling smarter and inspiration for your next vacation. Dreaming up a future getaway or just armchair traveling? Check out our 52 Places to Go in 2024 .

An earlier version of this story included a photo caption that misstated the location of the Palacio de Bellas Artes in Mexico City. It is in Centro district, not Polanco. It also misstated the location of the Silver Lake Sand Dunes. The dunes are on Lake Michigan’s eastern coastline, not western.

How we handle corrections

Open Up Your World

Considering a trip, or just some armchair traveling here are some ideas..

52 Places:  Why do we travel? For food, culture, adventure, natural beauty? Our 2024 list has all those elements, and more .

D enver: The city is undergoing a rebirth , with a newly refreshed Union Station and the gradual reopening of the mile-long, pedestrian-friendly 16th Street Mall to go along with views of the snow-capped Front Range.

Amtrak’s Empire Builder Route :  Most people who take the 4,000-mile journey from Chicago to Seattle will just watch the heartland whiz by. Our writer hopped off to explore six places you might otherwise miss .

Provincetown, Mass.:  Located at the tip of Cape Cod, P-town (as locals call it) has overlapping — and sometimes competing — identities : one of America’s oldest art colonies, nature preserve, thriving L.G.B.T.Q. resort and historic Portuguese fishing village.

Lake Como, Italy:  Stars like George Clooney frequent this scenic corner of northern Italy, but you might be surprised by how affordable it can be. Here’s an insider’s guide .

South of France:  Horses, bulls and birds of all types live among the pink marshes of the Camargue, a rugged landscape shaped  by the relentless push and pull of sea and river.

Best of Labor Day Clearance Up to 95% off

Simple Living 6-Piece Garment Washed Sheet Set

Chefman 5-Quart Turbotouch Easy View Air Fryer with 8 Presets and Probe

EnerPlex Double Height Air Mattress with Built-in Pump (Queen)

Cuisinart Advantage 6-Piece Ceramic-Coated Knife Set (Nautical)

Dreametech L10 Pro Robot Vacuum & Mop (Blemished Box/Open Box)

Beckham Hotel Collection Down Alternative Comforter

Halo Ultrapack 20,000Mah Battery Power Bank with Digital Display

EatNeat 12-Piece Knife Sets with Cutting Board and Knife Sharpener

Amari Men's Micro Jacquard Robe

Smartech Lithium Powered 450A Jump Starter and Power Bank

6-Pack: Rhonda Shear Super Stretch Briefs

InfinitiPRO by Conair Cool Air Luxe 2-in-1 Curler and Straightener

Sharper Image Calming Heat Therapeutic Massaging Neck Wrap

Shark Wandvac Power Cordless Handheld Vacuum (Certified Renewed)

Case Logic Laptop Bag and Sleeve Bundle

2-Pack: Dartwood 1080p Digital Camera for Kids

Purean Pro LED Teeth Whitening Kit

5-Pack: Heavy Duty Braided iPhone Lightning Cable Charger Cords

2-Pack: Sleep Restoration 1800 Series Plush Cooling Gel Fiber Pillows

Born Long Sleeve Notch Collar & Pant Pajama Set

ANIEKIN Ionic Professional Hair Dryer with Attachments

3-Pack: Seek No Further Ladies Plus Size Wrap Dress

Born Short Sleeve Notch Collar & Pant Pajama Set

Crabtree & Evelyn 4-Piece The Gardeners Skin Care Set

Alexis Bendel Quilted Nylon Backpack

Sharper Image Steam Iron with Dual Voltage for Travel

JVC Wireless Speaker with Surround Sound

Simply Gourmet 6-Piece Food Container Storage Set

iHome Powerlight Flex LED Desk Lamp with USB Charge Port and Alarm Clock

London Fog Women's Round Face Piccadilly Strap Watch

Adrienne Vittadini Quilted Duffel on Wheels

Rekonect Lined Notebook & Calendar Paper

Lifestyle Advanced Infinite High Definition Wireless Over Ear Headphones

Amazon Basics 3-Piece BBQ Tool Set with Carry Case

iHome Playglow Color-Changing Wireless Speaker with 24-Hour Battery

MUK LUKS Ziggy Wilshire Low Booties

2-Pack: Incipio 10W Wireless Charging LED Mini Mirrors

The Route The Party Peel At-Home Chemical Peel & The Girlfriend Primer Set

2-Pack: Case Logic Laptop Sleeves

Better Bedder Fitted Sheet Holder

Bosma Aegis Smart Door Lock with WiFi Gateway

Shark Wandvac Pet 3-in-1 Cordless Stick & Handheld Vacuum (Certified Renewed)

La Terre Vegan Leather Crossbody Messenger Bag

The Route The Day Drink Energizing Hydration Tonic

Eton Sidekick Weather Alert Radio With Bluetooth

eIMMA 2-in-1 Cordless Stick Vacuum

Leeway Home 44-Piece Full Way Complete Table Setting Kit

Happy Heat Electric Foot Warmer

Kalorik 2-In-1 Air Fryer And Deep Fryer (Black)

Cuisinart 11-Piece Chef's Classic Pro Stainless Cookware

Olympia USA Gulliver 3-Piece Hardside Spinner Luggage Set

Conair Reflections LED 1/10X Double Sided Mirror

Rekonect Lined Notebook & Pen

MUK LUKS Women's Flexi Buffalo Faux-Fur Clogs

Mikasa Living Kelby 40-Piece Flatware Set

Sharper Image Multi-Functional Canister Steam Cleaner with Steam Mop

iHome 10" Smart Wi-Fi Photo Frame

Apple iPhone Leather Wallet with MagSafe

Maverick Wireless Remote Thermometer with 2-High Heat Probes

FoodSaver Space Saver Food Preservation System

18-Pack: Hangfold Travel Hangers (Red)

2-Pack: Rekonect Lined Notebooks

Diamond Muse 1/4 Carat TW Sterling Silver Genuine Size 7 Diamond 3 Stone Ring

Jenni Chan 3-Piece Hardside Spinner Luggage Set

Rubbermaid Brilliance 8-Piece Food Storage Set

La Terre Vegan Leather Belt Flap Cover Crossbody Messenger

Rubbermaid 34-Piece EasyFindLids Food Storage Container Set

Rivet Caden 28.5" Adjustable Desk Task Lamp

MUK LUKS Women's Ziggy Hollywood Mule

Kalorik 22L Air Fryer Oven (Black)

Diamond Muse 1 Carat TW Multi Row Genuine Size 7 Diamond Ring

Prai Meno-Sooth 5-Piece Skincare Bundle

Sharper Image 2-in-1 Steam Mop with 9 Accessories

Make Lemonade Spin Massager

Malibu Skye Breanna Triple Zip Triple Compartment Crossbody Bag

Kathy Ireland Yasmine 3-Piece Hardside Set

MUK LUKS Women's Flexi Long Island Clogs

You may also like.

Inside Deals from Inside Edition

As seen on TV Thursday, August 29th

ET 60 Seconds of Steals

The Kelly Clarkson Show Deals

Shop incredible discounts with Kelly!

Daily Blast Live

Best of MorningSave Deals

Ends in 12 hours

Labor Day Clearance: Health & Wellness

Health & wellness essentials at clearance prices!

Labor Day Clearance: Apparel & Accessories

Epic clearance prices on Apparel & Accessories

Labor Day Clearance: Home & Kitchen

Revamp your home with Labor Day Clearance!

Labor Day Clearance: Tech & Travel

Travel light and save big with Labor Day Clearance!

The Jennifer Hudson Show's Deals That Sing

Shop incredible discounts with Jennifer!

As seen on TV Tuesday, August 27th

Access Hollywood's Discount Drop

EXTRA's Real Deals

As seen on TV Monday, August 26th

Favorite Finds Under $15

Your favorite deals all under $15!

As seen on TV Saturday, August 24th

Inside Edition Weekend Deals

ET's Savings Spotlight

Brand Name Bargains

The brands you know at prices you love!

Sherri's Pop-Up Shop

Shop incredible discounts with Sherri

Sparkle for Less with Savvy Cie

Affordable luxury

Unplug, Unwind, & Save!

Save on what really matters!

Insider Deals with Tati Amare

As seen on TV Monday, August 19th

Style Savings Showcase

Beautiful selection at bargain prices

Clean Sweep Savings

Make a clean sweep on savings at home!

New & Noteworthy Deals

Be the first to save on New & Noteworthy Deals!

Closeout Deals

Shop closeout prices while you have the chance!

$19.99 & Under Deals

Amazing finds at $19.99 or less!

Nextex Apparel Summer Savings

We’ve got a deal for you

Bed & Bath Refresh Sale

Bed and bath savings to help you refresh!

Press Herald

Account Subscription: ACTIVE

Questions about your account? Our customer service team can be reached at [email protected] during business hours at (207) 791-6000 .

Scottie Scheffler opens up 7-shot lead at PGA Tour Championship

The No. 1-ranked Scheffler started the day with a two-shot advantage and shot 65 to boost his edge over Collin Morikawa and Xander Schauffele.

You are able to gift 5 more articles this month.

Anyone can access the link you share with no account required. Learn more .

With a Press Herald subscription, you can gift 5 articles each month.

It looks like you do not have any active subscriptions. To get one, go to the subscriptions page .

Loading....

Scottie Scheffler lines a putt on the second green during the first round of the Tour Championship on Thursday in Atlanta. Mike Stewart/Associated Press

ATLANTA — Scottie Scheffler started the Tour Championship with a two-shot lead based on his dominant season. And then he looked dominant as ever Thursday, posting the best round at 6-under 65 to build a seven-shot lead and take a huge step toward the FedEx Cup title.

Scheffler had five birdies over his last seven holes on a sweltering afternoon at renovated East Lake to pull away from Xander Schauffele and everyone else.

He made birdie from the bunker on the par-5 18th hole with an 8-foot putt and took his spot in the PGA Tour record book with an asterisk. No one has ever led by seven after 18 holes as far back as the tour keeps such records.

The asterisk is because he was only one shot better than Collin Morikawa and four others who each had a 66.

This is the sixth year of the “starting strokes” format at the FedEx Cup finale. Scheffler was the No. 1 seed based on his six PGA Tour victories, which includes the Masters and The Players Championship. He started the tournament at 10-under par and with a two-shot lead over Xander Schauffele, the double major winner and No. 2 seed.

This is the third straight year Scheffler has started with the lead. He has yet to win the FedEx Cup and its $25 million bonus. And by the sound of it, that wasn’t on his mind. Advertisement

“I wasn’t thinking about the lead out there today. There’s no reason to. It’s the first day of the tournament. It’s 72 holes. It’s a long time out there to be playing with a lead,” Scheffler said. “I was just focused on staying in my own world and continuing to just try to execute.”

He got a quick reminder that a two-shot lead on Thursday – or even on a Sunday – is nothing to celebrate. Schauffele made up that deficit on the opening hole with an 8-foot birdie, while Scheffler made his lone bogey by having to play short of the green from behind a tree.

Scheffler, on the strength of a 35-foot birdie putt at No. 7, led by one when they made the turn and then left his fellow Olympic gold medalist in the dust.

Schauffele missed an 8-foot birdie chance at No. 10 and a 5-foot par putt on No. 11. Scheffler made birdie on the next three holes as Schauffele couldn’t find a fairway, which led to him not having any reasonable birdie chances.

“I think I scored OK actually for how bad I hit it,” said Schauffele, who headed for the range when his round was over. “Overall it was kind of a ‘meh’ day. Wasn’t something I was proud of or disgusted by.”

The difference between golf’s best two players this year was clear – Scheffler was able to control his distance from the fairway, Schauffele was guessing on shots out of the rough. Advertisement

“Scottie was almost in every fairway, it looked like,” Schauffele said. “It looked like he was going through wedge practice while he was out there.”

Indeed, Scheffler missed only two greens and putted for birdie or better on his last 14 holes. The world’s No. 1 player poured it on at the end, and with the head start, he was 16-under par.

But this chase for the $25 million bonus is far from over, and Scheffler is proof of that. He was the top seed and led by five shots after the first round of the 2022 Tour Championship. That also was the year he took a six-shot lead into the final round and lost to Rory McIlroy.

Only one other top seed led after the first day since this format began in 2019. That was Patrick Cantlay, who led by two and went on to win the FedEx Cup by one shot.

Morikawa has a history of great starts. He made up a nine-shot deficit in one round last year with a 61. On this day, he ran off six straight birdies on the back nine, and his 66 will put him in the final group with Scheffler on Friday.

Morikawa and Schauffele (70) were at 9-under par. Another shot back was a large group that included Adam Scott (66), Hideki Matsuyama (70) and Keegan Bradley, who went from No. 50 to No. 4 by winning the BMW Championship last week.

Scoring was not terribly low on the new-look East Lake, with its heavily contoured greens, closely mown areas instead of thick rough and the absence of trees. But then, only one player was over par – Billy Horschel at 73.

Schauffele at least extended his astonishing streak at East Lake even with the redesign. He lost a lot of ground on the back nine, but his 70 was the 26th time in 29 rounds that he was under par. He has never shot over par.

That wasn’t good enough to keep pace with Scheffler.

We invite you to add your comments, and we encourage a thoughtful, open and lively exchange of ideas and information on this website. By joining the conversation, you are agreeing to our commenting policy and terms of use . You can also read our FAQs . You can modify your screen name here .

Readers may now see a Top Comments tab, which is an experimental software feature to detect and highlight comments that demonstrate compassion, reasoning, personal stories and curiosity, and encourage and promote civil discourse.

Join the Conversation

Please sign into your Press Herald account to participate in conversations below. If you do not have an account, you can register or subscribe . Questions? Please see our FAQs .

Your commenting screen name has been updated.

Send questions/comments to the editors.

Member Log In

Please enter your username and password below. Already a subscriber but don't have one? Click here .

Not a subscriber? Click here to see your options